Mech GATE V1 Solutions

ACE
Engineering Academy
Hyderabad | Delhi | Bhopal |Pune | Bhubaneswar | Lucknow | Patna | Bengaluru | Chennai | Vijayawada | Visakhapatnam | Tirupati | Kukatpally
Mechanical Engineering
(Production, IM & OR, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery, Heat Transfer, Thermodynamics,
Machine Design, Theory of Machines, Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials)
(Solutions for Volume : I Classroom Practice Questions)
GATE Postal Study Course

ACE is the leading institute for coaching in ESE, GATE & PSUs
H O: 204, II Floor, Rahman Plaza, Opp. Methodist School, Abids, Hyderabad-500001,
Ph: 040-23234418, 040-23234419, 040-23234420, 040 - 24750437
Consistently Top Ranks In ESE

32 All India 1st Ranks in GATE
Production Technology
Solutions for Vol I _ Classroom Practice Questions
Common Data for 04 & 05

Chapter 1 04. Ans: (a)
Metal Casting
05. Ans: (b)
01. Ans: (a) Sol: 3 castings of spherical, cylindrical and
Volume cubical
Sol: Pouring time =
A C Vmax Vsp = Vcube
2 10 6 4 3
R a 3
200 2 10000 175 3
4
= 5.34 sec a =R 3 = 1.61 R
3
Vcyl = VSp
02. Ans: (d)

VH D 2 H R3
Sol: Permeability number = 4 3
PAT

For standard specimen H = D = 5.08 cm D 3 R 3 (D H)
4 3
P = 5 gm/cm2, V=2000 cc, T= 2 min 1
16 3 16 3
2000 5.08 D= 3 R R 1.75R
PN = 50.1 2 3 3

5 5.08 2
2
2
4
M SP D 6
2 2
SP D
=
Cub M Cub a 6 a
03. Ans: (a)
Sol: Q = 1.6 10-3 m3/sec 2 2
2R 2R
= = 1.54
A = 800 mm2 a 1.61R
Q=AV 2
SP M SP
1.6 10-3 = (800 10-6) V
cyl M cyl
V = 2 m/sec = 2gh 2
D 2
D Sp 2R
2
2 6 = 1.306
2 =
D 1.75 R
h = = 0.203m D
2 9.81 6 cyl
= 203 mm
ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

:4: ME GATE_ Postal Coaching Solutions
06. Ans: (c) As A

s 0.4
2 V V C1
Sol: Vol. of casting = D L C2
4
VR
Volumetric ratio,(V.R) = Y1 = 0 .8
= 150 2 200 3534291 mm3 VC
4
ht = 200+ 50 = 250 mm VR = 0.8 VC1
AC = Amin = sprue base area VR 0.8VC1
Now Y2
400 VC 2 VC2
= 200 mm2
2

G.R.= 1:1.5:2 0.8 20 2 10
4 = 0.628
Volume of Casting 20 20 10
Pouring time =
A C. Vmax
3534291 08. Ans: (b)

200 2 9810 250 Sol: VC = 40 30 0.3 = 360cc
17671 VSc = shrinkage volume
= 8 Sec
2 9810 250 3
= 360 10.8 cc
100
07. Ans: (a) 2
Volume of riser Vr = d h
Sol: Circular disc casting Squared disc casting 4
C1 C2 2
; = 4 4 50.24 cc
d 20cm a 20cm 4
t 10cm ; t 10cm Vr 3 Vsc Vr 3 10.8 32.4cc
As
Vr 3 VSc Satisfied
V C1
Freezing ratio (F.R) = X1 = 1.4 r C
As
where r = time taken for riser material
V R
to solidify
As
C = time taken for casting to solidify
As V C1
Mr Mc
V R 1 .4
As As V V

V C2 V C2 A s r A s casting
X1 1.4
As As V 360

V R V C1 As 240 30 30 0.3 0.3 40
1.4
:5: Production Technology
V d 4 2183.6 1800
= 0.666
As r 6 6 d2 d
2183.6
360 d 1.21mm
= 0.147 1800
2442
r > C
Common Data for Q.10 & Q. 11
Hence diameter of riser = 4 cm
10. Ans: (a) & 11. Ans: (a)

09. Ans: (c)
Sol: In centrifugal casting
Sol: The dimension of pouring basin will not
Centrifugal force = FC = ma = m r 2
affect the pouring time
a = r2
Let V = maximum velocity of molten metal
D
in the gating system, 75 g = (2 N)2
2
d = dmin = dia. Sprue bottom
volume. of casting 4 2
Pouring time = P. T 75 9810 = N 2 D
A c Vmax 2
75 9810
353 Constant = N 2 D 37273
= 25 2 2
2
d V Constant = N 2 D 37273
4
0.5 0.52
35 3 D= = 0.51 m = 510 mm
V 2183.6 / d (1)
2
2
2
d 25
4 37273 37273
N = 8.55 RPS
To ensure the laminar flow in the gating D 510
system Re 2000
12. Ans: (c)
For limiting condition Re = 2000
Sol: 1 1
V d Vd hpb =50 mm
R e 2000 = 2
2
Vd hs= 200 mm
2000
3
2000 2000 0.9 1800
V (2) h = height of sprue = 200mm
d d d
A2 = 650 mm2
From (1) and (2)
Q = flow rate = 6.5 105 mm3 / s
g = 104 mm/sec2

6.5 105 15. Ans: (d)

V2 = 1000 mm 2 / Sec
650 Sol: dtop = 225 mm
ht = 250 + 100 = 350 mm
= 2gh pb 2 10 4 h pb
Volume flow rate Q = 40106 mm3/sec
hpb = 50 mm = height of molten metal
Vbottom = 2 g ht = 2 9810 350
in the pouring basin
= 2620 mm/s
ht = total height of molten metal above
Q = AtopVtop=AbottomVbottom
the bottom of the sprue
= 200 + 50mm 40 10 6
Abottom = =15267.17 mm2
2620
Q A2 V2 A3V3 A3 2 10 4 250
4 15267.17
dbottom = =139.42 mm
= 6.5 105 mm 3 / s
A3 = 290.7 mm2
16. Ans: (b)
Sol: A2V2 = A3V3
13. Ans: (c)

Sol: Net buoyancy force =Weight of core 2252 2 9810 100
4
weight of the liquid
which is displaced by core db2 2 9810 350
4
= V.g ( d ) db = 164.5mm
2
d h g d So aspiration will not occur.
4

0.12 0.18 9.81 11300 1600 17.
2

4 Sol: Casting 1 (circular)
= 193.6N Diameter = 20mm, length = 50mm
Casting -2 (elliptical)
14. Ans: (c) Major/Minor = 2, length = 50mm,
Sol: Gating ratio=As: Ar : Ag =1:2:1 C.S. area of the casting -1 = C.S area of the
Q =100 cc/sec, V=50 cm/sec casting -2
Q = AV A=100/50=2 cm2 solidification time of casting 1

Sprue area =2 cm2 solidification time of casting 2
Runner area = 2 2 = 4cm2 M
2
V A c2
= c1 = c1
M c2 Vc 2 A c1

solidification time of casting 1

Vc1 = d 2 h
4 solidification time of casting 2

2
= 20 2 50 = 15707.96 mm3 M
4 = c1
M c2
2
Ac1 = 2 d 2 dh 4 20 2 20 50
2 2
4 V A c 2 15707.96 4140
= c1
= 3769 mm2 Vc 2 A c1 15708 3769.9
C.S area of cylinder = C.S area of ellipse = 1.205
2 maj.axis min .axis
4 20 4

2 (min .axis) 2
=
4
1
4 2
Minor axis = 20 2
4 2
Minor axis = 14.14mm

Major axis = 2 minor axis = 28.3mm
a 2 b2
perimeter = 2
2
28.3
where a = major axis /2 = 14.14 mm
2
14.14
b = minor axis / 2
2
= 7.07 mm
Perimeter = 70.24 mm
Surface area of ellipse
= perimeter length + 2 C.S. area
= 70.2450 + 314 2
= 4140 mm2 = AC2
Volume of the ellipse
= C.S area length
= 314 50 =15708 mm3 = Vc2

Common data for 02 & 03

Chapter 2
02.
Welding
Sol: H.G = I2 R
5
01. = (10000)220010-6 2000 J
50
Sol: Power = P = 4 + 0.8L 0.1L2
03.
For optimum power
Sol: h = 2t 2 0.1 t = 1.8 t
dP
0 0.8 0.2L = 0 =1.8 1.5 = 2.7 mm
dL
0.8 D = 6 t 6 1.5 = 7.35 mm
L 4 mm
0 .2
P = 4 + 0.8L 0.1 L2
= 4 + 0.8 4 0.1 42 = 5.6 kW h
Energy losses = 20% , = 80%

Area of weld bead (WB) 0.1 t
1
= 2 AB AC
2
Vol. of nugget = D2h
= 5 tan 30 5 = 14.43 4

5 tan 30 = 7.352 2.7 = 114.5 mm2
A B 4
300
Heat required = Volume heat required /g
600 5
= 114.5 10 3 8 1380 1264 J
C
04.
3
Volume of W.B = 14.43 1000 =14433 mm Sol: Rated Power = Vr Ir = 50 103
Weight of W.B = 14433 10-6 8
50 10 3
= 115.5 g Ir 2000 A
25
Heat required for melting of W.B =115.5
Dr = 50% (rated duty cycle)
1400 = 161. 66 kW
If Id = 1500 A (desired current)
161.66
Time for welding = 36 Sec Desired duty cycle,
0.8 5.6
2
1000 I 2r D r 2000
Welding speed = Dd = 0.5 0.89
36 Id
2
1500
27.78 mm/sec

Arc on time x = 200mm (given)

Dd = = 0.8930
Total welding time 1000
No of electrodes/pass = 5
= 26.7 sec 200
140
No of passes = 28
Common data for 05, 06 & 07. 5
Total Arc on time
05. Ans:(d) 06. Ans:(d)
1000
= 28 280 minutes
07. Ans:(c) 100
Sol: 280
(2) (1) (3) Total weld time = 466.67 minutes
30mm
30o 30o 0.6
08.
4mm Sol: Given AC = 10 mm, O1A = O1C = 7 mm,
l = 1m =1000mm; t = 30 mm O2A = O2C = 20 mm
d = 4mm O2
Lt = 450 mm; LS = 50mm r=7

D
A1 = 4 30 = 120 mm2 A B C
1
A2 = A3 = 30 tan 30 30 = 259.8 mm2 E
2 r=20
Total volume of weld bead O1

= volume of weld bead + crowning
= 1.1 volume of weld bead
= 1.1 (A1+2A2)1000 Height of Bead = BD = O1D O1B
= 703560 mm3 = O1D O1 A2 AB 2

Volume /Electrode = D2 Le = 20 20 2 5 2
4
= 0.64 mm

4 2 (450 50)
4
Depth of Penetration = BE = O1EO1B
= 1600
= O1 E O2 A AB
2 2
No of electrodes required
Total volume of weld bead
= 7 7 2 52 = 2.10 mm
volume / Electrode
703560
139.96 140
1600
: 10 : ME GATE_ Postal Coaching Solutions
09. Common Data Q. No 12 and 13

Sol: RC = 0.85 12. Ans: (c)
nr
Sol: I = 200, V = 25, speed =18 cm /min
= Resistivity of metal
2
D = 1.2 mm, f = 4 m /min, = 65%,
V V2
(Heat generation)1 = I2R = R = Heat input
R R
V I 25 200 0.65 60
0.85 2 10 5 =
R C1 = 1.082105 speed 18
25 0.02
= 10.83 kJ / cm
0.85 2 10 5
R C2 = 5.41 106
50 0.02 13. Ans: (b)
52 Sol: Filling rate of weld bead = filled rate by
(H.g)1 = = 2310546.04
1.082 10 5 electrode
52
(H.g)2 = = 4621072.08 Area of W.B Speed = d2 f
5.41 10 6 4
Area of W.B
10. Ans: (d)
1.2 2 4000
Sol: Heat supplied = Heat utilized = 4 25.12 mm2
180
0.5 J = m (S.H. + L.H) =V ( SH+LH)
= (ah) (Cp (TmTr)+LH) 14. Ans: (c)
-6
= 0.05 10 h 2700 [896 (933 Sol: Heat generated = Heat utilized
303) + 398 103] I2R = Vol. of nugget H. R/g
h = 0.00385 m = 3.85 mm
I 2 200 10 6 0.1

11. Ans: (d) 0.0052 1.5 103 8000 1400 103
900 4
Sol: Welding time = = 3 min
300 I = 4060 A
= 3 60 = 180 sec
15. Ans: (a)
I = 150 A ; V = 20 V
Sol: V0 = 80 V, IS = 800 A
= 0.8
Let for arc welding V = a+bL
R = 36 10-6
V0
Heat input = I2 R For power source, Vp = V0 I
Is
= 1502 36 10-6 1800.8
For stable V = Vp
= 116.64
: 11 : Production Technology
V0 18. Ans: (b)

a b L V0 I
Is Sol: Heat dissipated = 360 344 = 16 J
When L = 5, I = 500
80 19. Ans: (c)
a + b 5 = 80 500 30
800 Sol: Volume to be melted = (110 2 100 2 ) 2
a + 5b = 30 4
when L = 7, I = 460 3298.66 mm3
80 Total heat required
a b 7 80 460 34 = 3298.66 10-9 64.4 106
800
By solving, b = 2, a = 20 = 212.4 Joules
V = a + bL = 20 + 2L V V 2 302
P = VI = V 21.43
R R 42
16. Ans: (b) Total heat required = heat to be generated
Sol: 3V + I = 240 212.4 = Pt
I = 2403V 212.4
t= 10 sec
P = VI = V (240 3V) 21.43
= 240 V 3V2
For optimum power 20.
dP Sol: For power source,
0
dV Vp = 36
I
240 60
240 6V = 0 V = 40V
6 Va = 2L + 27
At equilibrium conditions
Common Data Q. 17 & Q. 18 Va = VP
I
17. Ans: (c) 27 + 2 L = 36
60
Sol: I = 3000 A, = 0.2, R = 200 I
Volume of nugget = 20 mm3 36 27 2 L 9 2 L
60
Heat generation = I2R I = 60 (9 2L)
= 30002 20010-6 0.2 If current is 360 Amps
= 360 J 360 = 60 (9 2L)

Heat required = V c p Tm Tr LH 9 2L =
360
6
= 8000 2010-9500(1520 20)+1400103 60
= 344 J 2L = 9 6 = 3

3 300
L = 1 .5 Welding time = 1.5 min 1.5 60
2 200
If L = 1.5 mm, = 90sec
V = 27 + 2 1.5 = 27+ 3 = 30 V Heat input = 2 103 90 Joule
I = 60 (9 2 1.5) = 360 A HR 40 10 3 4.2
HI = 0.9333
P = 30 360 = 10800 W HI 2 10 3 90
If L = 4 mm, V = 27 + 1.5 4 = 33 V = 93.33%
I = 60 (9 1.5 4) = 180 A
P = 33 180 = 5940 W
Change in power = 10800 5940
= 4860 W
If the maximum current capacity is 360A, the
maximum arc length is 1.5mm
21. Ans: (a)

Sol: Frictional force F
= Pressure Area

= 200 10 2 0.5 7854
4
3
Torque = F Radius
4
3
Torque = 7854 5 10 3 29.45
4
2NT
Power, P =
60000
2 4000 29.45
= 12.33 kW
60000
22. (i) Ans: (a), (ii) Ans: (b)

Sol: P = 2 KW = 2 103 Watt,
V = 200mm/min, L = 300mm
Heat required (HR) = 40 Kcal
= 401034.2 Joule

800
tan 1 33.690
Chapter 3 1200
Metal Cutting tan tan 33.69 0.67
60
Power = P = FC VC 1200
Common Data for Q. 01 & 02 60
= 1200 W
01. Ans: (a) 02. Ans: (d)
Length of shear plane = LS
Sol:
t1 2
= 4mm
Vf Vs sin sin 30
90
06. Ans: (a)
Vc
Sol: For theoretically minimum possible shear
strain to occur
Vc = 40 m/min; Vf = 20 m/min
2 90
Vf
= 10o; r 0 .5 90 90 6
Vc 48 o
2 2
r cos
tan 1
1 r sin Common Data for Q. 07 & 08
0.5 cos10
tan 1 28.33
o
07. Ans: (b)
1 0.5 sin 10
Vf
Vs cos 08. Ans: (b)
sin
Sol: VT a f b d c K
20
cos10 = 41.5 m/min a = 0, 3 b = 0, 3, c = 0, 15
sin 28.33
f1
f2 , d 2 2d
2
Common Data for Q.03, 04 & 05
T1 T2 60
03. Ans: (c) 04. Ans: (b) V1T1a f1b d1c V2T2a f 2b d 2c
b c
05. Ans: (d) V2 f1 d1

Sol: d = t1 = 2 mm, w = b = 15 mm V1 f 2 d2
VC 0.5m / s, =0 1
0.15
0.3
=2 1.11
FC 1200, FT 800, 30 0 2
V2 1.11 V1
V2 V1 12.
% change in speed = 11%
V1 Sol: T0 , V0 = original tool life and velocity
Productivity is proportional to MRR If V1 1.2V0 T1 0.5T0
% change in productivity V2 0.9V0 , T2 ?
MRR 2 MRR 1
= V1T1n V0T0n
MRR 1
n
T1 V0
f 2 d 2 V2 f 1d 1 V1
= = 11 %
f 1d 1 V1 T0 V1
V
ln 0 ln 1
V 1.2
n 1
Common Data for Q. 09, 10 & 11
0.263
09. Ans: (c) T1 ln (0.5)
ln
T0
10. Ans: (d)
V0T0n V2T2n
1
11. Ans: (c) 1
V n
V 0.263
Sol: = 6 , VC 1 m / s T2 T0 0 T0 0
V2 0.9V0
b = w = 3, d = t1 = 1mm
= 1.4927T0
t2 = 1.5 mm; use 2 90 o
% change in tool life
t 1 2 T2 T0 1.4927T0 T0
r 1 0.67
t2 1.5 3 = 0.4927
T0 T0
0.67 cos 6
tan 1 35.62 0
1 0.67 sin 6 Common Data for Q. 13, 14 & 15
For minimum energy condition use 13. Ans: (d) 14. Ans: (c)
0
2 + = 90
15. Ans: (d)
90 2 90 6 2 35.62
Sol: D0 32 mm, = 35, K1 = 0.1 mm,
= 24.760
FC = 200 N, VC = 10 m/min,
tan tan 24.76 0.461
L2 = 60 mm, FT = 80 N
Vf rv c 0.67 1 60
t1 L 2 60 60
40.2 m / min r 0.59
t 2 L1 D 0 32
Area of shear plane = As = Ls b t t 0.1
r 1 t2 1 0.169
t1 b 1 3 t2 r 0.59
= = 5.2 mm 2
sin sin 35.62

0.59 cos 35 17.

tan 1 = 36.150
1 0 . 59 sin 35 Sol: = 10, t1 = 0.125,
Fc = 517N; FT = 217N
FT 80
tan t2 = 0.43; Cm = 2 +
FC 200
t 1 0.125
80
1 r 0.29
tan t2 0.43
200
35 21.8 56.8o r cos
tan 1
1 r sin
tan tan 56.8 1.52
0.29 cos10 o
(In general <1) tan 1 = 16.73
1 0.29 sin 10
Hence by applying classical friction theorem
F
1 1 tan 1 T
ln ln
r 0.59 FC

217
35 10o tan 1 = 32.77
o
2 2 180 517
0.5276 Cm = 2 16.73 + 32.77 10 = 56.23o
0.55
1.04
Vf 18. Ans: (b)
r V f rVc = 0.59 10 = 5.9 m/min
VC Sol: Let Q = no. of parts produced
Vf 5.9 T.C on E.L = T. C on T.L
Vs cos cos 35
sin sin 36.15 30 60
Q 80 500 Q 160
8.42 m / min 60 60
40Q 500 16Q
16. 40 Q 16Q 24Q 500
Sol: =10 500
Q= 20.83 21
t1= f.sin = 0.15 sin75 = 0.144 24
t1
t2 = 0.36, r 0.402
t2 19. Ans: (a)
Sol: n = 0.12, C = 130
r cos
tan 1 C1 = 1.1 130 = 143,
1 r sin
V = V1 = 90 m /min
0.402 cos10
tan 1 = 23.18o 1
1 0.402 sin 10 130 0.12

VT C T
n
21.4 min
90

1
22. Ans: (a)
143 0.12
1
V T 1n
C T
1

1
47.4 min 500
90 Sol: Tool life = T1 50,
10
Increased tool life = 47.4 min
122
Increase in tool life = 47.4 21.4 = 26 min V1 50rpm , T2 12.2, V2 80 rpm
10
The feed and depth of are same in both cases
20. Ans: (i) 0.2 & 60.4 (ii) 13.81 m/min
V1T1n V2 T2n
9.8 D 0.4
Sol: VT 0.2 V2
s 0.5 ln 80
ln
V1 50 0.47 0.333
9.8 30 0.4 n
= 60.4 T 50 1.41
0.4 0.5 ln 1 ln
T2 12.2
VT 0.2 60.4, n 0.2, c 60.4
n
V1T1n V3 T3n
n Lm 1
Vopt = C . V
1
50 0.333
n
1 n C g T3 T1 1 50 29
0.2 V3 60
0.2 60
60.4 . 60 13.81 m / min
1 0.2 400 23. Ans: (d)

21. Sol: = 30, FT = 800N, Fc = 1200N
FC
Sol: S0 = 0.12 mm = t1, Fs = cos
t = 2.0 mm, a 2 t 2 0.22 cos
Major cutting for, b = pz = Fc FT

tan ( ) =
FC
S0 .t.S sec Tan 1
S0 = 0.12, S 400 800
= tan 1 = 33.69
1200
t2 a2 0.22
t = 2-0, 1.83 1200
t1 S0 0.12 Fs = cos(30 33.69) 639.23N
cos 33.69
=0
Pz = 0.122.0400(1.83sec0Tan0+1) 24. Ans: (b)
= 272 N 2.0 0.8
Sol: Slope = 0.024
Vf 60 10
Power = p = FC VC p Z
r If wear land = 1.8mm2
p Z Vf 271
52.6
1.83 Tool life= T = 10
1.8 0.8 = 51.67 min
60 0.024
= 436 W
25. Because the power consumption is taking

Sol: TC = 3min, Tg = 3 min, place only in the cutting stroke,
Lm = Rs. 0.5/min Velocity of tool in the cutting stroke
Depreciation of tool regrind = Rs 0.5 = length of work or stroke length RPM
C = 60, n = 0.2 of the crank
Cg = 3 3 0.5 + 0.5 = 3.5 = 200 60 = 12m/min
n Lm
n Power required = Fc cutting velocity
VOpt = C . 1490 12 298Watts
1 n C g
60
0.2
0.2 0.5
60 .
1 0.2 3.5
= 30.8m/min
Common Data for Q. 26 & 27

26. Ans: (a)
27. Ans: (b)

Sol: D = 100 mm, f = 0.25 mm/sec,
d = 4 mm
V = 90 m/min
FC
FC = 1500 N FT F
FC = N = 1500
N
FT = F
28. Ans: 298

Sol: The given problem is the oblique machining
problem.
Hence, t1.b = f.d = 0.25 4 = 1mm2
Specific cutting energy
Fc Vc
= =1.49
t 1 b Vc 1000
Fc =1.49 t1 b 1000 = 1490N

p = 10 mm/tooth
Chapter 4 h = 0.075 mm/tooth
Machining V = 0.5 m/min
Equation for time for broaching operation
01. Ans: (b) Length of tool travel
=
Sol: Time per hole = L/f.N Linear velocity of tool
= 25/(0.25 300) Length of tool travel = L
= 1/3 min = 20sec. = t + Le + AP + OR
Because dia of drill bit was not given, hence As (AP + OR) is not given so take it zero
AP1 is zero. Le = effective length or cutting length
26 20
02. Ans: (b) Depth of cut d = =3
2
Sol: No. of D.S/min = 10 n = no. of teeth = d/h = 3 / 0.075 = 40
B = 300 min
Le = np = 40 10 = 400mm
f = 0.3 mm /stroke
Le = 400 mm
B 1
Time/cut = t Le
f No. of D.S Time for broaching =
V
300 1 25 400
= 100 min = = 8.05 min
0.3 10 0.5 100
03. Ans: (d) Time for broaching = 8.05 min
Sol: Hobbing process
05. Ans: (b)
No. of teeth = 30 (Not required)
Sol: L = 2m
Module = 3 mm
= 50 + 900 + 50 + 50 + 900 + 50
Pressure angle = 200 (Not required)
B = 300 + 5 + 5 = 310
Radial depth= Addendum+1m+1.25m
f = 1 mm/stroke, VC = 1 m /sec,
= 2.25 module = 2.25 3
1
Radial depth = 6.75 mm M=
2
B 1
04. Time per two pieces = 1 M
f V
Sol: Broaching machine
310 2000
P = 1.5 kW = 1 0.5 = 930 sec
1 1000
d1 = 20 mm enlarged to df = 26 mm
930
t = 25 mm Time/piece = 465 sec
2
06. Ans: (c) L

Time/cut =
Sol: f t NZ
4.5 mm 230
1.2 min
0.1 159 12
ii) If offset = 5mm with asymmetrical milling
d total 4.5 mm
1
AP1 =
2

D D 2 w i2
df 0 Where, wi = w+ 2(Of)
= 80 + 2 5 = 90
d S n s h s 0.0125 8 0.1
d r d total d f d s AP1 =
1
2

100 100 2 90 2
= 4.5 0.1 = 4.4 = 28.2 mm
d r 4.4 L = 200 + 28.2 + 5 + 5 = 238.2
nr 44 teeth
h r 0.1 L
Time/cut =
Cutting length = effective length = Le f t Nz
= L r LS L f 238.2
1.25 min
= 44 22 + 8 20 + 4 20 0.1 12 159
= 1208mm
08. Ans: (a)
07. Sol: For producing RH threads the direction of
Sol: Part size = 200 80 60 mm rotation of job and lead screw must be in the
D = 100 mm, Z = 12, same direction, for this if the designed gear
V = 50 m/min, train is simple gear train use 1, 3, 5 odd
number idle gear to get same direction of
1000 V 000 50
N= 159 rpm rotation, if the designed gear train is
D 100
compound gear train use 0, 2, 4,.. even
f t 0.1 mm , AP = OR = 5 mm
number of idle gears to get same direction. In
i) With symmetrical milling the given problem the designed gear train is a
AP1
1
2
D D2 w 2 compound gear train, to change the hand of
the thread it requires to change the direction
= 100
1
2
100 2 80 2 20 mm of rotation of job and lead screw for this use
1, 3, 5 odd number of idle gears.
L = l AP1 AP OR
= 200 + 20 + 5 + 5 = 230
09. ii) Total time/hole

L 576 = Tm + idle time + Tool change time
Sol: Time / cut = 20 min
fN 0.2 144 20 300
= 0.617
DN 100 144 60 162 60
V 45.2 m / min
1000 1000 = 0.9812 min = 58.87 = 59 sec
1
0.75
75
VT 0.75 75 T 11. Ans: (b)
V
N follower
75
1.333 Sol: Train value = Gear ratio =
= 1.96 min N Driver
45.2
pitch of job threads
20 =
No. of tool changes = 1 9.2 10 pitch of lead screw threads
1.96
3.175 40 127
(Because 1 tool is already mounted on W.P) not possible
6 40 240
Total change time / piece = 20 + 10 3
127 1 20
= 50 min =
40 6 20
10. 127 20
possible
Sol: D = 15 mm, Vc = 20 m/min, 40 120
1000 V 1000 20
N = = 425 rpm 12. Ans: (b)
D 15
N = 425rpm
13. Ans: (b)
f = 0.2 mm /rev
40
T = 100 min, l 45 mm Sol: Crank rotation =
No. of teeths
Time for idle time = 20s
40
Tool change time = 300 s =
28
L 0.5D
Time/hole = 12 3
fN fN = 1 = 1
28 7
15
45 9
2 0.617 min = 1
21
0.2 425
= Tm = machining time 1 complete revolution and 9 holes in 21 hole
circle.
i) No. of holes produced / drill
100
= 162
0.617
14. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (d)

Sol: Common alignment test for shaper and lathe Sol: d = 70 mm , Z = 12 teeth
are (1) straightness (2) Flatness. V = 22 m/min
Runout is used in lathe. ft = 0.05 mm/tooth
Parallelism used in shaper. 1000 V
fm = ftZN, N
d
15. Ans: (b) 1000 22
fm = 0.05 12 = 60 mm/min
Sol: Out of all conventional method grinding is 3.14 70
one which required largest specific cutting
energy. 19. Ans: (d)
1) Because of random orientation of N follower
Sol: Gear Ratio = Train value =
abrasive particles, rubbing energy losses N driver
will be very high Tdriver P
2) Lower penetration of abrasive particle = driver
Tfollower Pfollower
3) Size effect of the larger contact areas
P job Pspindle N L.S
between wheel and work. G.R =
PL.S PLs.S N Spindle
16. Ans: (c) P = pitch

Sol: 1. Plane turning 2. Taper turning N Spindle PL.S 6 3
= =
3. under cutting 4. Thread cutting N L.S PSpindle / job 2 2 2
17. Ans: (d) 20. Ans: (d)

Sol: Shaping operation Sol: 1 one complete rev = 360
M = 0.6 10 holes in 30 hole circle means that
L = 500 mm 360
In 30 hole circle, 1 hole = = 120
Double stroke / time = 15 30
N = time / D.S = 1/15 10 holes = 10 120
L = 120
Average speed, V = 1 M
V Work piece totally turns through
500 = 120 3 = 4800
1 0.6 =12000 mm / min
1 or

15 10 1 4
Crank rotation = 1 1 360
= 12 m / min 30 3 3
= 480

21. Ans: (b)

Sol: Given n = 6, Dmax = 25 mm
O1 O2
Dmin = 6.25 mm
V = 18 m/min A d
N max B
r= n 1
N min t
AP1
1000V 1000 18
Nmax =
D min 6.25
1000V 1000 18
Nmin = l
D max 25
1000V 1000 120
N max N= = 254.64 rpm
25 D 150
r= 6 1 = 5
N min 6.25
Approach = AP1 + O1O2 = d D d
= 1.3195 = 1.32
= 0.5150 0.5 = 8.645 mm
22. Ans: (b) Total time/machining

Sol: Given = No. of cutsTime/cut
Dtool = 15 cm = 150 mm Total depth 2
No. cuts = =4
Feed = 0.08 mm/rev depth per cut 0.5
Depthmax = 0.5 mm = d L AP
Time/cut = =
Length of workpiece, l = 200 mm fN fN
Cutting Velocity, V = 120 m/min 200 8.645
= = 10.227 min
Total depth to be cut = 2 mm 0.08 255
Total time = 10.227 4 = 40.91
= 41 min
23. Ans: (c)

Sol: Total depth to be removed = 30 27
= 3 mm
2
Given, m = = 0.67
3
feed = 0.5, depth = 2
V = 60 m/min

Approach 50 m 425
length wise 347.2 sec
Over time 50 min 0.1 8 1.53
= 5.78 min
Approach 5 m
width wise
Over time 5 m
26. Ans: (d)
L B
Time/cut = 1 M Sol: Gear ratio = Train value
V f
= Nfollower / Ndriver
l = 800, L = 800 + 50 + 50 = 900
Lead of the job 2 0.5 1
B = 400 + 5 + 5 = 410 =
Lead of the lead screw 6 6
900 2 410
Time / cut = 1 1 20 1 25 20 25
60000 3 0.5
2 20 3 25 40 75
= 20.5 min
3
No. of cuts = 1.5 2cuts 27. Ans: (d)
2
L 1000
Total tie = 20.52 = 41 mins. Sol: Time / cut
fN 0.1 1000V
D
24. Ans: (d)
100 mm
Sol: Given f = Vsin = D N sin = 20.94 sec
1000 30
0.1
= SNsin 200
f 8300
sin = =
SN 400 300 28. Ans: (a)
0
= 3.966 Sol: The curvature given is the concave curvature
hence it increases the stress concentration
25. Ans: (d) factor therefore it is used for supply of
Sol: d = 2 mm, w = 150 mm, l = 400 mm, lubricating oil to bearing mounting
D = 250 mm, Z = 8
VC 1.2m / sec, ft = 0.1 mm 29. Ans: (d)
1000 1.2 Sol: With this any change in UV will also changes
N 1.53 RPS
250 the speed of lead screw, the pitch of the
AP1 =
1
2

250 250 2 150 2 25 mm threads produced depends on the speed of
work and speed of lead screw. Us will not
L =l+AP1= 400 + 25 = 425 mm affect the speed of the work
L
Time/cut =
f t ZN
02. Ans: (a)

Chapter 5 Sol: Given wire drawing process
Metal Forming Process
d0 = 6 m, d1 = 5.2 mm
Die angle = 180, diameter land = 4 mm
01. Ans: (b)
Coefficient of friction = 0.15
Sol: do = 15 mm, df = 0.1 mm
Yield dress = 260 MPa
dia reduced in the draw
%Reduction= 2
dia before draw A0 = 6 = 136 = 21.237
4 4
d 0 d1
Ist draw 2
do A1 = 5.2 = = 21.237
4 4
d1 d 2 Drawing stress = 2
2nd draw
d1
1 B A 1
B

= y 1
a) 3 stages with 80% reduction at each stage B A 0

d o d1
0 .8 B = cot
do
1 1
d1 0.2 d o 3mm = Die angle = 18 =90
2 2
d2 = 0.2. d1 = 0.6mm
=9
d3 =0.2 .d2 = 0.12mm (Error is 20%)
B = 0.15 cot90 = 0.947
b) 4 stages with 80% reduction in 1st 3 2 = 126.958MPa
stages followed by 20% in 4th stage 0 0.947
1 0.947 21.27
d1 = 0.2. d0 = 3 = 260 1
0 . 947
28 . 270
d2 = 0.2. d1 = 0.6
d3 = 0.2. d2 = 0.12 = 260(2.056)(0.2375)
2 L
d4 = 0.8. d3 = 0.096 (Error is 4%)
Total drawing stress 2 = y + (2y) e R1
c) 5 stages, with 80, 80, 40, 40, 20 etc

d1 = 0.2. d0 = 3 (By considering friction)
d2 = 0.2. d1 = 0.6 20.154
d3 = 0.6. d2 = 0.36 = 260 + (130260) e 2.6
d4 = 0.6. d3 = 0.0216 total = 260 81.94 = 178.05 MPa

d5 = 0.8. d4 = 0.1728 (Error is 72%)
Total drawing load = tA1
From the given multiple choice B, the = 178.05 21.237
final diameter of wire close to 0.1 mm. = 3.781 kN

03. 1 2
for stationary mandrel B =
Sol: Given: H0 = 4.5 mm Tan
H1 = 2.5 mm 0.12 0.12
B= =1.29
H = 2 Tan (12)
Droll = 350, Rroller = 175 mm
1 B H1
B
2 y 1
B H 0
Strip wide = 450 mm = b
Average coefficient of friction = 0.1
1 1.29 1.8
1.19
y = 180 MPa 2 / y 1
RSF = Pavg projected area 1.129 2.6
2 L 2/y = 0.64
= y 1 bL
3 4H
L= RH = 175 2 = 18.7 05. Movable mandrel
H 0 H1 4.5 2.5 B = cot=(0.12)cot(12)=0.564
4= = 3.5
2 2 1 0.564 1.8
0.564
2 / y 1 0.519

2 0.1 18.7
1801 0.564 2.6
450 18.7
3 4 3.5
RSF = 1982.64 kN
06. Floating mandrel
B=0
Common data for Q 04, 05 & 06
2 h
04. Ans : (b) , 05. Ans: (c), 06. Ans: (a) n 0
y h1
Sol: Initial inside diameter of tube
d0 = 52 mm, H0 = 2.6 2.6
= n = 0.367
H1 = 1.8, D1 = 50 mm 1.8
2d = 24=12, =0.12
Common data for Q 07. & 08.
Sol: d0 = 6 mm, df = 1.34 mm
2.6mm
Given ideal condition
1.8 mm
= 0.2 = 60
52mm 50 mm f = 60 MPa
Maximum reduction condition
1 B d1
2B
2
=11= 1
y B d 0

B = cot; B = 1.9 Common data for Q 09, 10

d
2B 09. Ans: (c) & 10. Ans: (b)
B
1 1 Sol:
1 B d0 400
2B y
d1 B
1
d0 1 B
200
1
=
1 B
0.2 0.4
d1 2 B 1

d0 1 B
1 do = 12.214, Lo = 100m
1
6
1 21.9
d1 = d 0 2 B df = 10mm, Lf =?
1 B 1 1.9
y before 200 Mpa, y after 400 Mpa,
d1 = 4.53 (1) stage
Ao Lo = Af Lf
d2 = d1 2 B 1 A d
2
1 B L f L o o L o o
1
Af df
1 2B 2
C= = 0.756 12.214
1 B 100 150m
10
True strain in the drawing process
Dia of wire in 2nd stage = 3.424 mm 2
A d
d1 = d0 c n o n o 0.4
A1 d1
d2 = d1 c = 4.530.756
From the graph
= 3.424>1.34
y at 0.2 ,
d3 = d2 c
y 300 MPa
= 3.424 0.756
= 2.589>1.34 11. Ans: (a)
d4 = d3c = 1.957>1.34 Sol: do = 25, di = 5mm
d5 = d4 c = 1.4797 > df A d
2
y 315 0.54
n o n o
d6 = d5c = 1.1186 < df A1 di
Hence No. of stages = 6 25
2
n 3.22
5
y 315 (3.22) 592 MPa.
0.54

Common data for Q 12 & 13 16. Ans: (b)

12. & 13. Sol: Extrusion constant = K = 250
Sol: do = 100mm, ho = 50 mm, do = 100mm, df = 50mm
h f 40mm , y 80 MPa Ao
Extrusion Force = A o K ln
Af
ho 50
df do 100 111.8mm 2
hf 40 100
100 2 250 ln = 2.72 MN.
Fi min A 0 y 4 50
17. Ans: (a)
1002 80 628.318 kN
4
Sol: Ho = 4, H1 = 3mm, R = 150mm,
N = 100 rpm.
Ff min A f y (111.8) 2 80
4
Velocity of strip at neutral point
785.350 kN
= Surface Velocity of rollers
Fi min Ff min
Fmin 706.834 kN DN 300 100
2
1000 60 1000 60
W.D Fmin (h o h f ) 7068J
= 1.57 m/sec
2 W H
7068 18. Ans: (a)
H 0.354 m
2 10 103 Sol: Ho = 20mm, b = 100mm
H1=18mm, R = 250mm,
14. Ans: (c) N 10 rpm, y 300 MPa
Sol: (Extrusion force)min = y A 0
H 20 18 2mm

10 10 2 = 78539.8N H
4 = 0.089
R
(E.F) min 78539.8
Extrusion force
ext 0.4 L length of deformation zone RH
= 196346.5N 250 2 22.36 mm
= 196 Tons 20 18
H 19
2
15. Ans: (a)
2 L
Sol: y 1400 0.33 Favg R.S.F y b L 1
3 4H
1
At maximum load, true strain 2 0.089 22.36
3 300 100 22.36 1
3 4 19
0.33
1
y 1400 971 MPa = 795 kN.
3
T Favg a , 22. Ans : (b)

Where
23. Ans : (a)
a = moment arm L
Sol: Given rolling process
0.3L to 0.4 L Initial thickness H0 = 30 mm
T Favg 0.4L 795 10 3 0.4 22.36 Final thickness = H1 = 14 mm
Droller = 680 = R = 340 mm
= 7110 kN-mm = 7.11 kN-m
y = 200 MPa
2 NT 2 10 7.110
Pav Thickness at neutral Hn = 17.2
60 60
V1 H
7.44 kW / roller Forward slip = 1= n 1
Vn H1
Total Power = 7.44 2 = 14.88 kW
17.2
= 1 = 0.2285 = 23%
14
19. Ans: (d)
V0 H
Sol: Ho = 16mm, H1 = 10mm, R = 200mm Backward slip = 1 1 n
Vn H0
H
Angle of Bite Tan 1 17.2
R 1 = 42.6% 43%
30
16 10
Tan 1 9 .9
200 24. Ans: (b)
Sol: Roll separation distance
20. Ans: (d) = 2 R + H1 = 2 300 + 25
= 625 mm
21. Ans: (c)
Sol: Rolling
D = 300 mm
= 0.1
Minimum possible thickness sheet, means

that maximum reduction condition
Hmax = 2R
H0H1 = 0.12150
H0H1 = 1.5
H1 = H0 1.5 = 4 1.5 = 2.5 mm

Fb max kt
Fb
Chapter 6 kt I
Sheet Metal Operation 80 0.6 1.25
34.28 kN
0.6 1.25
Common data for Q. 1 to 5 F FP Fb 51.42 kN
01. Ans: (b)

Sol: For punching operation 06.

Punch size = Hole size = 12.7 Sol: B1 15 0.5 2 180
180
Die size = punch size + clearance
= 50.265 mm
= 12.7 + 2 0.04 = 12.78

B 2 6 0.5 2 90 = 10.99 mm
180
02. Ans: (a)
L 0 98 204 92 B1 2B 2
Sol: Die size = Blank size = 25.4mm
Punch size = Die size 2(radial clearance) = 466.245 mm
= 25.4 2(0.04) 2mm
Punch size = 25.32 mm 15
92
98 100
03. Ans: (b)
Sol: Fmax = Fp max + Fb max 6 mm
8m
= 12.7 1.25 800 25.4 1.25 800
= 40 +80 = 120 kN 8 204 8
220m
04. Ans: (c)
Sol: Force required is Max [Fpunch, Fblank]
Common data for Q. 07, 08 & 09
force required is Max [40, 80]
force required = 80 kN
07. Ans: (c) 5 cm
05. Ans: (b) Sol: d = 5cm = 50mm
7.5 cm
Fp max .Kt h = 7.5cm
Sol: Fp
Kt I D d2 4d h
40 0.6 1.25
17.14 kN
0.6 1.25 1 5 2 4 5 7.5 13.2 cm

08. Ans: (b) 11.

Dia.before Sol: Work done in blanking open
Sol: Draw Ratio =
Dia.after = Fmax.K.t
13.22 = 83.61030.42103
d1 = = 7.34 > 5cm
1.8 = 66.88 J
7.34 12.
d2 = = 4.08<5 cm
1.8 Sol: I = ?
n=2 F = 24 kN
Fmax = 83.6 kN
09. Ans: (a)
F(Kt + I) = Fmax Kt
Sol: D d 4d 1 h 1
2
1 Fmax Kt
I= Kt
4d 1 h 1 D d
2 2
1
F
D 2 d 12 13.22 2 7.34 2 83.6 0.4 2

h1 = 0.4 2 = 1.98 mm.
4 d1 4 7.34 24
= 4.11 mm
Common data for Q. 13, 14 & 15
P1 Dt y
13. Ans: (b)
= 132.22 1.5 315
Sol: y = 35MPa, d = 12mm, r = 0.5 mm
196238 N = 196.238 kN
E = P1h1 = 196.2384.11103 = 806.6 kJ Blank diameter, D = d 2 4dh as D/ r> 20
Common data for Q. 10, 11 & 12 = 122 41216

10. 30.2 mm
Sol:
100
14. Ans: (b)
D d1
30 Sol: DRR 1 0.4
50mm D
d 1 D1 0.4 30.2 0.6 18.12
450
d 2 d 1 1 0.25 18.120.75 13.59
20
80mm 20 d 3 d 2 1 0.25 13.590.75 10.19

P 100 30 20 2 80 50 288.28 d3 < 12 n = 3
Fmax Pt u 288.28 2 145 83.6 kN

15. Ans: (b) D total D 2 3 144.42 mm

Sol: P1 Dt y 30.2 2 35 6641.3
P1 19. Ans:
21 Sol: d2 = 40 + 10 + 10 = 60 10 10
2
4

d 1 d 1 2 t
2
d2 = 60mm , d1 = 40mm
40
T.A = 4mm 30
6,641.3
=65.5 MPa.

4

18.12 18.12 2 2
2 2
D= d 22 4d 1 h
40
D= 60 2
440 30
Common data for 16 & 17 D = 91.65mm
16. D = 91.65 + 2(T.A)
Sol: D d 2 4dh 30 2 4 30 150 D = 91.65 + 2(4) D = 99.65mm
137.47
d 1 D 0.6 137.47 0.6 82.48 30 20. Ans: (d)
d 2 82.48 0.8 65.984 30

21. Ans: (d)
d 3 65.984 0.8 52.7 30
Sol: k = 0.5
d 4 52.7 0.8 42.2 30 I=t
d 5 42.2 0.8 33.7 30 F k t I Fmax (kt )
d 6 33.7 0.8 27 30 F t 1.5 Fmax k t
n=6 F1.5 0.5Fmax
1
17. Ans: F Fmax
3
Sol: d3 = 52.7 mm
22. Ans: (b)
18. Ans:
23. Ans: (a)
d 100
Sol: 16.66 15 to 20 5
r 6 Sol: Fmax 5 dt u dt u

r
D d 2 4dh Fmax 1.5d 0.4t u
2
6 1.5 0.4 dt u
100 2 4 100 25
2 2
1.5 0.4 3 KN
= 138.42 +23

Common Solution for Q. 24 & 25 28. Ans: (a)

Sol: Die size = Blank size = 25 0.05
24. Ans: (a)
= 24.95
25. Ans: (b)
Punch size = Die size clearance
Sol: t = 5 mm, L = 200 mm, u = 100 MPa,
K = 0.2 = 24.95 2 0.06 = 24.83
W.D = Fmax Kt = L t u K.t
= 200 5 100 0.2 5
100 10 3
100 N m (or ) J only
1000
Shear provided over a length of
20
200 mm 200 = 10 mm
400
Fmax Kt = F (Kt + I)
100 10 3 0.2 5
F 9.09 10 kN
0.2 5 10
26. Ans: (d)

Sol: d = 25 mm, t = 2.5 mm piercing
u 350 MPa
Diameter clearance C
0.0064 K t
0.0064 2.5 350 = 0.3 mm
In piercing
P.S = H.S = 25 mm.
D.S = P.S + C = 25 + 0.3 = 25.3
Fmax dt u 25 2.5 350
= 68.72 kN.
27. Ans: (c)

Sol: Number of earing defects produced =2n
Where n is an integer
So possible option is 64.

(ii) Ans: (b)

Chapter 7 Allowance = difference between max.
Metrology material limits = L.hole H.shaft
= 25.00 24.98 = 0.02 mm
7.1 Limits, Fits & tolerances
(iii) Ans: (b)
0.02
01. 0.053
0.021
Shaft 25 , Hole = 250.00
Sol:
Max clearance = different between minimum
H 0.021 material limits
H. Limit
B.S
L. Limit
= H.hole L.shaft
= (25.021) (24.947)
B.S = 0.074 mm
F.D=0.02mm
H. Limit
f Tol = 0.033mm (iv) Ans: (a)
Size of the GO plug gauge = max. material
L. Limit
limit of hole = L.hole = 25 mm
D 18 30 23.24mm (v) Ans: (b)

i 0.453 D 0.0010 1.3m Size of the NOGO plug gauge = min.
material limit of hole = H.hole = 25.021 mm
FD of hole H = 0
FD Shaft = 5.5(23.24)0.41 = 20m
(vi) Ans: (c)
Hole tolerance, IT7 =16i= 20.8m Size of the GO ring gauge = max. material
= 21m=0.021 mm limit of shaft = H.shaft = 24.98 mm
Shaft tolerance, IT 8 =25i
= 32.5m = 33m = 0.033mm (vii) Ans: (d)
L - hole = basic size =25 mm Size of the NOGO ring gauge = min.
H - hole = 25 + 0.021 = 25.021 mm material limit of shaft = L.shaft = 24.947 mm
H - shaft = 25 0.02 = 24.98 mm
L - shaft = 24.98 .033 = 24.947 mm (viii) Ans: (a)
(i) Ans: (a) 02. Ans: (a)

Sol: For Clearance fit
L- hole > H- shaft Clearance fit
L- hole > H- shaft

03. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (c)

0.050
Sol: D 18 30 23.2
Sol: Hole = 40 0.000 mm ,
min. clearance = 0.01 mm, i 0.45 3 D 0.001 D 1.3
tolerance on shaft = 0.04 mm , IT8 = 26i = 26 1.3 = 33.8
Max. clearance of shaft = ? = 34 m = 0.034 mm
0.01 = L.hole H.shaft 0.034
0.01 = 40.000 H.shaft Hole size 25H 8 25 0.000

H.shaft = 40.000 0.01 = 39.99mm
H.shaft L.shaft = 0.04 07. Ans: (a)
L.shaft = 39.99 0.04 = 39.95 Sol: D 50 80 63.24 mm
Max. clearance = H.hole L.shaft i = 1.86 microns = 1.9 microns
= 40.05 39.95 = 0.10 mm
IT8 = 25i = 47.5 microns
04. Ans: (d) Tolerance = 0.0475 mm
Sol: Xmax = 50.02 (37.985 + 9.99) = 2.045 F.D = 5.5 D0.41 = 5.5 63.240.41
Xmin = 49.98 (38.015 + 10.01) = 1.955 = 30 Microns = 0.03 mm
X = Xmax Xmin= 0.09 H. shaft = 60 F.D = 60 0.03 = 59.97 mm
Dimension X = 2 0.045
L. shaft = H. shaft Tolerance
05. Ans: (c) = 59.97 0.047 = 59.923 mm.

Sol: D
08. Ans: (c)
Sol: Case (i) 25H7
L.L = 25.00
t
t = 0.01 to 0.015mm U.L = 25.021
Case (2) 25 H8
When, t = 0.01 mm
UL = 25.033
D = 30.01 + 20.01 = 30.03 mm
Case (3) 25H6, UL - ?
= 30.05 + 2 0.01 = 30.07 mm
When, t = 0.015 mm (UL)H8 (UL)H7 = (UL)H7 (UL)H6
D = 30.01 + 20.015 = 30.04 mm 25.03325.021 = 25.021 (25 + x)
= 30.05 + 2 0.015 = 30.08 mm x = 0.009
0.08
D 30 0.03
mm (UL)H6 = 25.009

09. Ans: (d) (ii) Ans: (c)

0.01 xmax = 250max (60min+(30/2)min+ymin+(25/2)min)
Sol: A = 25.2 0.02
= (250 + 0.2) (60 +15+121.55+12.5)
B = 30.4 0.01
= 41.15mm
C = 32.7 0.02
xmin = 250min (60max+(30/2)max + ymax + (25/2)max)
Tmax = Lmax Amin Bmin Cmin
= (2500.2) (60.2 + 30.025/2 + 123.45 + 25.025/2)
= (118 + 0.08) (25.2 0.02) (30.4 = 38.625 mm
0.01) (32.7 0.02) Tolerance on X = Xmax Xmin = 2.525 mm
0.17
= 29.83 = 30
Tmin = Lmin Amax Bmax Cmax 12.
= (118 0.09) (25.2 + 0.01) (30.4 Sol: L Hole = BS = 65mm
+ 0.01) (32.7+ 0.02) H Hole = BS + Tolerance = 65.05mm
= 29.57 (i) Ans: (c)
0.43
Tmin = 30 Allowance = (L.L)hole (H.L)Shaft
0.17
0.43 0.09 = 65 (H.L)shaft
T = 30
(H.L)shaft = 65 0.09= 64.91 mm
10. Anc: (c) Tolerance = (HL)shaft (LL)shaft

0.05 = 64.91 (LL)shaft
11. (i) Ans: (d) (LL)shaft = 64.86 mm
0.09
Sol: Let the vertical distance between the holes 0.14
Shaft = piston = 65
is y
2450.05
(ii) Ans: (a)
x (L.L)hole = 65 mm
(Tolerance)hole = (HL)hole (LL)hole
25
y 2500.2 0.05 = (HL)hole 65
30
(HL)hole = 65.05 mm
0.2
0.0 0.05
60
Hole = Bore = 65 0.00
y
sin30 = y = 245sin30
245 (iii) Ans: (b)
ymax = 245maxsin30max Max Clearance = 65.05 64.86
= (245 + 0.05)sin(30 +15/60) = 123.45 = 0.19mm
ymin = (245 0.05)sin(30015/60) = 121.55

13. min. interference = difference between min.

Sol: Amax = 15max + 30max material limits = L.shaft - H.hole
= 15.06 + 30.1 = 45.16 = 50.026 50.025 = 0.001 mm
Amin = 15min + 30min = 44.84

15.
A = 45 0.16. = A A
Sol:
Bmax = Amax 20min C =1000.1
= 45.16 19.93 = 25.23 mm

14.9 0.025 9.9 0.025
Bmin = Amin 20max
= 44.84 20.07 = 24.77 mm
B B = 25 0.23. 15 0.05 10 0.05

x
14. (i) Ans: (a) , (ii) Ans: (a),

Let
(iii) Ans: (a), (iv) Ans: (c)
C = center distance between holes
Sol: Cmax = max. Outer distance of pins
H. Limit H 0.025 sum of min rod holes.
50
9 .9 14.9
L. Limit Xmax = 100 max
2 max 2 max
9.925 14.925
0.025
0.000 100.1
Hole 50 2 2
= 112.525 mm
p
H. Limit 0.042 9 .9 14.9
Xmin = 100 min
0.026
B.S =50
2 min 2 min
L. Limit 9.875 14.875
99.9
2 2
0.042
Shaft 50 0.026 = 112.275 mm
L.hole = B.S = 50 15 10
C max X max
H.hole L.hole = Tolerance = 0.025 mm 2 min 2 min
h.hole = L.hole + Tolerance = 50.025 mm 14.95 9.95
112.525
max. interference = difference between max. 2 2
material limits = H.shaft L.hole = 100.075 mm
= 50.042 50.00 = 0.042 mm

15 10 19. Ans: (c)

C min X min
2 max 2 max 20. Ans: (b)
15.05 10.05 Sol: To calculate exactly the data was not given in
112.525
2 2 the problem. But for shaft h,
= 99.725 mm H Shaft = 25.000
0.075
L Shaft = less than 25.
C 100 0.275
And h7 7 indicates IT 7 not 7 microns.
16
21. Ans: (b)
Sol: For the given conditions
Sol: W max = P max (Q min + R min)
14.875 9.875
X 100.1 = 35.08 (11.98 + 12.98)
2 2
= 10.12 mm
= 112.475 mm
W min = P min ( Q max + R max)
15.05 10.05
C X = 34.92 (12.02 + 13.04)
2 2
= 9.86
C = 99.925 mm
W = 9.86 to 10.12 = 9.99 0.13 mm.
Because C is lying in between the limits, the
assembly is possible.
7.2 Angular Measurements
17. Ans: (a)
Sol: GO size = max. material limit of hole = 20.01 mm 01. Ans: (a)
NOGO size = min. material limit of hole = 20.05 mm Sol:
Sine bar
Slip gauges
18.
0.03
Sol: Hole = 20 0.00
Given sine bar length = 200 = l
Min. interference = 0.03mm,
Angle =3256 = 32.085
Max. interference = 0.08 mm
Slip gauge height = h say
0.03 = L.shaft H.hole
h
L.shaft = 0.03 + 20.03 = 20.06 mm sin

0.08 = H.shaft L.hole
sin 32.085 0
h
H.shaft = 0.08 + 20.00 = 20.08mm
200
0.08
shaft 20 0.06
h = 106.235

02. Ans: i -(b), ii-(a) 06. Ans: (d)

Sol: l = 50 , L = 500
50 0.08 07.
0.08 Sol: (i) Ans: (b)
200 200 0.32
50 h2 h1
sin =
h = h + 0.32 = 28.87 + 0.32 = 29.19 w
h 29.19 h2 h1 = 100sin30 = 50
Sin 82332
L 200 h2 = h1 + 50 = 75
03. Ans: (d) (ii) Ans: (d)

h 25
sin(30) h1 h2
04. (i) Ans: (c) 100.005
h h = 75.0025mm
Sol: sin =
L h2 = 75.0025 + 0.005 = 75.0075 mm
h = sin30o 125=62.5 mm
dh dw 08. Ans: (a)
(ii) (a) d = tan30
h w Sol: L = 250mm, d = 20mm
0.001 180 h = 100 (d/2) = 100 10 = 90 mm
= tan30 0 3600 = 5
125 90
sin
0.002 250
(b) dh = = 0.001
2 = 21.2 deg
d d1
(h 2 h 1 ) 2
2 7.3 Taper Measurement
sin =
w
(c) dh = 0.002 & Calculate 01.
(d) dh = 0.005 Sol:
2.5 30
05. Ans: 0.048 mm/m O2

50
Sol: Gradient of spirit level /2
= Sensitivity specified in mm/m
10 15
1000 O1
3600 180
= 0.04845 mm/m.

d 2 d1 O1O 2 r1 r2 =75
sin / 2
2h1 h 2 d 2 d1 O2A = h1 + r1 r2 h2
30 15 = 70 + 50 30 25 = 65
sin / 2
252.5 30 15
D 50 75 2 65 2 25
15
= 1/6 = 112.4165 mm
105 15
= 19.2
04.
Sol:
02.
5 O2
Sol: tan / 2 d = 25
8.66
42
= 60
35
O1 A
O2
105=5 O1 O1A = 25 2 17 2 18.33
D = r + O1A + r = 25 + 18.33 = 43.33
05.
36.345=31.34
Sol:
36.34
40
B A
50
12.5mm 12.5mm
03.
C
Sol: M
70 mm 30 mm

h2
h1 h1+r1=O2A+r2+h2
O2
D O
O1 X
C
d1 = 100 m A
+ = 4550 + 2910 = 75
Diameter = O1C+O1A+O2D
37.5
d1 d2 2
O1O 2 2 O 2 A 2
2 2
75 If D = 0, h = 0
= 37.5 = 37.5 2910
2 D = 1, h = 1
= 820 1 1
Sin
le OBC 2 2 1 1 3
sin 37.5 =
BC
OB 2 19.47 =38.94

BC 12.5
OB 20.533
sin 37.5 sin 37.5 08. Ans: (a)
le OAB 3
Sol: Tan
OA 2 28.54
cos 820 =
OB
OA = OB cos 820 = 20.316 mm
3
3
X = M (OA + R) 2
= 110.89 (20.316 + 12.5) = 78.074 mm 15.54 + 8 + 5 = 28.54
06. 3
Tan 1 = 6
Sol: d2 d1 = 10 ; h2 h1 = 12.138 2 28.54
d 2 d1
sin Taper angle ( ) 6 0
2 2 (h 2 h 1 ) d 2 d1 2
= 88.9 Included angle = 120
Error = 90 88.9 = 1.1
09. Ans: (c)
07. 10
Sol: tan = tan-1(1/3) 18.434
Sol: 30
10mm 10mm
Z=40
h D2
D 30mm
2 2

10mm
Z=10
D
2 D
Sin
2 hD 2h D Z=0
2 10 (10/3)
D
Sin
2 2h D
Distance at Z = 0, p
De = M d tan
10 2 2
D 0 210 10 tan 30 210
3 3.5
= M 2 tan 30
= 6.67 2 = 13.33 mm 2
= 29.366 3.010366 = 26.355 mm
1sec

1 04. Ans: (a)
Sol: VED = De VC
With probe diameter compensation
VC P cos 0.0131P 1 2
Dactual 13.334 2 r sec 2
= 13.334 + 2 (1 sec 18.435) P = pitch error
= 15.442 mm. 1, 2 flank angle errors in deg
1 71 0.11667 2.04103
7.4 Screw Thread Measurements 2 = 91 = 0.15 2.618103
P = 0.004
01. Ans: (d)
De = 30.6651
Sol: Major diameter = s + (R2 R1)
= 60 (metric thread)
= 35.5 + (11.8708 9.3768)
Virtual correction
= 37.994 mm
VC = (0.004 cos30) + (0.0131
3.5(0.11667 + 0.15) )
02. Ans: (a)
VC = 0.01569
Sol: Minor diameter
VED = De + VC
= 30.5 + (15.3768 13.5218)
= 30.6651 + 0.01569 = 30.6807
= 32.355 mm
05. Ans: (a)

03. Ans: (a)
p
Sol: best wire diameter, d = sec 06. Ans: (d)
2 2
R 2 R1
3.5 60 Sol: Sin
= sec = 2 2 M 2 M1 R 2 R 1
2 2
1.4434 0.8660
M = 30.5 + (12.2428 13.3768) =
22.06 20.32 1.4434 0.8660
= 29.366 mm
= 59.5566 = 593323

07. 12. Ans: (a)

p p
Sol: De = M d tan Sol: Deff = M d tan
2 2 2 2
2 = 16.455 1.155.tan30 = 14.7226 mm
M = 14.701 + (1.155+ tan30) =16.433
2
08. Ans: (d) 7.5 Surface Finish Measurement

Sol: Lead = pitch no of starts
lead 3 01.
Pitch = = =1.5
no of starts 2 (i) Ans: (c)
Sol: Rt = max. peak min.valley
09. Ans: (d) = 4 2 18 = 24
Sol: Rollers will not used to measure pitch
diameter. (ii) Ans: (c)
p Sol: CLA(Ra) = (h1+h2+h3++h10)/n
Best size diameter d = sec
2 2 300
= = 30
2 60 10
= sec
2 2 (iii) Ans: (b)
= 1.1547 = 1.155 Sol: Peaks 35 40 35 42 35
Valley 25 22 18 25 23
10. Ans: (d) peaks valleys
Rz =
no of peaks
Sol: V.C = P.cos 0.0131 P(1+ 2)
2 (35 40 35 42 35) (25 22 18 25 23)
=15
5
= 0.2 cos30 = 0.346
(iv) Ans: (b)
Common data Q 11 & 12
h 12 h 22 h 32 ........ h 2n
Sol: RMS = = 33
n
11. Ans: (a)
(or) RMS = 1.1 R a=1.1 30=33
p
Sol: Best size diameter, d = sec
2 2 (v) Ans: (c)
2 60 Sol: If Ra value from 18.75 to 37.5 international
= sec =1.155 mm
2 2 grade of roughness is given by N11.

02. Ans: (c)
Sol: Ra =
A 1

1000 Chapter 8
w HM VM Advanced Machining Methods
480 480 1 1000 Numerical Control (NC)
= = 0.8
0.8 100 15000
01. Ans: (a)

03. Ans: (d) Sol: Pitch of lead screw = 5mm
0.05 1 rev = 5mm
Sol: Rt = =50 m
tan 45 1mm = 1/5 rev
200mm = 1/5 200 = 40rev
04. Ans: (c) = 40 360 = 14400 deg.
Sol:
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: Pitch of lead screw = 5mm,
50 40
Am = 0.105
BLU = 0.005mm
Distance travelled /pulse
10 Length of travel = 9mm
2.5
No.of pulses = L/BLU = 9 / 0.005
= 1800 pulse.
Am act = 0.105 0.01 2.5 = 0.08 03. Ans: (b)

A m act Sol: For 1 rev of motor 360 are required
K=
(10 3 2.5) 0.04
360 pulses are required
2
0.08 1 When motor is rotated by 1 rev
= 0.8
3
2.5 10 0.04 1000 lead screw will rotate by 1 rev
When Lead screw is rotated by 1 rev
05. Ans: (c ) 06. Ans: (c) 07. Ans: (a) 3.6mm distance is travelled by axis
In total
For 360 pulses 360 deg of motor
1 rev of motor
1 rev of lead screw
3.6mm of linear movement of axis
360 pulses = 3.6mm
1 pulse = 3.6/360 = 0.01mm
= 10 microns
04. Ans: (b) 10. Ans: (d)

Sol: 10V = 100 rpm Sol: Appropriate answer but the correct answer is
= 100 5 = 500 mm/min N05 X5 Y5
That is for 500mm/min = 10V N10 G02 X10 Y10 R5
1mm /min = 10/500 Because in CNC part program we are not
3000mm/min = 10 3000 / 500=60 V suppose to indicate information about one
axis more than once in one block.
05. Ans: (c)
Sol: Common Data 11 & 12
75 11. Ans: (b) & 12. Ans: (a)
Sol: A, Stepper motor 200 steps / rev
centre
55 200 pulses /rev
(50,55)
Pitch = 4mm, no. of starts = 1,
50 70
Gear ratio = N0/Ni= 1/4 = U
F = 10000 pulses per min
06. Ans: (b)
200 pulses 1 rev of motor
07. Ans: (b)
1/4 rev of lead screw
08. Ans: (a) = 1/4 4 1 mm linear distance.
Sol: G02circular interpolation clockwise
= 1mm linear distance
G03 circular interpolation counter
1 pulse = 1/200 = 0.005mm
clockwise
= 5 microns = 1 BLU
09. Ans: (c) Feed = BLU pulse /min
Sol: because the tool has to travel from P1 to P2 in
= 0.005 10000 = 50mm/min
clock wise.
For changing BLU = 10 microns
Y P2 = (10, 15)
Center (15, 15) = 0.01mm
gear ratio has to be reduced to 1/2
Feed = BLU pulse /min
Pulses per min = feed / BLU
P1 = (15, 10)
= 50/0.01 = 5000
X

13. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: 60

Sol: Tie comes between B & C, but in C the value Sol: In the combined movement, the tool is
of x-is large and in B the value of x-is small. moving for 50mm with a speed of
100mm/min. whereas in the same time tool
14. Ans: (a) is traveling x-axis by only 30mm.
Sol: Given coordinates (0,0) to (100, 100) hence,
Mean, L = 100, depth, d = 2 m For 50mm 100mm/min
Diameter, D = 10 100
For 30mm 30 60mm / min
APC = d D d 50
= 210 2 = 4
17. Ans : (a)
104 104 Sol: Because diameter of milling cutter is 16mm,
Time/slot = =
fN 50
the radius is 8mm. the dotted line indicates
= 2.08 min cutter center position, which is shifted by 8
= 124.8 sec 120 mm all around the rectangular slot
15. Ans : (c) (8,58) S (108,58)

R
Sol: (0,50) (100,50)
CNC drill table
X axis
pulses
(0,0) (100,0)
Pulse
P Q
Driver
Stepper (8,8) (108,8)
generator motor
If the given shape is rectangular hole, then

the answer is
BLU = the distance traveled by the table for
(8,8), (92,8), (92,42), (8,42), (8,8)
one pulse of electrical energy input to the
motor.
Hence 200 pulse = 1 revolution of motor

= 1 revolution of lead screw = 4mm
That is 1 pulse = 4/200 = 1/50 = 0.02mm,
hence BLU does not depends on the
frequency of pulse generator. But if the speed
of the table means it will get doubled.
06. Ans: (b)

Chapter 9 Sol: In EBM Vacuum is provided to avoid the
NTM, Jigs and Fixtures dispersion of electrons after the magnetic
lense, but this vacuum is giving an addition
01. Ans: (b) function of providing efficient shield to the
Sol: For Rough machining i.e. stock removal the weld bead.
electrolyte should have high electrical
conductivity, called passivity electrolyte, 07. Ans: (b)
where as for finish machining the electrolyte Sol: out of all the NTMs EDM will give large
should have low electrical conductivity MRR and EBM will give very small MRR.
called nonpassivity electrolyte will be used.
08. Ans: (d)
02. Ans (c) Sol: Relative motion between tool and work
piece is not necessary.
03. Ans: (b)
Sol: In ECM
09. Ans: (d)
MRR gram atomic weight of material
Sol: The high thermal conductivity of the tool
MRR Current density
material will have high electrical
1
MRR conductivity hence the heat generated with
dis tan ce between tool and work
in the tool is low and what ever heat
MRR Thermal conduction of electrolyte.
generated it will be distributed easily
therefore tool melting rate reduces and tool
04. Ans: (c)
wear reduces. Where as due to specific heat
Sol: In EDM the mechanism of MR is due to
of work material, the rise in temp of W.P is
melting and vaporization associated with
faster and more amount of MR is possible.
cavitation and also erosion & cavitation or
spark erosion and cavitation
10. Ans: (a)
Sol: In ECM
05. Ans: (c) MRR gram atomic weight of material
Sol: EDM, ECM and AJM are used for Current density
producing straight holes only but in LBM by
1
maneuvering or bending laser gun slightly it
dis tan ce between tool and work
is possible perform the Zig Zag hole.
Thermal conduction of electrolyte.

11. Ans: (b) 16. (i) Ans: (a) , (ii) Ans: (c)
Sol: I = 5000 A Sol: D = 12mm, t = 50mm, R = 40 ,
A = 63, Z = 1, F = 96500 C = 20 F, Vs = 220V, Vd = 110V
AI 5000 63 Vs
MRR 3.264 g / sec .
ZF 1 96500 Cycle time = R.C ln tc
Vs Vd
12. Ans: (a) 220
= 40 20106 ln
Sol: A = 55.85, Z = 2, F = 96540 110
Specific resistance = 2-cm
554 10 6 sec 0.55 milli sec
Voltage = 12V
Inter electrode gap = 0.2 mm
Average power input = W
Resistance
Sp. Resis tance Inter electrode gap E 0.5 CVd 2
R =
Suface area t c tc
2 10 0.2 = 218 W = 0.218 kW
0.01
20 20
V 12 17. Ans: (c)
I 1200A
R 0.01 Sol:
AI 55.85 1200
MRR
ZF 2 96540 A B
0.3471 g / sec
13. Ans: (b)

If D = Dmin = 59.9
Sol: Given w = 1 + (2 0.5) = 2
X1 = distance between center of shaft and
t =5, f = 20 mm/rev
59.9
MRR = wtf = 2.5.20 = 200 mm/min
corner of V block 2 34.583
sin 60
14. Ans: (d)
60.1
15. Ans: (a) X 2 2 34.698
sin 60
Sol: As the thermal conductivity of tool material
is high the heat dissipation from the tool is Error in depth = 2(X2 X1 )
taking place and if the specific heat is high, = 0.223 mm
it needs large amount of heat for raising the
temps of tool material up to MP.
18. 20.
Sol: Resolving the force F into Horizontal Sol: (a) Fixed rectangular block and marble V
F Sin 100 . (1) clamp.
F Cos 100 100 200 (2)
(1) 100
Tan
(2) 200 Clamping
O1 O2

1
Tan 1 26.565
2
100
F 223.6 kg
Sin 30
Taking the moments about vertical axis 30.025

xF Cos 100 30 100 30 100 20
Positional error = 30.025 30 = 0.025
x = 10 mm.
(b) Fixed V block and movable rectangular
19. block
Sol:
P
X1 X2
Clamping
O1 O2 30 30.025
A
Q 30
x1 34.64
Sin 60
O1 30.025
O2 x2 34.66
Sin 60
4 3
Positional error = x2 x1 = 0.0298mm
O1 O 2 4 3
2 2
=5 A
The positional error is mainly depends on
O1O 2 5 x 2 x 2 the fixed element. So when fixed V block
x = 3.5 and marble V block is used, the positional
error is remains same as (b).
Block of uniform thickness is preferable Out of the 3 cases, case (a) is giving lower
because of balanced condition. positional error, hence preferable.

IM & OR
14. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 01
PERT & CPM 15. Ans: (c)
01. Ans: (a) 02. Ans: (a) Sol: D = 36 days, V = 4 days
36 36
Z 0
03. Ans: (a) 04. Ans: (a) 4
05. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (c) P(z) = 50%
07. Ans: (b) 08. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: (c)
09. Ans: (b) 10. Ans: (a) Sol: cp Va b Vb c Vc d Vd e
4 16 4 1 5
11. Ans: (b)
12. Ans: (b) 17. Ans: (b)

Sol: T0 = 8 min, Tm = 10, Tp = 14min,
18. Ans: (c)
To 4Tm Tp
Te Sol: The earliest expected completion time,
6
Critical path : A-B-C-D-F-E-H
8 4 10 14 62
= 10.33 min 5 + 4 + 8 + 5 + 8 = 30 days
6 6
13. Ans: 70% (check the correct answer) 19. Ans: (d)
Sol: Take 4 3 , Te = 6 days Sol: Critical path :
Critical path = 1-2-4-3 1-3-4-6 = 20 days
= 5 + 14 + 6 = 25 days 24 20 4
z 2
4 2
critical path V1 2 V2 4 V4 3
P(z) = 97.7%
2 2.8 2 = 3.979
2 2 2
Due date critical path duration 20. Ans: (d)

z
critical path 2
t t 22 10
2
Sol: Variance = p o 4
27 25 6 6
z 0.5026
3.979
P(z) = 70 % 21. Ans: (a) 22. Ans: (b)

: 52 : ME GATE _ Postal Coaching Solutions
23. Ans:
2
Sol: C(12)
4 A(10)
F(15)
C(7) 11 18 D(9)
B(8) H(8) 1 3 4
B(5)
1 2 3 6 7
A(4) E(9)
0 0 12 12
4 4
G(12)
33 33 41 41
Critical path :
D(6) 5
1-2-3-4 = 10 + 12 + 9 = 31 days
21 21
cp V1 2 V2 3 V3 4
Path duration
2 2 2
1-2-4-6-7 = 4 + 7 + 15 + 8 = 34 5 2 5
12 7
1-2-3-5-6-7 = 4 + 8 + 9 + 12 + 8 = 41 (days) 3 3 3
1-2-5-6-7 = 4 + 6 + 12 + 8 = 30
25. Ans: (a)
2 4
C(7)
4 4 11 18
26. Ans: (b)
TF+7
TF + 7 = 18 4 27. Ans: (c)
TF = 14 7 = 7 Sol:
24. Ans:
Sol:
28. Ans: (c)
Activity Time estimated Standard
deviation 29. Ans: (b)
To 4Tm Tp Tp To
Te 30. Ans: (d)
6 6
T
A 5 4 10 15 15 5 5 T T T
10 1 2 3 4 5
6 6 3 K K K K
B 2 45 8 82
5 1 Given each activity having time mean
6 6
duration T and standard deviation K.
C 10 4 12 14 14 10 2
12 Total time estimate Te = 4T
6 6 3
Variance of the path (var)CP
D 6 4 8 16 16 6 5
9 = R2 + R2 + R2 + R2
6 6 3
= 4R2
: 53 : IM & OR
Standard deviation of CP= (var) CP 33. Ans: (c)
34. Ans: (c)

Sol: 20
8
12
8 22 32
Min=Te3CP Max=Te+3CP 5 7 9
14 27 7 34
= 4T 6K = 4T+6K
EST
CP = 4K 2
9
CP = 2K 6
15 12
Range of overall project duration likely to
LFT
be in 4T + 6K and 4T 6K
i.e., 4T 6K Total Float)6-1 = TF)6-7 = 27 9 12 = 6
Free float)6=7 = 28 9 12 = 1
Common data Questions for Q.31 & Q.32
31. Ans: (b)
35.
32. Ans: (b)
Sol:
Sol:
Paths duration
Paths Duration AD 22
1-2-4-5 = (AEF) 8+9+6=23 ACE 41CP
1-2-3-4-5=(ADF) 8+9+6=23 BE 20
1-3-4-5 (BDF) 6+9+6 = 21
2
1-4-5 (CF) 16+6=22 D
A C 12
10 16
Highest time taken paths are AEF and B E
1 3 4
ADF 5 15
Critical paths are AEF and ADF
Var cp Var A Var C Var E
Critical paths are 2.
Possible cases to crash 2A C2 2E
A by 1 day that cost = 80 2 2 2 2 12 = 4 + 4 + 1= 9
F by 1 day that cost = 130 CP Var CP 9=3
E and D by 1 day that cost = 20 + 40 = 60
Minimum completion time = 32 days 38.

Maximum completion time = 50 days Sol:
6
5 7
Normal
distribution curve 3 4
5 7 8
8
1 2 5 7
4
Te 3 cp Te 3 cp 4 7
4
=32 Te 41 =50
Paths Normal duration
36. 1-2-3-6-7-8 25
Sol: 1-2-3-5-7-8 28
2
2 1-2-4-5-7-8 26
C
A 4 1-2-3-4-5-7-8 is the critical path
1
2
(EFT) E F Crashing on critical path
4 5 6
1 3 3 Possible No. of days Extra
(LFT) B D activities for can crash cost/cost
4 4 2 crashing saved
3 1-2 43 = 1 250/day
4
2-3 5 3 = 2 500/day
Paths Duration 3-5 84=4 50/day
1-2-6 AC 2+1=3 5-7 75=2 300/day
1-2-4-5-6 AEF 2+3+2 = 7 7-8 42=2 400/day
1-3-6 BD 4+2 = 6
Among all the option the minimum cost
1-3-4-5-6 BEF 4+3+2 = 9
slope option is 3-5, which can be reduced by
Highest Duration is 9. 4 days, at a cost of 50/day
CP is BEF The difference between longest path and
next longest path is the maximum duration
37.
we can do crashing. Only if the duration is
Sol: F 6 available in the activity taken for crashing.
K
J
4 G The Critical path can be crashed for 2
3 E 5 9
I L days only
M
B D H N
7 8 10 11 Crash Cost = 2 50 = 100
A C
1 2
: 55 : IM & OR
39. From the option crash 3-4 by 2weeks by

Sol: crashing 3-4 by 2 weeks the project duration
Activity Cost slope Crashing
becomes 11 weeks.
CC N C possibility
Crashing cost = 2 30 = Rs. 60
(Rs/week)
(NT NC)
N T CT Net savings by means of crashing
1-2 150 1 week = 2100 60 = Rs. 140
2-3 - -
3
2-4 50 2 week 3 2
2-5 - - 1 2 3
3 5 4 6
3-4 30 3 4 3
4-6 40 1 5
5-6 25 2
Path Duration
Indirect cost = 100/week 1-2-4-6 11
1-2-3-4-6 11
Network diagram
3 1-2-5-6 10
3 4
1 2 3 Crashing possibility from the network
3 5 4 6
= 11 10 = 1 week
4 3
5 To reduce project duration by 1 week
Path Duration Option Cost slope Crashing
1-2-3-4-6 13 Critical path possibility
1-2-4-6 11 Sub-critical path 1-2 150 1 week
1-2-5-6 10 4-6 40 1 week

3-4 & 2-4 30+50 = 80 1 week
Crashing possibility from the network = Among the best option, crash 4-6 by 1 week,
critical path duration sub critical path the project duration will become 10 weeks
= 13 11 = 2 weeks Crashing cost = 140 = 40
To reduce the project duration by 2 weeks
Net savings by crashing (4-6) = 100 40 = 60
Option Crash cost Crashing possibility
3
1-2 150 1 week 3 2
2-3 - - 1 2
4
2
6
3 5
3-4 30 3 week
4 3
4-6 40 1 week 5

41.
Path Duration
Sol:
1-2-3-4-6 10 a
1-2-4-6 10 d
1-2-5-6 10
b f
To reduce by project duration by 1 week
Option Cost slope e
1-2 150
c
3-4, 2-4 , 5-6 30+50+25 = 105
As crashing cost is more than indirect 42. Ans:

cost/week = further crashing is not Sol: E(10)
2
economical C(6) 4
A(8)
Optimum project duration = 10 weeks B(4) 3 D(5)
1
Total cost of the project (with crashing) =
direct cost + indirect cost/week project
duration + crashing cost (a) critical path :
= 945 + 10010 + 302 + 401 = 2045 Path Duration
Total cost without crashing A-E 8+10 = 18
= 945 + 100 13 = 945 + 1300 = 2245 A-C-D 8+6+5 = 19
B-D 4+5 = 9
40. Ans:
Sol: 2
D(4)
(b) To reduce the project by 1 day the
A(4) C(2) available option is crashing C by 1 day
E(1) G(3)
1 3 4 6
B(3)
Option Crashing possibilities
F(1) H(2)
5 (NT CT)
A 88=0
Critical path : C 65=1
1-2-3-4-5-6 = 4 + 2 + 1 + 0 + 2 = 9 D 55=0
1-2-4-6 = 4 + 4 + 3 = 11 CP
1-2-3-4-6 = 4 + 2 + 1 + 3 = 10 By crashing activity C we can reduce the
1-3-5-6 = 3+1+2=6 project duration by 1 day.

: 57 : IM & OR
Network diagram
E(10)
2 Chapter- 02
C(5) 4 Linear Programming
A(8)
B(4) 3 D(5)
1
01. Ans: (d) 02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (c)
04. Ans: (d) 05. Ans: (b) 06. Ans: (a)
Path Duration
A-E 8+10 = 18 07. Ans: (a)
A-C-D 8+6+5 = 19 Sol: Zmax = x+2y,
B-D 4+5 = 9 Subjected to
4y 4x 1 (1)
Further crashing is not possible due to A- 5x + y 10 .. (2)
CD critical path. y 10 (3)
x and y are unrestricted in sign
Minimum duration of project = 19
x y
(1) 1
1 1
43. Ans: (c)
4 4
Sol: x y
(2) 1
Path Duration 2 10
AB 7+5=12 y
(3) 1
CD 6+6=12 10
EF 8+4=12 (2) (1)
12
10 (3)
Three critical paths, number of activities to
8
be Crashed are 3

y 6
4
2
10 8 6 4 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
2
4
6
8
10
Only one value gives max value, then

solution is unique.
08. Ans: (b) 09. Ans:

Sol: Zmax = 3x1+2x2 Sol: Let, x1 be the number of ash trays
Subjected to x2 be the number of tea trays
Production to be maximized
4x1+x2 60 (1)
Z = 20x1 + 30 x2
8x1+x290 (2) From the table given, constrained are
2x1+5x280 .. (3) 10x1 + 20x2 30000
x1, x2 0 15x1 + 5x2 30000
x1 x 2 Fixed daily cost =Rs. 45000
(1) 1
15 60 x2
x1 x 6000
(2) 2 1
11.25 90
5000
x1 x 2 15x1 + 5x2 30000
(3) 1 4000
40 16
3000
2000
x2 1500A
90 1000 10x1 + 20x2 30000
B
80 (2)
70
60 (1) O C x1
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
50
40
30 From the graph, common feasible region is
(3)
20 OABC O(0,0) , A(0,1500), C(2000,0)
10
B would be obtained by solving the
0(0,0) 11 20 30 40 50 60 70 x1 constraints. B(1800 , 600)
A(0,1500) 200+301500 = Rs.45000

Z B(1800,600) 201800+30600 = Rs.54000
From the above graph the No. of corner C(2000,0) 202000+300 = Rs.40000
points for feasible solutions are 4 Zmax = Rs. 54000 at B
Profit = Zmax Fixed daily cost
= 54000 45000 = Rs.9000

: 59 : IM & OR
10. Common feasible region is OABCDO

Sol: Zmax = 60x1 + 50x2 O(0,0), A(0,5), D(7.5,0)
s.t x1 + 2x2 40 B is point of intersection of lines
3x1 + 2x2 60 6x + 9y 54 ,
x1 x 2 x1 x 2 5x + 13y 65
1 , 1
40 20 20 30 Solving this B = (3.55 , 3.64)
x2 C is the point of intersection of the lines
6x+ 9y 54 ,
40
10x + 7.5y 75
30 (0,30)
Solving these, C = (6,2)
20 (0,20)
(10,15) Graphically solving :
10 y
10 x1 11
20 30 40
(20,0) (40,0)
(Zmax)(10,15) 9 10x + 7.5y 75
= 6010+5015 = 1350 /-
7
11. 5
A
Sol:
B
Type of Products Total time 3 6x + 9y 54
machine available C 5x + 13y 65
1
A B
P 10 7.5 75
Q 6 9 54 0 D x
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
R 5 13 65
Points Z=60x+70y
Profit for product, A = Rs. 60 per unit A (0,5) 600+705 = 350
Profit for product, B = Rs. 70 per unit B (3.53,3.64) 3.5560+703.64 = 464.8
Let, x = number of A type products
C (6,2) 606+702 = 500
y = number of B type products
D (7.5,0) 7.560+070 = 450
Maximization problem
O (0,0) 060+070 = 0
Zmax = 60x + 70y
Constraints are, (in times)
Zmax = 500 at C(6,2)
10x + 7.5y 75
A type products = 6 , B type products = 2
6x + 9y 54
5x + 13y 65
12. 13.
Sol: Sol:
Tables Chairs Availability
Wood 30 20 300 Demand Products Maximum
Labour 5 10 110 Chairs Tables available
Profit/unit 8 6 (x1) (x2)
x y Wood 1 2 200
Chairs 1 - 150
Zmax = 8x + 6y
Subject to Tables - 1 80
x y Profit/loss 100 300
30x + 20y 300 , 1 ----- (1)
10 15 Zmax = 100x1 + 300x2
x y Subject to
5x + 10y 110 , 1 ------ (2)
22 11
x1 + 2x2 200
x,y0
x1 150 and x2 80
y
24
14.
20 Sol:
16 Products Maximum
12 Demand A B available
B(0,11)
C (4,9) (x1) (x2)
8
Raw material 1 1 850
4
Special type of buckle 1 - 200
A(10,0)
O(0,0) x Ordinary buckle - 1 700
4 8 12 16 20 24
Time 1 500
C is the intersection of (1) and (2) Profits/unit 10/- 5/-
Solve equation (1) & (2) for x,y
We will get x = 4, y = 9 Constraints :
Z = 8x + 6y x1 = No. of belts of type A
Z0 = 0 x2 = No. of belts of type B
ZA = 810 + 60 = 80 Zmax = 10x1 + 5x2
ZB = 80 + 611 = 66 s.t x1 + x2 500
ZC = 84 + 69 = 86 x1 500 , x2 700
Solution is optimal at (c) 1
x1 + x 2 500 , x1 , x2 0
Zmax = 86 at x = 4 , y = 9 2

: 61 : IM & OR
Zmax = 3x + 5y
x2
ZA = 3 1500 + 5 0 = 4500
1000
ZB = 3 0 + 5 600 = 3000
700
ZC = 3 1000 + 5 500 = 5500
ZD = 3 800 + 5 600 = 5400
600
500 Y
400 2000
300 1500
200
1000
100 D (800,600)
600
B(0,600) C (1000,500)
100 200 300 600
x1
400 500

Zmax = (100) + (5500) = 2500 O 500 1000 1500 2000 X
A(1500,0)
15. Ans: (c)

C does not exist in answer.
Sol: Let, P type toys produced = x ,
Hence, Zmax is at D, i.e., Zmax @ D = 5400
Q type toys produced = y
P Q 16. Ans: (c)

Time 1 2 2000 Sol: Zmax = x1 +1.5 x2
Raw material 1 1 1500 Subject to
Electric switch - 1 600 2x1+3x2 6 ------- (1)
Profit 3 5 x1 + 4x2 4 -------- (2)
x y x1 , x2 0
x1 x 2
Zmax = 3x + 5y 1
3 2
x y
x 2 y 2000 ; 1 x1 x 2
2000 1000 1
4 1
x y
x y 1500 ; 1 Let, c in the intersection of (1) and (2)
1500 1500
Solve (1) & (2) for c.
y
y 600 ; 1 12 2
600 It follows, x 1 ; x2
5 5
x, y 0
y But feasible region is ABCDEA ( x1 , x2 > 0)

4 A(2,0) B(0,4) C(0,6) E(3,0)
D can be obtained by solving
3
x1 3 & x1 + x2 6
2
B(0,1) 12 2 x1 = 3 and x2 = 3 and D (3,3)
C ,
1 5 5
A(2,0) 22+10 = 4
O(0,0) 1 2 3
A(3,0) 4 x B (0,4) 02+14 = 4
Zmax G(0,6) 02+16 = 6
Zmax = x1 +1.5x2
E(3,0) 32+01 = 6
Z0 = 0
D(3,3) 32+13 = 9
ZA = 3+ 1.5 0 = 3
ZB = 30+1.51 = 1.5 Zmax = 9 at D (3,3)
12 3 2
ZC = =3 18. Ans: (a) 19. Ans: (b) 20. Ans: (d)
5 2 5
Problem is having multiple solutions and it is
21. Ans: (a)
Optimal at (A) and (C)
Sol: Zmax = 4 x1 + 6 x2 + x3
s.t
17. Ans: (a)
2 x1 x2 + 3x3 5
Sol: Zmax = 2x1 + x2
x1, x2, x3 0
x2 Subjected x1 + x2 6 2 x1 x2 + 3x3 + s1 = 5
12
x1 3 Zmax = 4x1 + 6x2 + x3 + 0 s1
11
2x1 + x2 4
10 cj 4 6 1 0 min
Z=12 x1 , x2 0 x1 x2 x3 s1 Ratio
9 s v B0
8 0 s1 2 -1 3 1 5 5
7 Z=9 zj 0 0 0 0 0
Z=6 cj - zj 4 1 0
6
C
5
6
4 EV
B
3 D
Entering vector exists but leaving vector
2
doesnt exist as minimum ratio column is
1 Z=3 having negative values. It is a case of
E
0 A x1
unbounded solution space and unbounded
1 2 3 4 5 9 10
6 7 8 optimal solution to problem.
: 63 : IM & OR
22. Ans: (a) Zj 7 2 5 1 2 0 1350

Sol: Cj Zj 4 0 0 1 2 0
10
Cj 1 2 0 0 0
7 Min As it contain 0s and ve values in
B0
S x s Ratio
CB x1 x2 x3 s2 Cj Zj row, hence the problem is optimal.
V 4 1
17 4
14 7 21 Zmax = (2 100) + (5230) + (020)
0 x4 0 1 0 9 3 4
9 9 = 1350/-
16
35 2 15
0 S1 0 0 1 5
6 3
3
2 25. Ans: (a)
10
10 1 1 1
x1 1 0 0 10
7 3 3 3
3 Common Data
10
107 107
107 26. Ans: (d) 27. Ans: (a) 28. Ans: (a)
Zj 3 3 0 0
7 3 Sol:
10 110 113 107
Cj Zj 0 0
7 3 3 3 Cj 6 4 0 0 0 M B0 Min
CB SV x1 x2 s1 s2 s3 A1 Ratio
Minimum ratio column has all negative values,
0 S1 0 5 1 2 0 x 14
so can not decide outgoing variables. Problem
3 3
has unbounded solutions.
0 S3 0 1 0 1 1 x 5
23. Ans: (b) 3 3

6 x1 1 2 0 1 0 x 8
Sol: Solution is optimal; but Number of zeros
3 3
are greater than the number of basic
Zj 6 4 0 2 0 x 48
Variables in Cj Zj(net evaluation row)
Cj Zj 0 0 0 2 0 x
hence multiple optimal solutions.
As the No. of zeros greater than No. of basic
24. Ans: (b)
variables in CjZj row, hence it is a case of
Sol:
multiple solutions or alternate optimal solution
Cj 3 2 5 0 0 0 B0
exists.
CB SV x1 x2 x3 s1 s2 s3
2 x2 1 1 0 1 1 0 100 If Non basic variable x2 is having a zero
4 2 4 evaluation at optimality, with that variable if we
5 x3 3 0 1 0 1 0 230 enter and performs simplex procedure in alternate
2 2 solution to the problem is obtained as follows.
0 S3 2 0 0 2 1 1 20

Cj 6 4 0 0 0 M B0 Min Common Data for Questions

CB SV x1 x2 s1 s2 s3 A1 Ratio 33. Ans: (d)
0 S1 0 5 1 2 0 x 14 14 Sol: Given,
3 3 5/3 Zmax = 5x1 + 10x2 + 8x3
0 S2 0 1 0 1 1 x 5 15
Subjected to
3 3 3x1 + 5x2 + 2x3 60 material
6 x1 1 2 0 1 0 x 8 12
4x1 + 4x2 + 4x3 72 Machine hours
3 3
2x1 + 4x2 + 5x3 100 labour hours
Zj 6 4 0 2 0 x 48
Cj Zj 0 0 0 2 0 x x1, x2 , x3 0
3x1 + 5x2 + 2x3 + s1 = 60
Entering vector column
4x1 + 4x2 + 4x3 + s2 = 73
Minimum ratio having row will become 2x1 + 4x2 + 5x3 + s3 = 100
entering vector row. Zmax = 5x1 + 10x2 + 8x3 + 0s1 + 0s2 + 0s3
Hence the alternate solution is 1
Cj 5 8 0 0 0
42 0 Min
x2 = , x1 = 12 B0
5 C S x s Ratio
x1 x2 s1 s2
Entering vector x2 and leaving vector s1 B V 3 3
1 1 1
because of s1 row had minimum ratio. 10 x2 1 0 0 8
3 3 6
2 1 5
29. Ans: (c) 30. Ans: (c) 8 x3 0 1 0 10
3 3 12
17
8 1
31. Ans: (a) 0 S3 0 0 12 1 18
3 3
2
26 1 5
32. Ans: (c) Zj 8 3 0 160
3 0 3
Sol: Zmin = 10x1+x2+5x3+0S1
11 2 5
Dual , Wmin= 50y1 Cj Zj 0 0 0
3 3 3
subjected to LL=2 102=
Cj Zj 8
5y1 10, y1 2 , Wmax = 100 x2
11 0 0 10 0 UL=1
2 10+10
0 =20
3y1 5 , y1 5/3 , Wmax = 250/3 11 84=4
Cj Zj LL=4
y1 , y2 0 x3 2 0 0 2 4 0 8+2=1
UL=2 0
Zmax = 250 / 3

: 65 : IM & OR
In Cj Zj row all elements are negatives or If 1 m/c hr decreases, production B increases

zeros, hence the solution is optimal and 1 5
by and production C decreases by
unique.. 6 12
Basic variables are: If 1 unit of A produces, contribution
x2 = 8 , x3 = 10 , s3 = 18 11
decreases by , production B decreases by
i.e., production of B = 8 units 3
C = 10 units 1 2
, production C decreases by .
18 labours hours remained unutilized 3 3
Non Basic variable
34. Ans: (a)
x1 = 0, s1 = 0, s2 = 0
Sol: If 3 kg material increases, contribution
Resource materials and resource machine
2
hours are fully utilized. increases by 3 = 2 Rs
3
In (Cj Zj) row at optimality, the values under
s1, s2 and s3 columns represents the shadow 35. Ans: (a)
prices. 5
Sol: Present profit = 160 160 12 = 140/-
So, If 1 kg material increases, contribution 3
2
increases by
. 36. Ans: (b)
3
If 1 kg material decreases, contribution Sol: New production of B
2 1 1
decreases by . = 8 12 = 8 + 12
3 6 6
If 1 kg material increases, then production B 8 + 2 = 10 units
1
increases by and production C decreases 37. Ans: (c)
3
1 1 1
by Sol: = 10 + 3 = 10 3 = 10 1 = 9
3 3 3
If 1 m/c hr increases, contribution increases
38. Ans: (a)
by 5/3.
Sol: If 1 unit of A produces, contribution
If 1 m/c hr decreases, contribution decreases
11
5 decreases by
by 3
3
If 1 m/c hr increases, production B decreases 39. Ans: (a)
1 5 11
by and production increases by . Sol: 160 6 = 138
6 12 3
40. Ans: (a) If RHS value of 2nd constraint increases by 1

1 unit then
Sol: Production of B , 3 =1
3
2 s2
Production of C, 3 =2
3 z-row 2
x1 -1
Common data 41 & 42 x2 2
41. Ans: (b) , 42.Ans: (b) From the table

Sol: Basic variables z increases by 2 units, x1 decreases by 1 unit
x1 = 20 , x2 = 10 x2 decreases by 2 units,
Non-basic variables
s1 = 0 first constraint is fully consumed. If RHS value of 1st constraint decreases by
s2 = 0 second constraint is fully consumed. 10 units then z decreases by 10 units,
x3 = 0 (unwanted variable)
The new objective value ,
x1 x2 x3 s1 s2 RHS Zmax = 110- 10 = 100
z-row 0 0 2 1 2 110
x1 1 0 1 1 -1 20
x2 0 0 0 1 2 10
s1
z-row 1
x1 1
x2 1
If RHS value of 1st constraint increases by 1

unit then
From the table

z increases by 1 unit, x1 increases by 1 unit,
x2 decreases by 1 unit,

: 67 : IM & OR
09.
Chapter- 03 Sol: At , = 0.2
Forecasting Fmay = 100 + 0.2 ( 200 -100) = 120
Fjune = 120 + 0.2 ( 50 120) = 106
01. Ans: (d) 02. Ans: (a) Fjuly = 106 + 0.2 ( 150- 106) = 114.8
04. Ans: (a) Time Demand Forecast

100 99 101 April 200 100
Sol: 3 period moving avg =
3 May 50 120
= 100 June 150 106
4 period moving average July - 114.8
102 100 99 101
= = 100.5 2
4
n 1
5 period moving average
2 2
99 102 100 99 101 n 1 n 1 9 period
= 0.2
5
= 100.2
Arithmetic mean 10.
Sol: In, Jun, July, Aug, Sep demand is Stable
101 99 102 100 99 101
= = 100.33
6 In Oct, Nov, Dec demand is Fluctuating
327 339 355
05. Ans: (a) FJan = = 340.33 units.
3
Sol: Dt = 100 units , Ft = 105 units
Last 3 months average is forecast for next
= 0.2
month
Ft+1 = 105 + 0.2 (100 105)
The inflation start only from October hence
= 104
considering last 3 months data was highly
06. Ans: (c) significant
Sol: Dt = 105 , Ft = 97, = 0.4 Simple exponential = 0.1
Ft+1 = 97 + 0.4 (105 97) = 100.2
FJan = FDec + (DDec FDec)
07. Ans: (c) = 307 + 0.1(355307)
Sol: Ft+1 = Ft + a (Xt - Ft) = 311.8
08. Ans: (c)

11. 13.
Sol: Simple exponential method Sol:
= 0.2 , DJan = 200 Month Demand Forecast
FJan = 175, DFeb = 170
24 78
Ffeb FJan D Jan FJan
25 65
= 175+0.2 (200175) = 180 26 90
Fmarch = FFeb + (DFeb FFeb) 27 71
= 180 + 0.2(170 180) = 178 28 80
29 101
12.
30 84
Sol: Linear Regression model:
31 60
2 32 73 66.563
(x) y (Rs) xy x
1 450 450 1 33 74
2 550 1110 4 2
= 0.2
3 625 1875 9 9 1
4 650 2600 16 F32 = (Dt) + (1-) (Dt 1) + (1-)2 (Dt-2)
5. 750 3750 25 + .+ (1-)n (Dt-n)
6. 775 4650 36
= 0.273 + 0.20.860 + 0.2(0.8)284 +
x=21 y=3800 xy=14450 |x2=91|
0.2(0.8)3 101 + 0.2(0.8)480 +
y = na + bx y = na + bx 0.2(0.8)571 + 0.2(0.8)690 +
7 8
xy = ax + bx2 xy = ax + bx2 0.2(0.8) 65 + 0.2(0.8) 78
3800 = 6a + 21b .. (1) = 66.563
14425 = 21a + 91b.. (2) F32+1 = F32 + (D32 F32)
Now, solve (1) and (2) for a, b = 66.563 + 0.2 (73 66.563) = 74
a = 408.3, b = 64.28
Forecast equ. yc = a + bx 14.
yc = 408.3+64.28x Sol: n = 20, (y y )2 = 2800
Forecast for month 7, x = 80, y = 1200,
y7 = 408.3+ 64.28(7) = 858.26
x2 = 340, y2 = 74,800
Forecast For month-8 xy = 5000
y8 = 408.3+64.28(8) = 952.5 y = a + bx

: 69 : IM & OR
y = na + bx 17. Ans: (a)

1200 = 20a + b(80).. (1) Sol:
xy = ax + bx2
Period Di Fi |(DiFi)|
xy = ax + bx2
1 10 9.8 0.2
5000 = a(80) + b(340)(2)
2 13 12.9 0.3
Solve (1) and (2) for a, b
3 15 15.6 0.6
a = 20, b = 10
Standard error 4 18 18.5 0.5
5 22 21.4 0.6
Syx =
(y y C )2

800
= 6.67
n2 20 2 |DiFi| = 2.2
EV UEV 18.
r= 1
UEV TV Sol: Deviation = Di Fi
(y yc )2 800 7.5 18 0 28. 12
1 1 = 0.84 MAD =
( y y) 2
2800 6
As r closer to 1 i.e., good correlation 70
= = 11.66
6
15. Ans: (a) Cumulative deviation
Tracking signal =
MAD
16. Ans: (b)
Sol: 24
= = 2.05<4
11.66
Period Di Fi (Di Fi)2
14 100 75 625 If tracking signal < 4 No significant
15 100 87.5 156.25 deviation in data
16. 100 93.75 39.0625 If tracking signal > 4 significant deviation
2
(DiFi) =820.31 in data
F15 = F14 + (D14 F14)

19. Ans: (c)
= 75 + 0.5(100 75) = 87.5
F16 = F15 + (D15 F15) 20. Ans: (d)
= 87.5 + 0.5(100 87.5) = 93.75
Mean square error (MSE) =

(D i Fi ) 2 21. Ans: (d)
n
820.31
= = 273.13
3
EJ - EARLY JOB ,
Chapter- 04 OS - ON SCHEDULE
Sequencing & Scheduling TJ - TARDY JOB
Minimum total cost = 57 60 = 3,420
01. Ans: (a) Number of jobs which fail to meet due date
Sol: SPT rule are 2.
Process time
Job Completion time 04.
(days)
Sol: SPT rule minimizes average flow time
1 4 4
EDD rule minimizes mean tardiness
3 5 9
5 6 15 Job Ti Ci Di Ci Di
5 2 2 15 -13
6 8 23
2 2 4 21 -17
2 9 32 1 3 7 17 -10
4 10 42 4 4 11 12 -1
6 4 15 24 -9
Ci 125
3 9 24 5 19
Ci Ci = 63 Ci Di = 49
Average Flow Time =
n
125
= = 20.83
6 Job Ti Ci Di Ci Di
3 9 9 5 4
02. Ans: (a) 4 4 13 12 1
5 2 15 15 --
Sol: According to SPT rule total inventory cost is
1 3 18 17 1
minimum.
2 2 20 21 -1
6 4 24 24 0
03.
Ci = 99 Ci Di = 6
Sol: SPT rule is used for minimizing mean flow
time
Job ti Ci di Ci di 63
MFT = 10.5;
6
4 2 2 9 -7 EJ
2 3 5 12 -7 EJ 19
MT = 3.17
1 5 10 10 -- OS 6
5 6 16 8 8 TJ C i 99
3 8 24 20 4 TJ MFT= 16.5
n 6
Ci = 57

: 71 : IM & OR
Ci Di 6 C 184 10 (184175)10 = 0.9 Behind

MT = 1 schedule
n 6
D 181 3 (181175)/3 =2 Ahead of
Ti = Process Time
schedule
Ci = Completion Time
E 205 17 (205175)/17 = 1.76Ahead
Di = Due Date of schedule
MFT = Mean Flow Time F 187 15 (187175)/15 = 0.8 Behind
MT = Mean Tardiness schedule
G 184 9 (184175)/9 = 1on schedule
05.
Sol: If critical ratio is one job will be on schedule.
FCFS EDD SPT LPT STACK STACK If critical ratio is less than one job will be
(or) (or) behind schedule.
A A F C A 110=9 A A If critical ratio is greater than one job will be
B F A F B 9 7=2 E F ahead of schedule.
C E E E D 7 2 =5 F E 07.
Sol:
D C C D E 7 6 =1 D D
Job Tj Fj Dj Lj Tj = max of (0, Lj)
E D D B F 2 5=3 B B
a 8 8 9 -1 0
F B B A C 1 4=3 C C b 7 15 18 -3 0
c 9 24 21 3 3
Note:
d 12 36 38 -2 0
Stack=Due Date (DD) Processing time (P.T)
e 14 50 41 9 9
f 10 60 60 0 0
06. Ans: F-C-G-B-E-D-A
Sol: Calendar date required (CDR) (i) Make-span time = 60 days
Processing time (PT) Fy
193
(ii) Mean flow time =
32.16
Process time remained (PTR) n 6
(iii) No. of tardy jobs = 2 (c & e)
Job CDR PT Critical ratio
T j 12
CDR Todays date (iv) Mean tardiness, T 2
= n 6
PTR
A 190 5 (190175)/5=3Ahead of
schedule 08. Ans: (d)
B 178 2 (178175)/2 = 1.5Ahead of Sol: EDD rule can minimize maximum lateness.
schedule The job sequence is RPQS
09. Ans: (d) Q 46 32 78 78 9 87

Sol: Johnsons rule : U 78 16 94 94 7 101
Optimum job sequence P 94 15 109 109 6 115
III I IV II The optimal make-span time = 115 days
Do the job 1st if the minimum time happens 13.

to be on the machine (M) and do it on the Sol: Sequence by Johnsons Rule is:
end if .it is on second machine (N). Select 6, 3, 4, 1, 2, 5
either in case of a tie.
Job DENTER PAINTER
10. Ans: (b) Tin Tout Tin Tout
6 0 1 1 7
Sol: 3 1 3 7 12
4 3 8 12 16
Job M N Idle 1 8 12 16 19
In PT Out In PT Out 2 12 22 22 24
III 0 1 1 1 2 3 - 5 22 28 28 30
I 1 3 4 4 6 10 1
Minimum Make Span = 30
IV 4 7 11 11 5 16 1
II 11 5 16 16 2 18 - 14.
Sol: Optimum sequence:
Total idle time on machine (N) = 3
A B C E D
11. Ans: (a) TABULAR METHOD:
Sol: Optimum sequence of jobs
M/C -I M/C - II
2 3 1 4 Job
Ti T0 Ti T0
A 0 2 2 12
12. Ans: (b)
B 2 5 12 20
Sol: Optimum sequence is
C 5 12 20 25
R T S Q U P
E 12 18 25 29
Job M1 M2 D 18 27 29 30
Processing
In PT Out In PT Out 27 28
time
R 0 8 8 8 13 21
Idle time 3027=3 (3028=2)
T 8 11 19 21 14 35
27 28
S 19 27 46 46 20 66 %utilization 100 100
30 30
: 73 : IM & OR
A 37 10 47 50 2 52 -
GANTT CHART
Minimum flow time = 52
0 2 5 12 18 27 30
M/C I A2 B3 D9 Idle3
C7 E6 17.
M/C II Idle-2 A10 B8 C5 E4 D1 Sol: Condition : Max (t2j) Min (tij or t3j)
0 2 12 20 25 29 30
4 4 or 4
Comp X M W
15.
N 8 3 5
Sol: Optimum Sequence :
A 4 4 6
A C D B E
O 7 3 7
PT = processing time L 5 4 8
Machine 1 Idle Machine 2 E 6 4 4
Job
In PT Out In PT Out Time Since the condition is satisfied, we can create
A 0 2 2 2 4 6 - two virtual Machines G & H.
C 2 5 7 7 6 13 1 X = t1j , M = t2j , W = t3j
D 7 6 13 13 7 20 -
Comp Machine G Machine H (M+W)
B 13 7 20 20 8 28 -
(X+M)
E 20 5 25 28 3 31 - N 11 8
A 8 10
Minimum time for completion of all jobs = 31 O 10 10
L 9 12
E 10 8
16.
Optimum sequence
Sol: Optimum Sequence :
A L O N E
D C E F G B A
Machines Polish Idle

In PT Out In PT Out
D 0 4 4 4 5 9 4
C 4 5 9 9 12 21 -
E 9 6 15 21 9 30 -
F 15 9 24 30 11 41 -
G 24 7 31 41 6 47 -
B 31 6 37 47 3 50 -
Comp Machine X Machine M Idle Machine W Idle

In PT Out In PT Out In PT Out
A 0 4 4 4 4 8 4 8 6 14 8
L 4 5 9 9 4 13 1 14 8 22 -
O 9 7 16 16 3 19 3 22 7 29 -
N 16 8 24 24 3 27 5 29 5 34 -
E 24 6 30 30 4 34 3 34 4 38 -
Gantt Chart :
8 14 22 29 34
38
W A L O N E
4 8 9 13 16 19 24 27 30 34 38
M A L O N E
4 9 16 24 30 38
X A L O N E
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
(iii) % utilization :
30
Machine X 100 78.94%
38
38 20
Machine m 100 47.73%
38
38 8
Machine W 100 78.94%
38

: 75 : IM & OR
18.
Sol: The given machine sequence is ACB Optimum sequence 1
hence, we need to re-arrange the given data
Machine Machine
Job A C B G H
1 5 2 3 5 4 3 2 1
2 7 1 7
3 6 4 5 Optimum sequence 2
4 9 5 6
5 5 3 7 Machine Machine
Max { t2j} min{t1j or t3j} G H
5 5 or 3 2 5 4 3 1
Jon Machine G Machine H

(A+C) (C+B)
1 7 5
2 8 8
3 10 9
4 14 11
5 8 10
A B C
Job
In PT Out In PT Out Idle In PT Out Idle
5 0 5 5 5 3 8 5 8 7 15 8
4 5 9 14 14 5 19 6 19 6 25 4
3 14 6 20 20 4 24 1 25 5 30
2 20 7 27 27 1 28 3 30 7 37
1 27 5 32 32 2 34 4 37 3 40
20. Ans: (c)

06. Ans: (d)

Chapter- 05 1
Sol: = = 0.25min1
Queuing Theory 4
1
= = 0.33 min1
01. Ans: (b) 3
Sol: = 3 per day 0.25
= = 0.75
= 6 per day 0.33
1 1 1
Ws day
63 3 07. Ans: (b)
1
Sol: 0.1 min 1
02. Ans: (c) 10
Sol: = 0.35 min-1, = 0.5 min-1 1
0.25 min 1

n 4
Pn 1 0.1
System busy () 0.4
8
0.25
0.35 0.35
= 1 0.0173
0.5 0.5
08. Ans: (c)
03. Ans: (a) Sol: = 4hr1, = 6 hr1

2
Sol: = 10hr1,
P(QS 2) =
= 15 hr1
2 10 2 4 4
2
Lq = = = 1.33 =
1515 10 6 9
04. Ans: (b)

09. Ans: (a)
-1 60
Sol: = 4 hr , = = 5 hr-1 2
12 Sol: Lq

2 42 16
Lq = 3 .2 2
55 4 5 4

05. Ans: (b) 4 () = 2
2 2 2
Sol: Lq
1 10. Ans: (c) 11. Ans: (c)
1
2

: 77 : IM & OR
12. Ans: b) No customer service facility idle

60 P0 = 1 = 1 0.4 = 0.6
Sol: = 8 hr1 ; = 12hr 1
5 (c) & (d)
1 1 1 Customer being served No one waiting
Ws
12 8 4

P0 + P1 = 1 1

13. 2
1 1
Sol: = 100 h ; = 120 h = 1 1 = 1
100 10

120 12 = 1 0.16 = 0.84
P0 (no customer in the system) 2
e) Lq =
10 2 1
= 1 = 1
12 10 5 22
= = 0.266
5(5 2)
14. As > Lq is finite
Sol: = 8 h-1 If = Lq is infinite
60 1
= h = 12 h-1
5 17. Ans: (c)
(a) L q
2

8 1.33 2
18.
12 4 Sol: A B
8 = 3 hr 1
= 3 hr1
(b) L s 2
12 8 = 6 hr1 = 4 hr1
8 NPC/hr = 15 Rs NPC/hr = 15
(c) Wq 0.1666
12 4 LC/hr = 20 LC/hr = 12
1 1
(d) Ws 0.25 LS represents non productive machining
4

8 LS = LS =
(e) 0.666
12
3 3
= =1 = =3 m/c
63 43
16.
NPC/hr =115Rs NPc/hr =315 = 45 Rs
Sol: = 2 hr1, = 5 hr1 LC/hr = 20/-
2 A should be hired
a) Traffic intensity () = = 0.4
5

kd hQ1 kd hQ 2

Chapter- 06 Q1 2 Q2 2
Inventory Control Q Q1 h
kd 2 Q 2 Q1
Q1 Q 2 2
01. Ans: (b)
2kd
2AS Q1 Q 2
Sol: EOQ h
CI
Q *2 Q1 Q 2
2AS
EOQ1 2 Q* Q1 Q 2 300 600 424.264
CI
EOQ1 2 EOQ
10. Ans: (c)
02. Ans: (c) EOQ1 2AS CI

Sol:
EOQ 2 CI A 2AS B
03. Ans: (b) (EOQ)A : (EOQ)B = 1:4
Sol: A = 900 unit
S = 100 per order 11. Ans: (d)
CI = 2 per unit per year A 12 months 12
Sol: (No of orders = 8)
Q 45 days 1.5
2AS
EOQ ELS
CI
Q =100
2 900 100
= 300
2
45 45
04. Ans: (c) 05. Ans: (b) 06. Ans: (d) Days Days
A Q
07. Ans: (a) T VC S CI.
Q 2
Sol: A = 800 , S = 50/- , Cs = 2 per unit = CI
100
TICEOQ 2AS CI = 8 100 120 = Rs. 6800
2
2 800 50 2 = 400 12. Ans: (b)
Sol: Average inventory
08. Ans: (c) Q 6000
= 3000 per year
Sol: TC(Q1) = TC(Q2) 2 2
= 250 per month

: 79 : IM & OR
13. Ans: (c) TAC 83.38 1000 500 1000 40 83.33 500 0.1
83.33 2
Sol: A = B true demand
5,02,563 /
By mistake 40% higher demand
A1 = 1.4B TACQ
In percentage = 100
TACEOQ
2BS
Economic lost size , Q1 =
CI 5,02,563
100 100.11%
5,02,000
2 1.4 BS
Economic lost size , Q2 =
CI 15. Ans: (b)
= 1.183 Q1 Sol: P = 1000 , r = 500 , Q = 1000
Actual rise = 1.183 Q1 Q1 1000
= 0.183 = 18.3%
I max 1000 500 = 500
1000
14. 16.
Sol: Given, A = 1000 units/year, S = 40/- Sol: Simultaneous consumption producing
I = 0.1, C = 500/- Model
A = 15,000 units, C.I = 5/ units/year
2AS 2 1000 40
a) EOQ 40 units S = 25/, P = 100 units/day
CI 500 0.1
No. of working days = 250/year
A 1000
b) No. of annual orders = 25 15,000
Q 40 Consumption rate = r =
250
Frequency of ordering (or) time between orders
60 units / day
Q
time period EBQ = EPQ = ELS
A
40 360 2AS P
360 14.6 days EPQ
1000 25 CI P r
c) TACEOQ AC 2ACSI Q
2 15000 25 100

5 100 60
1000 500 2 1000 500 40 0.1
Q = 612.37 units
= 5,02,000/-
1000 TVC EPQ 2CSI
P r
Order per month = 83.33units. P
12
A Q 100 60
TACQ AC .S .CI 15000 2 5 25
Q 2 100
= 1225/-

Q = tp . P 2AS
a) EOQ
Q 612.37 CI
tp = 6.1237 days
P 100
2 10000 200
Q = 1000 units.
I max t p P r .P r 4
P
Total annual cost at EOQ,
612.77
100 60 245
100 (TAC)EOQ = AC 2ACSI
A 1000020 210000 4200
No of production runs
Q = 2,04,000/-
15000 A Q
25 b) TACQ AC S .CI
612.37 Q 2
17. Ans: TAC Q 2000 10000 20 10000 200 2000 4

2000 2
Sol: CI = Rs. 0.3/month = 0.312 = Rs 3.6/- = 2,05,000/-
S = Rs. 1080/- For 2000 orders to be economical the total
A = 20,00012 = 240000 units annual cost for 2000 order with r% discount
2AS 2 240,000 1080 must be less than TAC at EOQ
(a) EOQ
CI 3 .6 r% TAC2000 TACEOQ
= 12000 units r% TAC 2000 TAC EOQ
192000
(b) no. of production run = = 9 runs r A Q r
20000 AC 1 S CI1
100 Q 2 100
365 20 9
(c) Time interval = = (TAC)EOQ
9 1
r 10000 2000 2 r
= 23.125 days 24 days AC1 200 4 1
100 2000 2 100
2,04,000
(d) Total variable cost = 2ASCI r
1 [2,04,000] = 2,03,000
= 2 240000 1080 3.6 100
= Rs. 43200/- r 2,03,000 203
1
100 2,04,000 204
18. r = 0.49%
Sol: A = 10,000 units S = 200/order Preferred discount rate is r 0.49%
CI = 4/unit/year C = 20/-

: 81 : IM & OR
19. Ans: (a) 21.

Sol: Maximum inventory CC = shortageCS = 400 Sol: Given:
400 A = 2000 units/year , S = Rs. 20/-,
Max inventory =
100 I = 25%
= 4 units/year Cu = Rs. 8/- (Lowest with unit price)
2 2000 20
EOQ |Cu 8% = 200 units
20. 8 0.25
Sol: Given : The EOQ at Cu = Rs. 8/- is satisfying the
C = Rs. 5/unit , A = 4000 units Quantity range hence it is declared as an
S = Rs. 30/order , CI = Rs. 1.5 optimal order quantity.
2 4000 30
EOQ = 400 units
1 .5 22.
4000
no. of order per year = = 10 runs
400 23.
Total yearlycos t EOQ AC 2ASCI Sol: Annual demand (A) = 2000 units
Cost per item (C) = 20/-
= 4000 5 2 4000 30 1.5 Ordering cost = 50/-
= Rs. 20600/- ICC (I) = 0.25
R1 D
TC Q1@ R ,% AC1 S EOQ
2AS

2 2000 50
200. units
100 Q1 CI 20 0.25
+
Q1 R
CI1 1 TACEOQ AC 2ACSI
2 100
= 2000 20 2 2000 20 50 0.25
2 4000
= 4000 51 30 = 41,000/-
100 1000
Now, TAC at Q1 with discount r%
1000 2
+ 1.51
2 100 TACQ1 AC1 r1 A

Q r
S 1 CI1 1
100 Q1 2 100
= Rs. 20455/- 3 2000 1000 3
2000 201 50 20 50 1
TCQ2 @% 4000 51 3 4000 30 20001.5 1 3 100 1000 2 100
100 2000 2 100 = 2800+100+35000 = 37,900
= Rs. 20915/- As the total annual cost (TAC) with discount
Among all 2% discount for ordering r% is less than (TAC) at EOQ, hence accept
quantities of 1000 or more the discount and order 1000 at a time.

24. 26.
Sol: 2AS 2 25 25
Sol: EOQ
Daily No. of Probability SL SOR CI 0 .4
sales days Pi = 55.9 units 56 units
10 15 0.15 0.15 1 Daily
Re-order point = Lead Time
11 20 0.20 0.35 0.85 demand
12 40 0.40 0.75 0.65 = 25 16 = 400 units
13 25 0.25 1 0.25
27.
Cus = SP CP = 5 2 = 3
Sol: Given,
Cos = CP = 2
Daily demand D. D ,
Cus Lead Time L.T
SL =
Cus Cos
Re-order Level - ROL
3
= = 0.6 For Item A
3 2
2AS
SOR = 1 SL = 1 0.6 = 0.4 EOQ
CI
As SL = 0.6 falling in the range 11 to 12
2 8000 15
sales, hence order 12 for 40 days. = = 2000 units
0.06
(Cus) = Cost of under stock R.O.L = daily demand Lead Time
(Cos) = Cost of over stock
8000
(SL) = Service levels = 10 = 320 units
250
(SOR) = Stock out risk
For Item B
25. ROL = D.D L.T
Sol: Cus = SP CP = 2 0.8 = 1.2 A = 9000 units
Cos = CP Rebate = 0.8 0.2 = 0.6 2AS
EOQ
Cus 1.2 CI
SL = = = 0.6
Cus Cos 1.2 0.6 2 9000 40
= = 2000 units
For 60% Service levels 0.18
QOptimum = Imin +SL (Imax Imin) For Item C
= 20000 + 0.6(24000 2000)
2AS
= 22400 EOQ
CI

: 83 : IM & OR
2 7500 S Stock out risk (SOR) = 100 SL

300 =
30 ( SOR + SL =100%)
S = Rs. 180/order = 100 84.13
ROL = D.D L.T SOR = 15.87%
7500 Stock out = 140 100 = 40 units
210 LT
250
Lead Time = 7 days 29.
Sol: Expected demand during lead time
28.
80 0.2 100 0.25 120 0.3 140 0.25
0.2 0.25 0.3 0.25
Sol:
= 112
ROL=140
Reorder level = 1.25 112 = 140
SOR For Re order level > Expected lead time demand
Min inventory
Max Inventory
30.
51
3 Sol: = 60 units , SL = = 98%
=120 52
120 3(20)=60 +3
120 +3(20)=180 (Consider 52 weeks/year)
SS = SF = 2.05 60 = 123
ROL = ALTd + SS
a) SOR = 2%,
= ALT CR + SF
For service level (SL) = 98% to be safety
= 500 1 + 123 = 623 units
factor on basis, SF = 2.05
Where, CR = consumption rate
Safety stock (SS) = SF
ALT = Average lead time
= 2.05 20 = 41
Re-order point (ROP) 31.
= Avg lead time demand + SS Sol: Lead Time > order cycle
= 120 + 41 = 161
OC = n 2 = 6 5 2 = 12.21
b) Given, ROP = 140 units, SF = ? Safety stock (SS) = SF
140 = 120 + SF 20 = 1.28 12.21 = 15.67 m 16.
SF = 1 ( For 90% SL SF = 1.28)

ROL = ALTd + SS = 40 + 16 = 56
ie., as SF basis is 1 will achieve service
levels (SL) 84.13%. 32. Ans: (b) 33. Ans: (d)
34. Ans: (d) ABC PLAN

Sol: C Class means these class items will have % of total Cumulative
RANK Part code
very less consumption values. least cost% percentage
consumption values I P08 70.5 70.5
B 300 0.15 = 45 II P09 10.6 81.1
III P05 10 91.1
F 300 0.1 = 30
IV P04 2.4 93.5
C 2 200 = 400
V P07 2 95.5
E 5 0.3 = 1.5 VI P02 1.2 96.7
J 5 0.2 = 1.0 VII P06 1.2 97.9
G 10 0.05 = 0.5 VIII P10 1.2 99.1
H 7 0.1 = 0.7 IX P03 0.7 99.8
G, H items are classified as C class items X P01 0.2 100
because they are having least consumption
values. Class A items Nil
Class B items I, II
35. Class C items III,IV,V,VI,VII,VIII,IX,X
Sol: Raking of items according to their usage
values 36. Ans: (b)
Part Price Units/year Total cost % of Ranking

code per (Rs) total
unit Rs cost
P01 100 100 10000 0.2 X
P02 200 300 60000 1.2 VI
P03 50 700 35000 0.7 IV
P04 300 400 120000 2.4 IV
P05 500 1000 500000 10 III
P06 3000 30 60000 1.2 VII
P07 1000 100 100000 2 V
P08 7000 500 3500000 70.5 I
P09 5000 105 525000 10.6 II
P10 60 1000 60000 1.2 VIII
Total 4970000 100

: 85 : IM & OR
Evaluation of empty cells:
Chapter- 7 Cell (A1) Evaluation = CA1CA4 + CC4CC1

Transportation Model =10 11 + 18 5 = 12
Cell (A3) Evaluation = CA3 CA2+CB2 CB3
= 20 9 + 7 2 = 16
01. Ans: (c)
Cell (B1) Evaluation =127+211+184
Sol: A no. of allocations : m + n 1
= 10
5 + 3 1 = 7
Cell (B4) Evaluation = 20 7 + 2 11= 4
02. Ans: (a) Cell (C2) Evaluation = 14 2 + 1118= 5

Cell (C3) Evaluation = 169 +7218 = 5
03. Ans: (b) If cell cost evaluation value is ve, indicates
further unit transportation cost is decreasing
04. Ans: (b) and if cost evaluation value is +ve indicates
further unit transportation cost is increases. If
07. Ans: (a) cost evaluation value is zero, unit
Sol: No. of allocations : 5 transportation cost doesnt change.
no. of allocations : m + n 1 As for A3 cell cost evaluation is +16, means
m + n 1 = 4 + 3 1 that, if we transport goods to A3 the unit
It is a degenerate solution transportation cost is increased by 16/-.
Common Data for Questions Q9, Q10 & Q11 :

08. Ans: (a)
Sol: 09. Ans: (b) 10. Ans: (a)
1 2 3 4 Supply
10 2 20 11
A
15 11. Ans: (b)
5 10
Sol:
12 7 9 20 1 2 3 4
B 15 25
10 6 1 9 3
5 14 16 18 A
25 45
C 10
5 5 11 2 8
5
B 30 25
50
Demand 5 15 15 15
50 10 12 4 7
C 55 35

No. of allocations = 6
R+C1=6 Chapter- 8
Assignment Model
As No. of allocations = R + C 1
Hence the problem is not degeneracy case.
01. Ans: (a) 02. Ans: (c) 03. Ans: (a)
Opportunity cost of cell (i, j) is
04.
Cij (Ui + Vj) Sol: Step-1:
If Cij (Ui + Vj) 0 problem is optimal, Take the row minimum of substract it from
Empty cell evaluation (or) Opportunity cost all elements of corresponding row
of cells: 1 0 2 3
A1 = 12, A2 = 19, B2 = 8 0 2 2 1
8 5 0 1
B4 = 12, C3 = 3, C4 = 12
0 6 2 4
From the above as A2 has opportunity cost
19 indicates unit transportation cost is Step 2 :
decreased by 19/- Take the column minimum & substract it
By forming loop A2, A3, B2, B3 it is from all elements of corresponding column.
observed that to transport minimum quantity 1 0 2 2

is 25 among 25, 30, 35. 0 2 2 0
8 5 0 0
The reduction in the transportation cost is
0 6 2 3
25 19 = 475
Step 3 :
12. Ans: (c) Select single zero row or column and assign
at the all where zero exists. If there is no
13. Ans: (c) single zero row or column. Then use
straight line method.
A B C D
1 1 0 2 2
2 0 2 2 0
3 8 5 0 0
4 0 6 2 3

: 87 : IM & OR
1B: 7 Step 4 :
2D: 8 Draw the minimum number of horizontal
3C: 2 and vertical lines necessary to cover all
4A: 5 zeroes at least once.
Total cost = 22
Take the above Table
05. J1 J2 J3 J4
Sol: C1 5 0 10 7 L2
A B C D
1 10 5 15 C2 0 6 5 14
13
2 3 9 8 18 C3 8 5 0 0 L3
3 10 7 2 3 C4 0 6 2 3
4 5 11 7 9
L1
Step 1 : (i) Mark row 4 in which there is no

5 0 10 8 assignment
0 6 5 15 (ii) Mark column 1 which have zeroes in
8 5 0 1 marked column.
0 6 2 4 (iii) Next mark row 2 because this row
contains assignment in marked
Step 2 : column 1.
5 0 10 7 No further rows or columns will be
0 6 5 14 required to mark during this
8 5 0 0 procedure.
0 6 2 3 (iv) Draw the required lines as follows.
Step 3 (a) Draw L1 through marked column 1
5
(b) Draw L2 and L3 through unmarked
0 10 7
row (1 and 3)
0 6 5 14
Step 5 :
8 5 0 0
0 6 2 3
Select the smallest element (2).
Among all the uncovered elements of the
It may be noted there are no remaining above table and substract this value from all
zeroes and row 4 and column 4 each has the elements of the matrix not covered by
no assignment. Thus optimal solution is not lines and add to every element that lie at the
reached at this stage. Therefore, proceed to intersection of the lines L1, L2,and L3 and
following important steps. leaving the remaining element unchange.
J1
Step 1:
J2 J3 J4
C1 7 0 10 7
9 26 15 0
C2 0 4 3 12
13 27 6 0
C3 10 5 0 0
35 20 15 0
C4 0 4 0 5
18 30 20 0
It may be added that there are no remaining

Step 2:
zeroes and every row and column has an
0 6 9 0
assignment.
4 7 0 0
Since, the no. of assignment = no. of row or
26 0 9 0
column
9 10 14 0
The solution is optimal
The pattern of assignment at which job has Here the operator 4 is assigned to dummy
been assigned to each contractor. column.
Contractor Job Amount (Rs)1000 He is the idle worker.
C1 J2 5
C2 J1 3 08. Ans: (c)
C3 J4 3 Sol:
C4 J3 7 S1 S2 S3 S1 S2 S3
181000=18000 P 110 120 130 0 0 0 Column

Q 115 140 140 0 15 5 Transaction
Minimum amount = Rs. 18,000/-
R 125 145 165 0 10 20
06. P 0 10 20 5 0 0
Sol: Here no. of rows no. of column Q 0 25 25 Row 0 10 0
Transaction
The algorithm is not balanced so add one R 0 20 40 0 5 15
dummy column.
Operates Machine P-S2 120

A B C Dummy Q-S3 140
1 9 26 15 0 R-S1 125
2 13 27 6 0 Total = 385
3 35 20 15 0
4 18 30 20 0

: 89 : IM & OR
09. Step (4): Now in the third row, if we select (3,B)

Sol: Assignment problem is the special case of then it would not be possible to get assignment in
the transportation problem the 3rd column . So assign (3,C) cell.
A B C D
1 10 8 10 8 A B C D
2 10 7 9 10 1 0 0 1 0
3 11 9 8 7
4 12 14 13 10 2 1 0 1 3
Step (1): Select the small element in a row and 3 2 2 0 0

subtract it from all other numbers in that row.
4 0 4 2 0
A B C D
1 2 0 2 0 Step (5): In the remaining assignment, if we
2 3 0 2 3 assign (1, A) then other assignment would be (4,
3 4 2 1 0 D). If the assignment is (1, D) then other
4 2 4 3 0 assignment would be (4, A) and in the both cases,
total cost is same.
Step (2): Now in columns, subtract the small
So assign (1,A) and (4,D)
number from all other elements in that column.
A B C D
A B C D
1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0 1 0
2 1 0 1 3
3 2 2 0 0 2 1 0 1 3
4 0 4 2 0 3 2 2 0 0
Step (3): Now select the single zero cell in a row
4 0 4 2 0
if possible and assign that cell and cross off other
zero corresponding to that cells row and column.
Here (2,B) with single zero.
A B C D Assignment is 1-A, 2-B, 3-C, and 4-D
1 0 0 1 0 Optimal cost = 10 + 7 + 8 + 10 = 35 Euros.
2 1 0 1 3
3 2 2 0 0
4 0 4 2 0

Chapter- 9
PPC & Aggregate Planning
01. Ans: (d) 02. Ans: (b)
03. Ans: (b)

Sol:
Months Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Unused Capacity

capacity Available
20 20 24 10
100
RT 90 10
24 26 28
1 (1) 20
OT 20 22
24
100
RT 100 36
2
20 20
OT 20
24
80
RT 80
3
40
OT 30 10
RT 90 130 110
OT
Level of planned production in overtimes in 3rd period is 30.

RT = Regular time
OT = Over time

: 91 : IM & OR
04. Ans: (b)
05. Ans: (b)
06. Ans: (d)
07.
Sol:
Demand for
Total Capacity
Supply from Un used
Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Period 4 Available (supply)
capacity
200
Beginning inventory 0 5 10 15 - 200
700
Regular 60 65 70 75 0 700
1
Overtime 70 75 80 85 300 300
500 200
Regular 60 65 70 0 700
2
Overtime 70 75 80 300 300
200 500
Regular 60 65 0 700
3 200
Overtime 70 75 100 300
700
Regular 60 0 700
4 300
Overtime 70 0 300
4200
900 500 200 1900 700
4200
Total cost = (700 60) + (500 60) + (200 70) + (200 60) + (500 65) + (200 75)
+ (700 60)+ (300 70)
= Rs 2,08,500/-

08.
Sol:
Capacity
Demand for Total
Period1 Period2 Period3 Period4 Unused Available
Supply from
capacity (supply)
150
Beginning 0 2 4 6 - 150
Inventory
900
1 Regular 25 27 29 31 - 900
150
Overtime 30 32 34 36 - 150
200 100
Subcontract 35 - - - - 300
600
2 Regular 25 27 29 - 600
125
Overtime 30 32 34 - 125
175 125
Subcontract 35 - - - 300
700
3 Regular 25 27 - 700
100 50
Overtime 30 32 - 150
300
Subcontract 35 - - 300
800
4 Regular 25 - 800
200
Overtime 30 - 200
250 50
Subcontract 35 - 300
1400 900 800 1200+100 575 4975
4975
Total cost = (900 25) + ( 150 30) + (200 35) + ( 600 25) + ( 125 30) + (175 35)
+ (700 25) + (100 30)+(50 32) + (800 25) + (200 30) + (250 35)
= Rs 1,15,725/-

: 93 : IM & OR
Chapter- 10
Material Requirement & Planning
01. Ans: (b) 02. Ans: (c) 03. Ans: (d) 04. Ans: (c)
05. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (c) 07. Ans: (b) 08. Ans: (b)
09.
Sol: A 1 10 = 10
B 2 10 = 20
C (1 2 10) + (3 4 2 10) = 260
D (4 2 10) = 80
E (3 4 2 10) + (2 2 10) + (410) = 320
10.
Sol:
0 Level X = 1
100
1100
1st Level A1 B1 C1 1100
1100
2nd Level
2 1100 D-2 E2 F-1 G1 H3 J2 F-1

21100 11100 11100 31100 221100 11100
3rd Level
J2 K1
221100 121100

11.
Sol:
Order Quantity = 200 Week
LT = 3 Weeks 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Project required 40 85 10 60 130 110 50 170
Receipts 200 200 200
On hand inventory 100 15 5 145 15 105 55 85
Planned order release 200 200 200
(On hand inventory)t

1st week = 140+0-40 = 100
2nd week = 100+0-85 = 15
3rd week = 15 + 0 10 = 5
4th week = 5 + 200 60 = 145
5th week = 145 + 0 130 = 15
6th week = 15 + 200 110 = 105
7th week = 105 + 0 50 = 55
8th week = 55 + 200 170 = 85
Order before 3-weeks
12. Ans: (c)
13.
Sol: X
A1 B1
C1 D2
Net required A = (1 1 20 10) = 10

C = (1 1 20110 10) = 0
B = 1 20 15 = 15
D = 2 1 20 2 10 10 = 10
: 95 : IM & OR
04. Ans: (c )
Chapter- 11 Sol: TC = Total cost
Break Even Analysis TCA = Total cost for jig-A
TCB = Total for jig-B
01. Ans: (c)
TCA = TCB
Sol: Total fixed cost, TFC = Rs 5000/-
800 + 0.1X = 1200 + 0.08X
Sales price, SP = Rs 30/-
0.02X = 400
Variable cost, VC = Rs 20/-
400 400
Break even production per month , X 100 = 20,000 units
0.02 2
TFC 5000
Q = = 500 units
SP VC 30 20
05. Ans: (d)
02. Ans: (a) Sol: Sales price Total cost = Profit
Sol: Total cost = 20 + 3 (CP 14000) (47000 + 1400015) =
2X = 30 23000
X = 15 units CP = 20
When X = 10 units
TC1 = 20 + (3 10) = Rs 50/- 06. Ans: (b)
TC2 = 50 + ( 1 10) = Rs 60/-

07. Ans: (a)
Among both, total cost for process is less
So process-1 is choose.
08. Ans: (c)
03. Ans: (c )
Sol: In automated assembly there are less labour, 09.
so variable cost is less, but fixed is more Sol: X Y
because machine usage is more. In job shop S1 = 100 S2 = 120
production, labour is more but machine is F1 = 20,000 F2 = 8000
less. So variable cost is more and fixed cost V1 = 12 V2 = 40
is less. P = q(S V) F

P1 =q(100 12) 20,000

P2 = q(120 40) 80,000
Chapter- 12
P1 = P2 Network Analysis
88q 20,000 = 80q 80,000
12000 = 8q 01.
q = 1500 Sol:
SQ
11. Ans: (b)

dij
12. Ans: (c) Q
13. Ans: (d) G

P
Sol:
Standard machine Automatic R

tool machine tool
dij
F1= 30 2800 = Rs.1600
200 Rs.100
F.C. 60 = F2
V.C 20 5
200 Rs.73.33 800 Rs.66.67
= 60 60 SR
1600 100
q 225 volts
73.33 66.67
If greater than 225 units then automatic The are two path to from P to Q
machine tool is economic. The length of shortest path from P to G
= min { SQ + dQG, SR + dRG}

Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery
F A
Chapter- 1 AV
W sin 30
Properties of Fluids h
100 1 0.1 V

01. Ans: (d) 2 2 10 3
V = 1m/s
02. Ans: (a)
Sol: The gap between two co-axial cylinder is Common data Q. 07 & 08
very narrow. Therefore velocity profile can
be assumed linear. 07. Ans: (c)
Sol: D1 = 100mm , D2 = 106mm
03. Ans: (c) D 2 D1
Radial clearance, h
2
04. Ans: 1
106 100
Sol: = 1.25 stoke 3mm
2
S = 0.8 L = 2m
= = 0.2 pa.s
= 1.25 10-4 800 N = 240rpm
2
= 0.1 Ns/m = 1 Poise 2N 2 240
=
60 60
05. Ans: 100
= 8
V 0.2 1.5
Sol: 3
= 100 N/m2 r 0.2 8 50 10 3
h 3 10 = 83.77N/m2
h 3
3 10
06. Ans: 1
08. Ans: (b)
Sol:
22 Lr 3
Sol: Power, P
WSin30 h
2 82 0.2 2 0.053

30o
3 10 3
W = 66 Watt

: 100 : ME _ GATE_Postal Coaching Solutions
09. Ans: (c) 17. Ans: (c)

Sol:
18. Ans: (a)
30
Ans: In fluids, the deformation changes with time
18
so rate of deformation is far more important
Slope = constant
6 than deformation itself.
It deforms continuously because fluids
1
resist shear forces under dynamic condition.
0 1 3 5 du/dy Both the statements are true and statement
Newtonian fluid II is the correct reason of statement I.
10. Ans: (d) 19. Ans: (d)

du Ans: Viscosity in liquids decreases and in gases
Sol:
dy decreases with rise in temperature.
u = 3 sin(5y)
du 20. Ans: (d)
3 cos5y 5 = 15cos(5y)
dy Ans: Blood is a pseudoplastic fluid. So statement
du I is wrong.
y0.05
dy y 0.05
21. Ans: (d)
= 0.5 15 cos5 0.05 Sol: Free surface is subjected to surface tension
1 force in the plane of surface. It can resist
= 0.5 15 cos 0.5 15
4 2 small tensile loads.
= 7.53.140.707 16.6N/m2
22. Ans: (b)
y0.12 0.5 15 cos5 0.12
Sol: V = 0.01 m3
3 = 0.75 109 m2/N
= 7.5 cos 5
25 dp = 2107 N/m2
3 1 1 4
= 7.5 cos k 9
109
5 0.75 10 3
Which is negative so zero dp
k
dv / v
11. Ans: (c) 12. Ans: (d) 13. Ans: (d)
2 107 102 3
dv = 1.5104
14. Ans: (c) 15. Ans: (a) 16. Ans: (a) 4 10 9

: 101 : Fluid Mechanics & HM
23. Ans: 320 Pa The plate moves with velocity V

8 8 0.04 32 102
Sol: P
D 1 10 3 10 3 (h-y) 1
P = 320 N/m2 V
y 2
24. Ans: (b)
From Newtons law of viscosity,
du
Let A be area of plate
dy
Conventional Questions which can
be asked as objective Questions F1 =1 Area of plate
V
F1 1 A
hy
01. V
Sol: F2 2 A
y
(i) Shear force on two sides of the plate are equal:
(h-y)
h
F1 = F2
1
F 1 VA 2 VA
y 2
hy y
1 h y
Assumption:
2 y
Thin plate has negligible thickness.
h 1
Velocity profile is linear. Because of 1
y 2
narrow gap.
h 1 2
Given fluid is a Newtonian fluid which
y 2
obeys Newtons law of viscosity.
2h
y
1 2
The force required to pull it is proportional to
the total shear stress imposed by the two oil (ii) The position of plate so that pull required to
layers. drag the plate is minimum.
F = F1+F2 , Where F1 = Force on top sides of 1 VA 2 VA
F , V, A, 1 & 2 , h are
plate . F2 = Force on bottom side of plate hy y
constant

dF Assumption:
For minimum force, 0
dy The gap between two cylinders is narrow
2 2
1VA(h y) (1) 2VAy = 0 and hence velocity profile is assumed
2 VA VA linear.
1 2
y 2
h y No change in properties
h y 2
1
y 2
2 Torque = Tangential force radius
Force = shear stressArea
hy 1
VA
y 2
h
h 1 Where h is the clearance (radial)
1 where y is the distance of the
y 2 10 9.75
h
thin flat plate from the bottom flat surface. 2
h = 0.125cm = 1.25103m
y
1 Area = DL
1
2 = 0.12.510-2
= 7.8539103m2
02. Ans: 8.105 Pa. S r A
Fs
Sol: Torque = 1.2N-m h
Speed, N = 90rpm 2N 2 90
3 rad / s
Diameter, D1 = 10cm , D2 = 9.75cm 60 60
H = 2.5cm Torque = Fsr

rA
r
h
r 2
A
h
3 (0.1) 2 7.8539 10 3
1.2
2.5 cm
1.25 10 3 4
= 8.105 Pa.s
9.75cm
10 cm
06. Ans: 48.147

Sol:
Chapter- 2
Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
Oil (S=0.86) 0.8m
Water 1.5m
01. Ans: (a)
Mercury (S =13.6) 0.2m
Sol: 1 millibar = 10-3105
= 100 N/m2 Pbottom = oilghoil + wghwater + HgghHg
One mm of Hg = 13.61039.81110-3 = (8609.810.8)+(98101.5)+(136009.810.2)
2 = 48147.48 Pa
= 133.416 N/m
1 N/mm2 = 1106 N/m2 Pbottom = 48.147 kPa
1 kgf/cm2 = 9.81106 N/m2
07. Ans: (a) 08. Ans: (b) 09. Ans: (c)
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: 10. Ans: 2.2
Sol: hp in terms of oil
Local atm.pressure so ho = smhm
710 mm
(350 mm of vaccum) 0.85h0 = 13.60.1
h0 = 1.6m
360 mm
hp = 0.6+1.6 hp = 2.2m of oil
Absolute pressure
11. Ans: 750
03. Ans: (d) Sol: Patm+wghw = Patm+0gh0

1000610-2 = 0810-2
04. Ans: 27 m 0 = 750 kg/m3
Sol: P = gh
12. Ans: (b)
200103 = 7559.81h
sw s w h w2
h = 27m Sol: h M h w1 h N h0
s0 s0
9 18
05. Ans: (c) hM hN 3
0.83 0.83
h M h N 13.843 cm of oil

13. Ans: 2.125 17. Ans: 1

Sol:
Sol:
1m
2x
2x
I x
hP hG
Ah G Fbottom = g 2x 2x x
D 4 4 FV = gx 2x 2x
2
64 D 2 2 FB
1
22 4 FV
2 2.125m
64 2
18. Ans: 785 kN
14. Ans: 30.8 Sol: F ghA = 98102104 = 785 kN

Sol: F = PA
19. Ans: 10
= gh A
Sol:

9810 1 2 2
4 2m
FV = x
F = 30.82kN
22
FV = gV 1000 10
4
15. Ans: 61.6
FV = 10kN
Sol: F = PA
x = 10
F ghA
2 20. Ans: (d)
9810 2 2 = 61.6 kN
4 Sol: Fnet = FH1 FH2
D D 2
16. Ans: 10 FH1 D 1
2 2
Sol: F ghA
D D D 2
FH 2 1
9810 1.625

4

1.2 2 0.8 2 4 2 8
1 1 3D
2
F = 10kN = D 2 =
2 8 8

03. Ans: 4.76

Chapter- 3 Sol: FB = FB,M+FB,W
Buoyancy and Metacentric Height WB = FB
x water
01. Ans: (d)
Sol: (10x) Hg

2m bgVb= mgVfd,m+gVfd,w
d
bVb = mVfd,m+wVfd,w
1.25m
4m
SVb = SmVfd,m+SwVfdw
FB = weight of body 7.6103 = 13.6102(10x)+102x
bgVb = fgVfd 6000 = 1260x
640421.25 = 1025(41.25d) x = 4.76 cm
d = 1.248m
Vfd = 1.24841.25 04. Ans: 11
Vfd = 6.24m3 Sol:

FB
02. Ans: (c) 1.6m
Sol: Surface area of cube = 6a2
Surface area of sphere = 4r2 T
4r2 = 6a2
2 a
2
FB = W + T

3 r W = FB T
Fb,s Vs = fgVfd T
4 3
r
4
3
3

= 10 3 9.81 0.8 10 10 3
3 4 r 3
3
a 3 2 3 = 21 10
r
3 W = 11 kN

4 r 3 6

3 2 2 3
r
3 3

05. Ans: 1.375 1

BM
Sol: Wwater = 5N 9
Woil = 7N 1 1
GM
S = 0.85 9 8
W Weight in air GM = 13.8mm 14mm
FB1 = W 5
FB2 = W 7 08. Ans: (b)
W 5 = 1gVfd..(1) Sol: W = FB
W 7 = 2gVfd..(2) bgVb = fgVfd
Vfd = Vb bVb = fVfd
W 5 1gVb
0.6 d 2 2d 1 d 2 x
W 7 2 gVb 4 4
2 1 2 gVb x = 1.2d
2 GM = BM BG
Vb
1000 8509.81 I
BM
d 4

d
V 19.2
Vb = 1.359110-3m3 64 d 2 1.2d
4
W = 5+(98101.359110-3)
BG = d0.6d = 0.4d
W = 18.33N
GM < 0 unstable
W = bgVb
18.33
b 09. Ans: 20s
9.81 1.3591 10 3
k2
b = 1375.05 kg/m3 Sol: T 2
g (GM)
Sb = 1.375
2
7.722
06. Ans: (d) 9.81 0.6
T = 20s
07. Ans: 14
Sol: GM = BMBG
3 1
3
I
BM
V 12 3 1 0.75
4 1 3 1
BM , BG
12 3 2 8 8

10. Ans: Total force required to lift the plate

Sol: = Fs + W FV
V=0.1m/s
= 102.2727 + 50 29.7978
F = 122.4749 N
Fs Fs
The thickness of the oil layer is same on

either side of plate
y = thickness of oil layer
23.5 1.5
11mm
2
Shear stress on one side of the plate
dU

dy
Fs = total shear force (considering both sides
of the plate)
2AV
2A
y
2 1.5 1.5 2.5 0.1

11 10 3
= 102.2727 N
Weight of plate, W = 50 N
Upward force on submerged plate,
Fv = gV = 900 9.81 1.5 1.5 103
= 29.7978 N

03. Ans: (a)

Chapter- 4 Sol: V 2xi yj
Fluid Kinematics
Compare V ui vj
Where, u = 2x, v = y
01. Ans: (b)

Velocity, v u 2 v 2
02. Ans: (a) = 2x 2 y 2
Sol: Given, u = x,
v = 2y V= 4x 2 y 2
Stream line equation in 2 D 41 1 5m / s
2
V (1,1) =
dx dy
Acceleration, a a x i a y j
u v
dx dy 2 2
a ax ay
x 2y
u u u u
ax u v w
On integration t x y z
dx
x 2y
dy
= 0 2x

2x y 2x
x y
1 1 1 = 2x (2) + y(0)
dx dy
x 2 y = 4x
1 v v v
log x = log y log c ay = u v
2 t x y

1
log log y log c = 0 2x y y. y
x x y
1
log log y .c = 2x (0) +y (1)
x =y

1
y .c a a x2 a y2 4x 2 y 2
x
1 16x 2 y 2
At (1,1) point = 1.c
1
a 1,1 161 1
2 2
c=1
x y 1 17 m / sec 2

Common Data for Questions 04 & 05 According to the conservation of mass

04. Ans: 0.94 Total inward flow = Total outward flow
V Q1 = Q2 + Q3
Sol: aLocal =
t A1V1 = A2V2 + A3V3
x
2
A2 = A3
= 2 t 1
t 2L V1 = 2 m/s ; V2 = 3 m/s ; V3 = 5 m/s

A1 2 = A2 3 + A2 5
2
x A1 = 4A2
= 1 2
2L At another instant V1 = 3 m/s
2
0.5 V2 = 4 m/s
(aLocal)at x = 0.5, L = 0.8 = 2 1
2 0.8 V3 = ?
2 2
= 2(1 0.3125) = 0.945 m/sec A1V1 = A2V2 + A3V3
4A2 3 = A2 4 + A2 V3
05. Ans: 13.68 12 A2 = 4A2 + A2V3
Sol: a convective v. v 2t 1 x 2t1 x
2 2
V3 = 8 m/s
x 2L x 2L
07. Ans: (d)

x
2
x 1
2t 1 2t 21 Sol: u = 6xy 2x2
2L 2L 2L
continuity equation for 2D flow
At t = 3 sec; x = 0.5 m; L = 0.8 m
u v
0
x y
2
0.5 0.5 1 u
a convective 2 31 2 321 6y 4x
2 0.8 2 0.8 2 0.8 x
aconvective = 14.62 m/sec2
atotal = alocal + aconvective = 0.94 14.62 6 y 4x v 0
y
= 13.68 m/sec2
V
4x 6 y 0
y
06. Ans: 8
Sol: V2 V = (4x6y) dy
A2 V = 4xdy 6 ydy
V1
A1 = 4xy 3y2 + c
V3 = 4xy 3y2 + f(x)
A3

(ar)(=45) = 3 cos450 sin450

08. Ans: 2
1 1 3
V 1 =3 = = 1.5 m/sec2
Sol: m / sec/ m 2 2 2
x 3
V= 3 m/sec
at 11. Ans: 0.3
Sol: Q = Au
R=9 m
u Q
aLocal = =
t t A
V2
ar=
R 1 Q
a local
A t
1 Q
aLocal =
V 3 9
2
0.4 0.1x t
2
ar = = 1 m/s2
R 9 9 1 Q
(aLocal)at x = 0 = 0.12 ( = 0.12)
V 1 0.4 t
at = V 3 = 1 m/s2
x 3 = 0.3 m/sec2
a = a r 2 a t 2 12 12 = 2 m/sec2
12. Ans: (b)
Sol: = x2 y2
09. Ans: 13.75
dV aTotal = (ax) i +(ay) j
Sol: a t (conv) Vavg
dx 2
2.5 3 3 2.5
u=
y y

x y 2 = 2y
a t ( conv ) = = 2.75 5
2 0.1 2
at (conv) = 13.75 m/s2
v=
x

x

x y 2 = 2x
u u
ax = u v
10. Ans: 1.5 x y
V = (2y)(0) + (2x)(2)
Sol: ar =
t
ax = 4x
V
= ( V r ) v v
ay = u v
x y
V V
= = (2y)(2) + (x)(0)
r
ay = 4y

= 3 sin 3 sin = 3cos sin a = (4x) i + (4y) j
3

13. Ans: (b)

Sol: Given, The stream function for a potential
Chapter- 5
flow field is = x2 y2
Energy Equation and its Applications
=?

u
x y 01. Ans: (c)
x 2 y 2 Sol: Applying Bernoullis equation for ideal
u fluid
y y
u = 2y P1 V2 P V2
Z1 1 2 Z 2 2
g 2g g 2g
u= 2y
x P1 (2) 2 P (1) 2
= 2
g 2g g 2g
2 yx
P2 P1 4 1
= 2 xy + c1
g g 2g 2g
Given, is zero at (0,0)
P2 P1 3 1.5
c1 = 0
g 2g g
= 2xy
02. Ans: (c)

14. Ans: 4
Sol:
Sol: Given, 2D flow field
S1
Velocity, V = 3xi + 4xyj
2mm
u = 3x , v = 4xy
S2
1 dv du
z
2 dx dy
V12 P1
1 1.27 m , 2.5m
z 4 y 0 2g g
2
V22 P2
0.203m , 5.407m
Z at 2,2 1 42 = 4 rad/sec 2g g
2
Z1 = 2 m , Z2 = 0 m
Total head at (1) (1)
V12 P1
= Z1
2g g
= 1.27 + 2.5 + 2 = 5.77 m
Total head at (2) (2) 04. Ans: 395

V2 P Sol: Q = 100 litre/sec = 0.1 m3/sec
= 2 2 Z2
2g g V1 = 100 m/sec; P1 = 3 105 N/m2
= 0.203 + 5.407 + 0 = 5.61 m V2 = 50 m/sec; P2 = 1 105 N/m2
Loss of head = 5.77 5.61 = 0.16 m Power (P) = ?
Energy at (1) (1) > Energy at (2) (2) Bernoullis equation
Flow takes from higher energy to lower P1 V12 P V2
Z1 2 2 Z 2 h L
energy g 2g g 2g
i.e. from (1) to (2) 5 2 5 2
3 10 100 1 10 50
0 0 h L hL
Top to bottom flow take place 1000 10 2 10 1000 10 2 10
= 395 m
03. Ans: 1.5 P = gQ.hL
2 P = 1000 10 0.10 395
d1 0.1 7.85 10 3 mm2
2
Sol: A1 =
4 4 P = 395 kW

A 2 d 22 0.05 1.96 10 3 mm2
2
4 4
05. Ans: 51.5
2 2
P1 V P V Sol: Apply Bernoullis equation to pump
Z1 2
1
Z2 h L 2
g 2g g 2g
P1 P2
Z1 = Z2, it is in Horizontal position
Since, at outlet atmospheric pressure, PUMP
P2 = 0
Work in
Q = 100 lit/sec = 0.1 m3/sec
Q 0.1 P1 V2
V1 12.73 m / sec
A1 7.85 10 3 Z1 1 + Work in
g 2g
Q 0.1
V2 51.02 m / sec P2 V2
A 2 1.96 10 3 = +Z2 + 2 + HLoss
g 2g
P1gauge

12.732 0
51.022 Where work in = Head raised = 10 m
air g 2 10 2 10 Since pipes are same size
P1 V1 = V2 and Z1 = Z2
121.53
air .g P1 120 10 3
0 0 10 003
P1 121.53 air g g 1000 9.81
= 1.51 kPa P1 = (12.23 + 3 10)g
P1 = (5.234)(10009.81) 07. Ans: 65

= 51.33103 N/m2 Sol: hstag = 0.30 m
= 51.33 kPa hstat = 0.24 m
V = c 2gh dyna
06. Ans: 35
V 1 2g h stag h stat
Sol:
fluid, S = 0.85 29.810.30 0.24 = 65.09 m/min
d2= 120 mm
d1= 300 mm
08. Ans: 81.5
Sol: x = 30 mm
Pressure difference
Between A & B = 4 kPa g = 10 m/s2
air = 1.23 kg/m3; Hg = 13600 kg/m3
A1 A 2 C=1
Q Th 2gh
A12 A 22 V 2gh D
A1A 2 P S
2g h D x m 1
A12 A 22 w S
13600
h D 30 10 3 1
A1 = d12 0.30 0.07 m 2
2
1.23
4 4
hD = 331.67 m

A 2 d 22 0.12 0.011m 2
2
4 4 V 1 2 10 331.67
0.07 0.011 V = 81.5 m/sec
Q Th 2 9.81 4 10 3
0.07 2 0.0112
09. Ans: 140
P = 4 kPa, A1 A 2
Sol: Q a C d 2gh
P P A12 A 22
h
w Pf .g
1
Cd
P 4 10 3
h

s f w g 0.85 1000 9.81 C d venturie h orifice
3

= 0.035 m /sec C d orifice h venture
= 35.15 ltr/sec. hventuri = 140 mm

05. Ans: (b)
Chapter- 6 Sol: Fx = aV( V 0)

Momentum equation and its Applications = a V2
= 1000 1 104 102 = 10 N
01. Ans: 720

06. Ans: (c)
Sol: P = (g + a)h = (g + 5g)h = 6gh
Sol:
= 6 1200 10 10 = 720 kPa V
02. Ans: 1600

Sol: S = 0.80 V
2
A = 0.02 m
Fx = aV( V1x V2x)
V = 10 m/sec
= aV( V (V))
F = .A.V2
= 2 a V2
F = 0.80 1000 0.02 102
F = 1600 N = 2 1000 104 52 = 5 N
03. Ans: 6000 07. Ans: (c)

2
Sol: A = 0.015 m Sol:
V = 15 m/sec V2
U = 5 m/sec V1
A2
F = A (V + U)2 A1
2
F = 1000 0.015 (15+5)
F = 6000 N Q = A1V1 = A2V2
(0.2104)(1102) = 0.07 106 V2
04. Ans: 19.6 V2 = 2.86 m/s
Sol: V = 100 m/sec Fx = Q(V2 V1)
U = 50 m/sec =1000(0.21041102)(2.860.01)
d = 0.1 m
= 5.8 104 N
2
F = A (V U)
5.8 10 4
= kgf
F 1000 0.12 100 50
2
9.81
4
6 105 kgf
F = 19.6 kN

08. Ans: (d)

Sol: F1 = A(Vu)2 Chapter- 7
Laminar Flow
Power (P1) = F1 u = A(Vu)2 u
F2 = .Q.V Vr
01. Ans: (d)
= .A(V).(Vu)
Power (P2) = F2 u = AV(Vu)u 02. Ans: (d)
P1 AV u 2 u 03. Ans: (d)

P2 AV(V u ) u
Sol: Q = A.Vavg
5 Vmax
1 = 0.75 Q = A. ( Vmax = 2 Vavg)
20 2
2
40 1.5
Q=
4 1000 2

0.04 0.75
2
=
4
4 4 3 3
= = m3/sec
4 100 100 4 10000
04. Ans: 100000

dP r
Sol: =
dx 2
0 .1
dP 2
250 =
10 2
P1 P2 = 1 105 N/m2
05. Ans: 1.92

Sol: = 1000 kg/m3
Q = 800 mm3/sec = 800 (103)3 m3/sec
L=2m
D = 0.5 mm
P = 2 MPa = 2 106Pa
=?

128.QL 09. Ans: 1600

P=
D 4 Sol: f= coefficient of friction
2 10 6

128 800 10 3 3
2 f = friction factor

0.5 10
3 4
f =
f
for laminar flow,
4
= 1.917 millipa sec
64
f
Re
06. Ans: 0.75
r 2 64 16
f
Sol: Ur = Umax 1 4R e R e
R

Re = 16/f = 16/0.01 = 1600
U r
2
1
U max R 10. Ans: 0.32
5 2 Sol: Given:
= 1 1
10 = 0.01Poise = 0.01101 N-s/m2

D = 10 mm = 10 103 m
1 3
= 1 1 = = 0.75 m/s
4 4 V = 10 mm/s = 10103 m/sec
L = 1 km = 1000 m
07. Ans: 0.08
3 = 1000 kg/m3
Sol: Given, = 0.8 1000 = 800 kg/m
= 1 Poise = 101 N-s/m VD
Reynolds Number, R e

d = 50 mm = 0.05 m
velocity = 2 m/s 1000 10 10 3 10 10 3

VD 0.01 10 1
Reynolds Number , R e
Re = 100 < 2000
800 2 0.05 Re < 2000, hence flow is laminar
800
10 1 32VL
( Re < 2000) Flow is laminar, For laminar flow, h f
gD 2
For laminar, Darcy friction factor
32 0.01 10 1 10 10 3 10 3
64 64
f
R e 800
0.08
10 3 10 10 10 3 2
= 0.32 m
08. Ans: (c)

11. Ans: 16 Q = A.Vavg = (width of platey)v

Sol: For fully developed laminar flow, 12vL
P Qh L
32VL B2
hf ( Q = AV)
gD 2 12 1 v 1.20
3 10 3
Q 50 10 3 2
32 L
hf A 32QL V = 0.52 m/sec
gD 2 AD2 g
Q = AVavg = (0.2 50 103) (0.52)
32QL = 5.2 lit/sec
hf
2
D D 2 g
4
1
hf
D4
h f 1 D14 h f 2 D 42
D1
Given, D 2
2
4
D
h f1 D h f 2 1
4
1
2
h f 2 16 h f1
Head loss, increase by 16 times if

diameter halved.
12. Ans: 5.2

Sol: Oil viscosity, = 10 poise = 100.1
= 1 N-s/m2
y = 50 103m
L = 120 cm = 1.20 m
P = 3 103Pa
Width of plate = 0.2 m
Q=?

03. Ans: (a)

Sol: In pipes Net work, series arrangement
Chapter- 8
Flow Through Pipes f .lV 2 f .lQ 2
hf =
2gd 12.1 d 5
01. Ans: (d) h fA f A .l A .Q a2 12.1 d 5B

h fB 12.1 d A2 f B .l B .Q 2B
Sol: = 0.4 cm2/sec = 0.4104 m2/sec
d = 8 cm = 8 102 m. Given lA = lB, fA = fB, QA = QB
5 5
Lower critical Reynolds number for h fA d dB
B
laminar flow is 2000 h fB dA 1 .2 d B
V.D 5
Re = 1
= = 0.4018 0.402;
1.2
V 8 10 2
2000 =
0.4 10 4
04. Ans: (a)
Average (or) Mean velocity (V) = 1 m/sec
Sol: Given, d1 = 10 cm; d2 = 20 cm
For Laminar pipe flow; Vmax = 2Vavg
f1 = f2 ; l1 = l2 = l
= 2 1 = 2 m/s
le = l1 + l2 = 2l
02. Ans: (a) l e l1 l2 2l l l
5
5
+ 5
5 5 5
Sol: = 8 104 m2/sec; d = 0.08 m d e d1 d2 d e 10 20
Q = 3200 106 m3/sec de = 11.4 cm

Type of flow = ?
05. Ans: (b)
Q = AV
Sol: In parallel pipe arrangement;
6
3200 10 = 0.082 V
4
h fA = h f
B
Mean (or) Average velocity = 2 m/sec f A .l A .Q 2A f B l B. Q 2B

V.D 12.1 d 5A 12.1 d 5B
Re =
Given dA =dB ; lA = lB, fA = 4fB
2 0.08 2
Re = QA fB
8 10 4
Re = 200 < 2000 (Critical Reynoldss QB fA
number for laminar flow) QA f fB 1 1

B = 0.5
Type of flow is Laminar QB fA 4f B 4 2

06. Ans: (d) 99

= 1000 10 1 2
Sol: For parallel pipes 3
h f1 = h f 2 = 660 103 Watt = 660 kW
f 1 l1 Q12 f 2 l 2 Q 22

12.1 d 15 12.1 d 52 09. Ans: (b)
For given data Sol: Q = 100 m3/sec

5 H = 75 m
Q12 d1
kgf m Nm
Q 22 d 2 1 HP = 75 750
sec sec
2 5
Q1 2d 1 HP = 750 Watt = 0.75 kW
25 = 32
Q2 d Power (Theoretical) = gQH
Q1 1000 10 100 75
32 = 4 2
Q2 = 75000000 W
= 75000 kW
07. Ans: (c) 0.75 kW = 1 MHP
75000 kW = ?
Sol: de = n 5 .d
2
75000
100000 MHP
30 = 2 5 d
2
0.75
d = 22.73 cm
Select near higher size i.e. 25 cm 10. Ans: (c)
Fluid power
Sol: pump =
Shaft power
08. Ans: (b)
Sol: Power transmitted by the pipe, gQH h f
pump =
P = gQ(Hhf) Pshaft
For maximum power transmission, the Given H = 10 m
H Q = 0.1 m3/sec
condition is hf =
3 hf = 5 m
H 1000 10 0.1 10 5
P = gQ H 1=
3 PShaft
2H PShaft = 15000 W
= gQ
3 = 15 kW

11. Ans: (c) h f1 d

5
2
Sol: h f2 d1
V1 V2 5
d
h f1 2 1 5 1

d1 h f 2 d 2 32

d2
Given d2 = 2d1 h f 2 = 32 h f1 = 32 h
Losses due to sudden expansion,
V1 V2 2 13. Ans: (b)
hL =
2g
Sol: K = 2 109 N/m2
2
V2 V2 Given = 965 kg/m3
= 1 1
2g V1 k 2 109
C= 1440 m/sec
By continuity equation, 965
Q = A1V1 = A2V2
2 2
V A d 1 14. Ans: (b)
2 1 1
V1 A 2 d 2 2 Sol: d1 = 100 mm = 0.10m
V12 1
2 v1 = 5m/sec
hL = 1 d2 = 200 mm = 0.20m
2g 4

9 V12 Q A1V1 0.10 2 5
hL = 4
16 2g
Q = 0.0392 m3/sec
hL 9
Q = A2.V2
V12 16
2g Q 0.0392
V2 1.25m / sec
A 2 0.20 2
4
12. Ans: (d)
Head loss due to expansion
f .l.V 2 f .l.Q 2
Sol: hf = (V1 V2 ) 2
2gd 12.1 d 5 hL
2g
Keeping parameters constant, Except d,
for same discharge hL
5 1.25
2
0.717m
2 9.81
1
hf =
d5

15. Ans: (b)

Sol: Pipes are in parallel
Chapter- 9
Qe = QA + QB ------- (i) Elementary Turbulent Flow
hLe = h L A h L B
Le = 175 m
01. Ans: (c)
fe = 0.015
f e L e Q e2 f A .L A Q 2A f B L B Q 2B 02. Ans: (a)

12.1D 5e 12.1D 5A 12.1D 5B
0.020 150 Q 2A = 0.015 200 Q B 03. Ans: (d)

2
12.1 0.1 12.1 0.08

5
QA = 1.747 QB -------(ii) 04. Ans: 2.4

From (i) Qe = 1.747 QB + QB Sol: Given: V = 2 m/s
f = 0.02
Qe = 2.747 QB --------(iii)
Vmax = ?
0.015 1752.747Q B
2
0.015 200 Q 2B
Vmax = V(1 + 1.43 f )
12.1 D 5e 12.1 0.08
5

= 2 1 1.43 0.02
De= 116.6 mm 117 mm
= 2 1.2
= 2.4 m/s
summit
B
C
A 05. Ans: (c)
h = summit SDatum Sol: Given data:
A height Head
difference D = 30 cm = 0.3 m
Re = 106
C
Fig. Siphoning Action f = 0.025
Thickness of laminar sub layer, = ?
11.6
=
V*
f
Where V* = shear velocity = V
8
= Kinematic viscosity

V.D 07. Ans: 1.66

Re =
Sol: k = 0.15 mm
=
V.D = 4.9 N/m2
Re = 1 centi-stoke
VD k 0.15 10 3
11.6
= Re ' 11.6
f
V V*
8
o 4 .9
11.6 D V* = = 0.07 m/sec
= 1000
f
Re = 1 centi-stoke
8
11.6 0.3 1 10 4
= stoke 10 6 m 2 / sec
0.025 100 100
10 6
8 0.15 103
0.905
= 6.22 105 m = 0.0622 mm 11.6 10 6
0.07
06. Ans: 25
08. Ans: 480
Sol: Given:
Sol: Given:
L = 100 m
d = 5 cm = 0.05 m
D = 0.1 m
= kg/sec
Flow rate m
hL= 10 m
= 0.001 N-s/m2
=?
For any type of flow, the shear stress at = 1000 kg/m3
dP R 64
wall/surface = fD . for laminar
dx 2 Re d
gh L R fD = 0.316 Red0.25 . for turbulent

=
L 2 g = 10 m/sec2
gh L D
= AV
m d2 V
L 4 4
1000 9.81 10 0.1
= 1000 0.052 V
100 4 4
= 24.525 N/m2 V = 1.6 m/sec
= 25 Pa

VD 1000 1.6 0.05 11. Ans: 68.35

Re
0.001 Sol: Power lost per one km length = wQhf
= 80000 > 2000 (ReD) fQ 2
hf
Flow is turbulent 12.1d 5
fD = 0.316 ReD0.25 36
Q 0.6 m 3 / sec
= 0.316 (80000)0.25 = 0.0187 60
Pressure drop (P1 P2) = hf g 1 R
2 log 10 1.74
fLV 2 4f K
fLV 2
g
2gD 2D 1 300
2 log10 1.74
4f 3
0.0187 1 1.6 1000
2
4f = 0.03
2 0.05
478 Pa / m 480 Pa/m f = 4f = 0.03
0.03 1000 0.6 2
hf = 11.61 m
09. Ans: 20% 12.1 0.6 5
Sol: Since, Discharge decrease is associated
Power = wQhf
with increase in friction.
= 9.81 0.6 11.61 = 68.35 kW
df dQ dQ
2 2
f Q Q
12. Ans: 50
2 10 20%
Sol: 50 times Dia (or) 7% of Re
10. Ans: 4.1

Sol: Rectangular duct = 400 mm 250 mm
Non circular section
VD H
Re =

A
Where, DH = Hydraulic discharge = 4
P
4 0.4 0.250
DH 0.307 m
20.4m 0.250
VD H 20 0.307
Re 4
4.1 105
0.15 10
= 4.1 lakh
x = 4.1
U x 4 0.6
R e at x 0.6 m = = 160000
Chapter- 10 15 10 6
Boundary Layer Theory am
K.x
Re
01. Ans: (c) 5 0.6
am at x 0.6m 7.5 mm
U x 160000
Sol: R e Critical critical
critical
Assume water properties 04. Ans: 80
6 x critical Sol:
5 10 5
1 10 6 A = 2 cm B = 3 cm
xcritical = 0.08333 m = 83.33 mm
A B
02. Ans: 1.6 x1 1m

1
Sol: (At given distance x) (x1 + 1)
R e1
1 R e2 x

2 R e1 A x1

B x 1 1
1 256 16
= 1.6
2 100 10 2 x1
x=
3 x1 1
03. Ans: 7.5 4 x
1
Sol: Air, U= 4m/sec 9 x1 1
lam 5x1 = 4 = x1 = 80 cm
05. Ans: 1.5

x = 0.6 m du
Leading edge Flat plate Sol: =
dy
(Newtons law of viscosity)
air = 15 106m2/sec
d y
Blasius constant, k = 5 = u m 1.5
dy
at x = 0.6 m
1
U .x = um 1.5
Re

u m 08. Ans: (0.167)

= 1.5

U U
Sol: 1 dy
u m U U
=K 0

y y
By comparing, K = 1.5 1 dy
0

06. Ans: 2 1

1
ydy 2 y 2 dy
1 0 0
Sol:

1 1 y2 1 y3
x 2
2 0 3 0
x
1 x2 1 2 1 3
2
2 x1 2 3

1
42 2 3 6
2
/6 1
0.167
6
07. Ans: (0.5)
U y
Sol: 09. Ans: 3
U
U y

Sol:
U U
* 1 dy
0
U
*
?
y
1 dy
0
u
* 1 dy
u
0
1
dy
0
ydy
0 y

= 1 8 dy
0
1 y2
= y 0

2 0 y2
= y
2 0
1 2

2 2 2
=
2 2
* / 2 1
0.5
2

u u 1.226 0.15 10 4 6
1 dy = 3
= 0.015 N/m2
0 u u 7.33 10
y y 1

x2
x L
L / 2
1 dy 2 x 1 X L / 2 L
0 8
y 2 y3

x L / 2 2 x L

2 3 0 2 0.015 N / m 2 = 21 milli Pa

2 3 6 12. Ans: 22.6
*
/2 1
Shape factor = 3 Sol: Drag force, FD = CD..AProj. U 2
/6 2
B = 1.5 m, = 1.2 kg/m3
10. Ans: 7.33
L = 3.0 m, = 0.15 stokes
U L
Sol: R e x L U = 2 m/sec

UL 23
UL 6 1 Re 4 10 5
R ex L 4
4 10 5 0.15 10 4
0.15 10
1.328 1.328
Since, Re (x = L) < 5 105 CD 2.09 10 3
Re 4 10 5
Hence,
1
Kx 4.64L 4.64 1 D.F, FD = 2.09 10 3 1.2 1.5 3 2 2
7.33 mm 2
x L Re Re 4 10 5
= 22.57 milli-Newton
11. Ans: 21
13. Ans: 1.62
du
Sol:
dy Sol: m AU B U ( = L)
U U
We know that m ab m bc m cd
y
1 1
On differentiating m bc m ab B .U
2 2
.U
1
= 1.2 1 1.5 10 3 30
2
x L
.v U v = 1.62 kg/minute
at x L

03. Ans: 0.054

Sol: Given data:
Chapter- 11 V = 8 m/s
Force on Submerged Bodies
D = 0.06 m
= 1.2 kg/m3
01. Ans: 8 = 1.6104 m2/sec
Sol: Drag power = Drag Force Velocity W=?
P = FD V V.D 8 0.06
Re= = 3000
1.6 10 4
AV 2
P = CD V For flow over sphere; CD = 0.5
2
3
1000 < R e < 1105
PV
W = FD
3
P1 V1
AV 2
P2 V2 W = CD
2
3
P1 V
1.2 0.062 82
P2 2V W = 0.5 4
2
P2 = 8P
W = 0.5 0.108 = 0.054 N
02. Ans: 4.56 m

04. Ans: 4
AV 2
Sol: FD = CD. Sol: Given data:
2
l = 0.5 km = 500 m

( D) 2 V 2 d = 1.25 cm
W = 0.8 1.2 4 VWind = 100 km/hr
2
(Note: A = Normal (or) Air = 13.4 N/m3
= 1.4105 m2/s
projected Area = D 2 )
4 CD = 1.2 for R e > 10000
10 2
CD = 1.3 for R e < 10000
80 9.81 = 0.81.2 (D) 2
4 2
D = 4.56 m

= 45o
T = 25 N
L
Cable VWind = 54 km/hr
d
5
= 54 = 15 m/s
18
VWind
WKite
A=1m2
Effective
Towers ACE
INDIA F
100 5
500
VWind

V.L 18
Re = 45 F
1.4 10 5
Note: The characteristic dimension for T=25
N T=25N
electric power transmission tower wire is L 45 WKite=2.5(N)
R e = 992 106 > 10,000
CD = 1.2 Resolving forces horizontally
FD = Tcos45o
AV 2
FD = CD
2 AV 2
CD = 25 cos45o
13.4 2
L d V
2

9.81 12.2
= 1.2 115
2
CD
2 9.81 1
25
2 2 2
13.4 5
1.2 500 0.0125100 CD = 0.126
9.81 18
=
2 Resolving forces vertically
= 3952.4 N FL = WKite + Tsin45o
= 4 kN C L AV 2
= 2.5 + 25sin45o
2
05. 12.2
115
2
CL
Sol: Given data: 9.81 25
= 2.5 +
WKite = 2.5 N 2 2
A = 1 m2 CL = 0.144

06. Ans: (a) 08. Ans: (c)

Sol: Given data:
C D 2 = 0.75 C D1 (25% reduced) 09. Ans: 60
Sol: Area = 45 m2
Drag power = Drag force Velocity
Velocity = 5.6 kmph = 1.56 m/s
C AV 2
P = FD V = D V sea water = 1.025
2
= 1.67 106 m2/s
AV 3
P = CD CD = 0.7
2
Power required =?
Keeping , A and power constant
Drag power = Drag force Velocity
CDV3 = constant = C
3 C D AV 2
C D1 V V
2 2
C D2 V1
0.7 1025 (1.56) 3
1 45
C D1 3
V2 2

0.75C D V1 = 60.766 kW
1
V2 = 1.10064V1
10. Ans: 318
% Increase in speed = 10.064%
Sol: Width = 3 m
Height = 0.8 m
07. Ans: 0.1875
Velocity = 50 kmph = 13.89 m/s
Sol: Given:
= 1.25 kg/m3
FD = 300N
CD = 1.1
= 0.8 1000 = 800 kg/m3
L=2 m C D AV 2
Drag force F
2
D = 80 mm = 0.08 m
V = 5 m/s 1.1 1.25 3 0.8 13.89 2

2
CD = coefficient of drag
= 318.33 N
V 2
FD C D . A
2
800 52
300 C D 0.08 2
2
CD = 0.1875

09. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 12 Sol: According to Froudes law
Dimensional Analysis
Tr L r
tm
01. Ans: (c) 02. Ans: (b) 03. Ans: (b) Lr
tp
04. Ans: (c) 05. Ans: (b)
tm 10
tp
Lr 1 / 25
06. Ans: (c)
1 tp = 50 min
Sol: L r
30
VP = 15 km/h 10. Ans: (a)
5 2
0 = 1.5110 m /s Sol: VP = 10 m/s dia = 3m
6 2
w = 1.0210 m /s Vm = 5 m/s
Reynolds law, Fm = 50 N
r Fp = ?
Vr
Lr
Acc to Froudes law:- Fr L3r
5
Vm 1.51 10
30 (But Lr is not given)
15 10 3
1.02 10 6
60 60 F
P V 2
Vm = 1850.5 m/s A
AV2 =F Reynolds law
07. Ans: (c)
Now scale ratio:
08. Ans: (a)
Fm Vm2 A m m
1
Sol: L r FP VP2 A p p
16
2 2
QP = 1024; Qm = ?
5/ 2
50 1 5
A L2r
FP 10 10

Qm 1
Q r L5r / 2
QP 16 (same fluid)
5/2
Qm 1 FP = 20000 N

Q p 16
Qm = 1 m3/sec

11. Ans: (a) 14. Ans: (a)

Sol: L = 100 m 1
Sol: L r
VP 10 m / s , 100
am = 0.013
1
Lr am 1
25 L r 6
ap
As viscous parameters are not discussed
follow Froudes law am 0.013
ap 1
1/ 6
Acc to Froude L r 6 1

Vr L r 100
ap = 0.028
Vm 1

Vp 25
15. Ans: (a)
1
Vm 10 = 2 m/s 1
5 Sol: L r
9
yp1 = 0.5 m , yp2 = 1.5 m
12. Ans: (c)
qm = ? , qp = ?
L 1
Sol: Stilling basin L r m
2q 2P
L p 20 y1p .y 2 p y1p y 2 p
g
hr = Lr
2q 2P
hm

1 0.5 1.5 0.5 1.5
h p 20 9.81
2q 2P
hp = 200.20 0.51.52
hp = 4 m 9.81
q p 2.71
13. Ans: (c) qm
qr L3r / 2
Sol: Lr = 1 : 25 , qp
Fm = 5 N ,
3/ 2
Fp = ? 1
qm q p = 0.1 m3/s/m
Fm 9
L3r
Fp
Fp = 78.125 kN

16. Ans: (c) TP = (1260) + 24

Sol: For distorted model according to Froudes = 744 min
law Tm = 0.0516 744 40 min
Qr LHL 3/ 2
V
LH = 1:1000 , 19. Ans: (d)

LV = 1:100 Sol: Froude number = Reynolds number.
3
Qm = 0.1 m /s r = 0.0894
3/ 2
1 1 0.1 If both gravity & viscous forces are
Qr
1000 100 Qp important then
QP = 105 m3/s r L r
3/ 2
3
m
17. Ans: (a) Lr
p
Sol: LH = 1:1000 , LV = 1:100
Lr = 1:5
qm = 0.1 m3/sec Qr
qP = ? q r
LH
qr = (LV)3/2
3/ 2 L H .L V
3/ 2
qm 1

LH
q P 100
L3 2
QP = qm100 V

= 0.11000 = 102
18. Ans: (b)

1 LH
Sol: L H , Tr
150 LV
1
LV
60
Tm 1 60

TP 150 1
Tm = 0.0516 TP
The actual time interval between two

successful high tides in a sea 12 hour 24
min
Where D = diameter of wheel

Chapter - 13 N = speed of turbine = 600 rpm
Hydraulic Machinery H = Head available of pelton wheel
turbine = 300 m
01. Ans: 1000
Sol: T = Moment of momentum of water in a D 600
0.41 2 9.81 300
60
turbine = Torque developed = 15915 N-m
D = 1.0 m
Speed (N) = 600 rpm
2NT
Power developed = 04. Ans: (b)
60
2 600 15915
=
60 05. Ans: (b)
= 1000 103 W = 1000 kW Sol: P = 8.1 MW = 8100 kW
H = 81 m
02. Ans: 4000 N = 540 rpm
Sol: Q = 50 m3/sec N P
Specific speed NS = 5
H = 7.5 m (H) 4
Turbine = 0.8
540 8100
=
81 4
5
Pshaft Pshaft
Turbine =
Pwater gQ(H h f )
540 90
= = 200
Pshaft 243
0.8 =
1000 9.81 50(7.5 0) 60 < NS < 300 (Francis Turbine)
Pshaft = 2943103 W = 2943 kW
2943 06. Ans: (a)
= HP = 4000 HP
0.736
07. Ans: (b)
03. Ans: 1
08. Ans: (a)
Sol: We know that
DN
U k u . 2gH 09. Ans: (d)
60

10. Ans: (d)

12. Ans: 72
11. Ans: 1000 Sol: Given P1 = 100 kW
Sol: Given Np = 500 rpm H1 = 100 m and H2 = 81 m
Dm 1 We know that

Dp 2 P P

We know that H 3 / 2 H 3 / 2
2
ND ND 100 P2

H m H P 1003/ 2
803 / 2
Given H is constant
P2 = 71.55 kW 72 kW
N m Dp
New power developed by same turbine
Np Dm
= 72 kW
Nm
2
500
Nm = 1000 rpm

Heat Transfer
Chapter 1 2K
Conduction r3 K
r2 r1
01. Ans: (b)

Sol: Case (1): Higher thermal conductive material
is inside and low thermal conductive material
is outside 2LT
Q2 =
20
K ln ln 30
10 20
r3 2K
r2 r1
K 2K
Q2 = 1.116(2KL(T)) (2)
From (1) and (2)
Q1 > Q2
Means that, lower thermal conductivity
2LT material should be used for inner layer and
Q1 =
r r higher thermal conductivity material should
ln 2 ln 3
r1 r2 be used for outer layer so that heat transfer

K1 K2
will be lower insulation is effective.
Let, r1 = 10 mm,
r2 = 20 mm, 02. Ans: (a)
r3 = 30 mm 30
Sol: r1 = =15mm
2LT 2
Q1 = r2 = 15+25 = 40 mm
20
ln ln 30
5K
r3 = 40 +25 = 65 mm
10 20 r1 r2 K
2K K T r3
Q1
Q1 = 1.32(2KLT) .. (1) r r
ln 2 ln 3
r1 r2
Now, 2KL 2KL
T2K
Case (2): Higher thermal conductivity 1.466T2K
40 65
material outside, lower thermal conductivity ln ln
15 40
material is inside. 5 1
04. Ans: (c)

Sol:
dx
K
r1 r2 5K
r3
x
2K T
Q2 0.927.T2K 00C
40 65
ln ln
15 40 Heat conducted from ice = heat removed
1 5
to form 1mm thick ice over 200mm ice
% decrease in heat transfer block
1.466 0.927 dT
100 36% kA V LH
1.466 dx
dT
03. Ans: (b)
kA Adx LH
x
Sol: ri = 0.0025 cm kdT = LHxdx
ro = 0.125 cm x2
220 = 10 335 10 xdx

3 3
V/30cm = 3.6V ri x1
I = 0.5A r0 0.201
10 3 335 10 3
Ti = 167 C 0
40 xdx
0.200
T0 = 150C 0.201
335 10 6 x 2
HG = HT Through H2 tube =VI
40 2 0.200
Ti T0
VI
r 335 10 6 0.2012 0.200 2
n o
40 2
ri
2K 0.3 1680 sec
167 150
0.5 3.6
0.125
ln
0.0025
2K 0.3
K = 0.22 W/m.K

: 139 : Heat Transfer
05. Ans: (c) H.T from inside air to inside wall = H.T from
Sol: H = 4m, L = 10m, = 0.115 m inside wall surface to outside air
Ti = 30C, T0 = 10C, K = 1.15 W/mK 21 10.17 10.17 23

hi = 2.5W/m2K, h0 = 4W/m2K 1 1

8A 1.2A 23A
Q
30 10 A 3600
1 1 1 33.17

hi k h0 1.2 23 86.64
20 40 3600 3840 kJ 33.17

86.64 0.407 m
1
1 0.115 1
1.2 23
2.5 1.15 4
06. Ans: (d) Common Data for Q. 08 and Q. 09
K1 1 r1 08.
Sol: , 0.8
K 2 2 r3 Sol:
r1
r2 r1 = r3 r2 r3 Tmax
r2
Due to steady state H.T. T1 = 160C T2 = 120C
Q1 = Q2
4K1r1r2 T1 4K 2 r2 r3 T2

r2 r1 r3 r2 x
T1 K 2 r3 2 L=0.02m
2 .5
T2 K1r1 0.8
QG = 80 MW/m3 = 80 106 W/m3
07. Ans: (b) T1 = 160C, T2 = 120C
2
Sol: To avoid condensation in the building, the k = 200 W/m K
inside wall temp should be greater than or For 1-D steady state with heat generation
equal to DPT equation is
10.17oC T = 23oC d 2T QG
0
dx 2 k
hi = 8 d 2T Q dT Q
ho = 23W/m K 2
2
G G x C1
dx k dx k
Ti = 21
K = 1.2 QG 2
T x C1 x C 2 ------ (i)
2k


Where, C1 & C2 are constants that can be 11. Ans: (a)

evaluated by boundary conditions. Sol: T = 100,
At, x = 0 , T = 160C K = 20 W/mK,
160 = C2 RC = 1.016 K/W
At x = L = 0.02 m ,
T = 120C , d = 2cm
80 10 6
120 0.022 C1 0.02 160
2 200
3 cm
C1 = 2000
QG 2 T
T x 2000 x 160 ------ (ii) Q
2k R1 R C R 2
To get maximum temperature 100
dT 9.42W
0
dx 0.03
Q 2 1.016
G 2 x 2000 0 20 0.02 2
2k
4
2000 k 2000 200
x
QG 80 10 6
12. Ans: (b)
= 5 103 m = 5 mm
Ti T0
Sol: Q =
09. r2 r1
Sol: 4Kr1r2
By putting the value of x = 5103 m in eq.(ii) r0 ri

Ti at radius 12.5 cm = Q T0
4Kri r0
80 106
T
2 200

2
5 10 3 2000 5 103 160
0.15 0.125
= 30 103 + 400
= 165C 4 70 0.15 0.125
= 45.47 + 400 = 85.47
10. Ans (a)
T 13. Ans: (d)
Sol: Q =
Total Resistance K 0.5
Sol: Critical radius of cylinder, rc = =
h 20
130 30
= = 0.025 m = 25 mm
0.004 0.002 0.002
= 12500W = 12.5 kW Critical thickness = 25 10 = 15 mm

14. Ans: (a) 2

(D L) C P (TmP Ti )
k 0.1 = 4
Sol: Critical radius, rc = I 2 RL
h 10
= 10 mm = 1 cm 2
D C P (TmP Ti )
For cable as r1(=1.5 cm) > r1(=1 cm), the heat = 4
I2R
transfer decreases by adding insulation.
15. Ans: (c) 18. Ans: (b)
Sol: r1 = 1 mm , Sol: r2 = 5 mm, h0 = 10 W/m2K, ki = 0.04 W/mK

Max. heat flow occurs at critical radius or
K 0.175
rc (= r2) = = = 1.4103 m diameter
h 125
rc = 1.4 mm , 2k i
dc = 2 rc = 2
h0
As r1( = 1 mm) < rc(= 1.4 mm)
The heat transfer increases by adding 4k i 4 0.04 0.16
= = = = 16 mm
insulation till r2 = rc and then it decreases. h0 10 10
16. Ans: (c)

Sol: Q1 = Q2 = Q 19. Ans: (a)
Req = R1 + R2 Sol:
Q1 hc2 hr2 glass cover
2L L1 L
= + 2
kA k1A k2 A Q2
hc1 hr1
2L L L
= +
k k1 k 2 k1 k2 Plate
2 1 1 Insulation
L1 L2 Rconv = 0
= +
k k1 k2
k1 k 2 2k1k 2 1 1
= k= R c1 R c2
k1 k 2 k1 k 2 h c1 h c2
70C 10C
17. Ans: (a)
Sol: Time required for melting the rod 1 1
R r1 R r2
h r1 h r2
Heat required for melting the rod
=
Heat generated

m C P (TmP Ti ) Rins
= k
I2R L
0.05 20. Ans: (a)

R ins 1
0.05 Sol: = (81 76) = 5cm = 0.05m
1 1 k.A.T 6
R C1 , R r1 Q
3 6
R C2
1
, R r2
1 0.166 0.51 0.66 204 38 6

25 5 0.05
1 1 = 1.2 kW

R1 3 6 0.111
1 1

3 6
1 1

R2 25 5 0.0333
1 1

25 5
R3 = 0.111 + 0.0333 = 0.1443
0.1443 1
R eq 0.126
1 0.1443
Q 70 10 60
476.19 W
A R eq 0.126

4 A c 4 0.5 1
Dh = 0.67 m
Chapter 2 P 21 0.5
Convection 1.2 10 0.67
Re = 4.46 105
18 10 6
01. Ans: (b)
06. Ans: (d)
02. Ans: (a) Sol: Because Re > 2000, the flow is turbulent
Nu = 0.023 Re0.8 Pr0.33
03. Ans: (a)
= 0.023 (4.46 105)0.8 (0.73)0.33
04. Ans: (a) h De
= 685.6
Sol: Cf = 0.004 , = 0.88 k
685.6 0.025
= 2.286 10-5 , V = 50 m/sec h= 25.58 W / m 2 K
0.67
Cp = 1001 J/kgK
Sat. Stream Heat transfer Q = hA T = h( Pl )T
C p
Pr = 25.58 2(1.5) 1 (3020)
k
= 769 W/m
2
C
St Pr f
3
2
07. Ans: (c)
h Cf
Sol: L0 = 320 cm,
VC P 2
Sat. water
2 P 3
Tp = 1500C, T = 100C
C f VC P Q0 = 8 kW
h 2
2 Pr 3
Q = h.AT ( keeping others constant)
QA
0.004 0.88 50 1001 2
2
= 117 W/m K Q DL
2.286 10 1001
5 3
2 QL
0.035
Q1 L1

Q0 L0
05. Ans: (c)
Q1 1
V D h L1 L 0 320 40cm
Sol: Reynolds No (Re) = Q0 8

Because of rectangular duct, it has to be
08. Ans: (c)
converted into equivalent circular duct.

09. Ans: (b) (ii) Q/m length = hA T

Sol: = thickness of hydrodynamic boundary = 6.109 0.0251 20
layer = 0.5 = 9.596 W/m
C p
Pr 1 t 0.5mm 13. Ans: (a)
k
Sol: Heat generated = Heat transfer by
10. Ans: (a) convection
5 107 AC L = 1000 As T
11. Ans: (d)
5107 r2 L = 1000 2rL (Ts 75)
Sol: Qt = Qtop + Qbottom + 4 Qside
Ts = 625 + 75 = 700C
6 hA T = h1A T + h2A T + 4h3A T
6h = h1 + h2 + 4h3
14. Ans: (b)
h 1 h 2 4h 3
h T Tw
6 Sol: = 1 e3500y
T Tw
12. Ans: (a) At No slip region

Sol: d = 25mm = 0.025 m
Q cond Q convection
V = 1m/sec
dT
= 0.88 kg/m3 kA h ATw T (1)
dy y 0
= 2.286 105 kg/ms
Cp = 1.001 kJ/kgK T Tw
= 1 e3500y
k = 0.035 W/mK T Tw
Vd T Tw = (1e3500y)(T Tw)
Re 962.38 2000 flow through

dT
pipe is laminar 3500 e 3500 y T Tw . (2)
dy
For constant flux condition, Sub (2) in (1)
48 kA 3500e3500y(TTw) = hAs(TTw)
(i) Nu 4.364
11
hd
h y 0 = 0.03 3500 e3500 0
Nu 4.364
k h = 105 W/m2K
4.364 0.035
h = 6.109 W/m2K
0.025
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad |Delhi |Bhopal |Pune |Bhubaneswar |Bengaluru |Lucknow |Patna |Chennai |Vijayawada |Visakhapatnam |Tirupati
15. 18. Ans: (d)

Vd Vd 5 0.01 G r 2 3 g T
2
Sol: Re = = = Sol: gT
26.66 10 6 R e2 2 v
= 1875.46 < 2300
Hence flow is laminar 19. Ans: (b)
Nu T constant = 3.66
hd 20. Ans: (c)

= 3.66
k
3.66 k 21. Ans: (b)
h
d Sol: k = 1.0 W/mK
3.66 0.1351 Re = 1500 means that the flow is laminar
= = 49.44 W/m2K
0.01 D = 10 cm = 0.1m
For a fully developed laminar flow
16. (i) Ans: (c) , (ii) Ans: (d) Through pipe
2
Sol: kw = 0.6 W/m K
kg = 1.2 W/m2K , Tw = 480C (i) With constant heat flux
T Nu = 4.364 constant
1 10 4 K/m
y w hD
=
As Qw = Qg k
dT 4.364 1.0
dT h 43.64 W / mK
k w A k g A 0.1
dy w dx g
dT 0.6
1 10 4 0.5 10 4 (ii) With constant wall temp
dx g 1.2
hD
But, Qw = Qconv Nu = 3.66 =
k
dT 3.66 1.0
k w A hA(48 40) h 36.6 W / m 2 K
dy y 0.1
0.6 1 10 4
h 750 W / m 2 K
8
17. Ans: (d)

In case of rod of length 2L with both ends

Chapter 3 maintained at same temp of 1000C, at the
Extended Surfaces FINS center the temp gradient is zero, means that
from one side upto the center of long rod, it
can be treated as short fin of length
01. Ans: (a)
2L
Sol: Ab = 1 m2 , As = 2 m2 L , for which temp distribution is
2
h = 20 W/m2 K Cosh (m(L x )) 60 Cosh (0)

= 0.75 Cosh (mL) Cosh (m L)
Tb = 50C , T = 30C 60 1

Q 2.063
fin
Cosh L
Q without fin L
Q
Q 60 60
fin without fin 15
Cosh(2.063) 4
= 0.75 h As (Tb T)
T 40 15 T 55o C
= 0.75 20 1 (50 30)
= 300 W
03. Ans: (d)
02. Ans: (c)
04. Ans: (b)
Sol: T 40 o C, T0 100 C,
Sol: 30 cm
100 40 60
2000C
55 40 15
1 cm
In case of rod of length L with insulated 10 cm
tip, the temp at the end of tip = 55C 20 cm

T=200
Cosh m L x 1

Cosh (mL) Cosh mL D
LC = L +
15 1 60 4
Cosh mL 4
60 Cosh mL 15 1
= 30 + = 30.25 cm = 0.3025 m
4
mL = Cosh-1 (4) = 2.063
2.063 4h 4 15
m m= = = 9.607
L kd 65 0.01
T1 T cosh mL C x 1 x2 k x
2
2 k2 = k 1 2
Tb T cosh mL C x1 k1 x1
T1 20 cosh 9.6070.3025 0.1 2 2
20 1
200 20 cosh 9.607 0.3025 k 2 k 1 200 50W / mK
40 2
T1 20 = 0.389 180 T1 = 90
T2 20 cosh mL C x 2 06. Ans: (b)

200 20 cosh mL C T T cosh mL x
Sol:
T2 20 cosh 9.6070.3025 0.2 Tb T cosh mL

200 20 cosh 9.607 0.3025 If, x = L
T2 = 49.93 50 T T 1
= ( cosh0 = 0)
Tb T cosh mL
05. Ans: (d)
Sol: 40cm T=250C
T
(1)
Tb = 500
long fin At x = 0 =25 mm
(2) 60at x L
T
x2 = 20cm
Given, k1 = 200 W/mK, k2 = ? 60 25 1

x1 = 40 cm, x2 = 20 cm 500 25 cosh(mL)
1 0 e m1x1 Cosh(mL) = 13.57
2 0 e m2x 2 3.299
mL = 3.299 L =
m
1 = 2
3.299 3.299
0 e m1x1 0 e m 2 x 2 L= = 0.3894 m
4h 4 15.7
m1x1 = m2x2 kd 35 0.025
x 2 m1 4h = 38.94 cm 39 cm
m
x1 m 2 kd


07. Ans: (c) 4h 4 40

m = 8.94
Sol: K = 400 W/mK kd 400 5 10 3
20 mm 40 5 10 3 400 5 10 3 2
Q
4
T= 200 130 30 tanh 8.94 0.10125
5W
Q
2
h = 8.5 W/m K
Qloss = hPAK b 10. Ans: 31
P = d = 0.02 = 0.0628 m 480 10 3 W
Sol: Q gen

A= d 2 = 0.02 2 Tb = 70C , T = 30C
4 4
kAl = 170 W/mK ,
= 3.14 104 = 0.000314
0
h = 12 W/m2K
b = 100 20 = 80 C

Q sin gle fin hpkA s b tanh mL
8.54 0.0628 0.000314 400 80
Q loss
12 2 1.4 10 3
= 20.76 W m 20.08
170 0.7 0.7 10 6
L = 12103 m
08. Ans: (c)
P = 21.4103 m
T T
Sol: emx =
T0 T A = 0.49 106 m2

Q 0.0158 W 15.81 10 3 W
1 T0 T 4h sin gle
m= ln =
x T T kd
Total heat generated = n Q dissipated in sin gle fin
1 125 28 4 17.45 480 10 3

3
ln n 30.36 31
100 10 91 28 k 0.02 15.81 10 3
k = 187.37 W/m.K
11. Ans: (a)
09. Ans: (b) 12. Ans: (c)

5
Sol: Effective length, Lc = 100 101.25 mm
4 13. Ans: (b)
Lc = 0.10125 m
14. Ans: (c)
hpkA tanh mL
Q b c
d d 2T d 3T
2 0 3 0
Chapter 4 dx dx dx
Transient Heat Conduction
90360x = 0
x = 0.25
01. Ans: (c)
Sol: D = 1 mm = 103m
03. Ans: (c)
K = 25 W/mK, = 8400 Kg/m3
2
Sol: T0 = 530 0C, T = 300C
G = 400 J/kgK, h = 560 W/m K
m = 500 gm Time = 10 sec
hA
t t0 VC

T = 430C
e
tb t0
m m 0.5
= V= =
Given, t t0 = 0.01 (tb t0) V 9000
5606

0.01 e 8400400103 According to the Newtons law of cooling
the rate of cooling is directly proportional to
e = 0.01
difference in temperature.
= 4.6 sec
dT
(TT)
d
02. Ans: (b)
dT
dT K T T
Sol: Q entering kA d
dx x 0 T dT
2 3 4 K d
T = 50 50x + 12x + 15x 15x T T0 T T 0
dT
= 50 + 24x + 45x2 60x3 T T
dx ln = K
T0 T
d 2T
= 24 + 90x 180x2 T T
= eKt
2
dx
T0 T
d 3T
= 90360x 430 30
dx 3 = e10K
530 30
dT
Cooling rate is K = 0.0223/sec
d
Cooling rate or heating rate to be maximum Now next 10 sec means that at t = 20
d dT Temp ?
or minimum 0 T 30
dx d = e0.0223(20)
530 30
T = 350.090 C
04. Ans: (a) T T hA

Exp
Sol: For lumped analysis to be used Ti T VC
Bi 0.1 150 90 hA
Exp
hL C a 450 90 VC
= 0.1 (LC for solid cube is )
k 6 = 7.4 min
Where, a is a side of cube)
ha max 08. Ans: (a)
= 0.1
6k
Sol: T = 65 + 80 r 425 r2
0.1 6k
amax = ri = 0.25 m ro = 0.4 m
h
L 1.5 m k = 5.5 W/m.K
0.1 6 206
= = 4.944 m = 0.04 m2/hr
25
d 1 d dT
. r.
dt r dr dr
05. Ans: (b)
Sol: No dimensions given and given as large d 1 d dT
0.004 ri
mass, so consider it has semi infinite body. dt inside ri dr dr
0.004 d
dT
3.5 0C/cm , T 100 5 95 ri 80 850 ri
0.25 dr
dx At x 0
= 0.016 (80 1700 ri)
20.41 2
= 0.41 m /hr = m /sec = 0.016 [80 1700 (0.25)]
3600
= 5.52C/ hr
kA T dT
(Q)At x = 0 = kA
dx At x 0 d 1 d dT
. ro .
dt outside ro dr dr

100 5 = 350 = 206 sec
d

0.41

ro dr

80 ro 850 ro2
3600
0.004
80 1700 0.4
06. Ans: (d) 0.4
= 6C/hr
07. Ans: (d)

09. Ans: (d)
Sol: Lumped analysis is valid
10. Ans: (c) (FO)A = (FO)B

Sol: V = 60 km/hr = 16.67 m/s
2 2
Time = 6 sec , L
c A Lc B
Aeff = 300 104 m2
k
A
1 c A
(KE)associated = mV 2
2
40
1 2 10 5
1500 16.67 = 208.416 kJ 2 106
2
2
k
208.416 B
(KE)associated/brake 52.104 kJ c B
4
20
1 10 6
2 10 7
Rate of (KE)dissipated / brake
2 10 5 2 1 10 6 B
52.104

6
8.683 kW 0.42 0.12
After 6th sec B = 2.5 hours
8.683 kW
Q
kAT0 Ts kAT
Q
t t
K = 55 ,
A = 300 104
= 1.24 105 ,
t=6
T = 80.45C
11. Ans: (c)
12. Ans: 2.5 (range 2.4 to 2.6)

Sol: It is given in the question that at all times the
surface is remaining at temperature of
ambient.
Q12

A1 b T14 T24
27.32 W
Chapter 5 1 A1 1
1
Radiation 1 A 2 2
01. Ans: (b) 04. Ans: (b)

Sol: T1 = 800 K, T2 = 500 K
Sol: 1000
b T14 T24
1 = 0.8, 2 0.6 1 1
1
b (T14 T24 ) 0.5 0.5
Q 12
1 1
1
b T14 T24 3000
1 2
2 0.25
8
5.67 10 (800 500 )

4 4
b T14 T24
1 1
Q12
1 1 1
0.8 0.6 1
0.5 0.25
= 10.26 kW/m2
3000 3000
600 W / m 2
2 4 1 5
02.
Sol: 1 = 2 = 0.8, T1 = 400K, T2 = 600K 05. Ans: (c)
s = 0.005 1
Q1s = Qs2 1 1 2
2

b T T1
4
T T
b s
4
s
4 4
2 Q 0.5 0.5 0.25
Sol:
1
1 1 1 1 Q
1 1 1 1
1 s 2 s 1
0.5 0.5
Ts = 527K 1
q Q1s

b T T 4 4
14.7 W / m 2
1 s 10
3
0.3
1 1 1 10
1
1 s 3
03. Ans: (b) 06. Ans: (b) 1

Sol: A1 = 20cm2, A2 = 100m2 Sol: F21+F22 = 1
F22 = 0 2
T1 = 800K, 1 = 0.6 0.5
F21 = 1
T2 = 300 K, 2 = 0.3
b = 5.67 10-8W/m2K4
A1F12 = A2F21
Given S = 0.05

DL 2 D 2 2 = 1 = 0.8
A2 4
F12
A1 4R 2
2 2 2
1 N 1 = 79 1
0.5 0.5 0.5 2 0.8 0.05 0.8
2
N=3
4 0.5 2
1
1 10.
= 2 1.5 0.375
4 4
Sol: Error =
1
h

C TC4 Tw4
F11+F12 = 1 F11 = 1 0.375 = 0.625
=
1
5

0.94 5.67 10 8 300 4 2984
07. Ans: (d)
Sol: T1 = 10000 K, T2 = 5000K = 2.2790 C (Error)
1 = 1, 2 = 0.7
Irradiation of body 1 11. Ans: (c)
= 0.7 5.67 108 5004 + 0.3 Sol: % Reduction = 75%

Q
5.67 108 10004 1 S
= 0.75

Q
= 19.5 kW/m2 W .S
Q 1
S
= 0.25 =
08. Ans: (d)
Q WS 4
Sol: T1 = 1000 K, T2 = 500 K 1 1

1 = 0.7 , 2 = 0.8 n 1 4
Q12

b T14 T24
= 31.7 kW/m2
n=3
1 1
1
1 2
12. Ans : (a)
Sol: = 0.9
09. Ans: (c)
Tc = recorded temperature
Q 1
S
Sol:
= 20 + 273 + = 293 K
Q W.S 79
Tw = wall temperature
QWS = 79QS
= 5 + 273 += 278 K
E b1 E b 2 79E b1 E b 2
= T = fluid temperature = ?
1 1 1 1 2
1 1 N 1 h = 8.3 W/m2 K
1 2 1 2 S
Qconv = Q radation dpipe = 20 cm , pipe = 0.8 , Lp = 1 m

h T Tc b T T
c
4 4
w Q

TP4 T4
T Tc 0.9 5.67 10 8 293 A pipe 1
4
278 4
1 Ap 1
8.3 11 1
pipe A wall wall
T = 301.59 K = 28.59C
As room area is very large compared to
13. Ans: (b) Ap
Sol: F11+ F12 + F13 + F14 = 1 pipe, hence 0
A wall
F14 = 1 (0.1 + 0.4 + 0.25)
= 1 0.75 = 0.25 Q

Tp4 T4
d p L p 1
A1 F14 = A4 F41
pipe
A1 4
F41 F14 0.25 0.5
d p Tp4 T4 pipe
Q
A4 2
Lp
14. Ans: (c) = 0.2 5.67 108(6734 3034) 0.8
Sol: Let Gs = Solar constant = 1400 W/m2 = 5.6 kW
L = distance between sun and earth
4 L2 G s A s b Ts
4 16. Ans: 702 K
4 R 2 b Ts
4 0.8 10 6 4 0.063 = 723.82
Sol: Q g
3
2
L G Qgenerated = Qconvected + QRadiated
T . s
4
s
R b 723.82 h O .A S (TS 313) sphere A S TS4 T4
723.82 10 4 0.06 T5 313 0.9
2 2
1.5 1011 1400
Ts A 5802 K
8
7 10 5.67 10
8
5.67 10 8 4 0.06 Ts4 2784
2

TS = 702 K
15. Ans: (b)
Sol:
(2) 17. Ans: (d)
T = 300C
(1) Sol: Qloss = 0.8 0.275 5.67 108 (7734
3034) = 13.7 kW
18. Ans: (d)

Tp = 400 + 273 = 673K
19. Ans: (c)
04. Ans: (b)

Sol:
Chapter 6 200C
oil
Heat Exchangers 100C
T
70C
water
01. Ans: (a) 20C
Sol: Cc = 4180 2 = Cmax
Parallel flow Heat exchanger
Ch = 1030 5.25 = Cmin
A = 32.5m2,
0 C 0 200 100 m
m w C w 70 20
U = 200 W/m2C
2m
0C0 m
WCW
UA 200 32.5
NTU 1.2 Now
C min 1030 5.25
0 C 0 200 T m
m w C w T 20
200T = 2T40
02. Ans: (c)
T = 80C
Sol: NTU = 0.5, Ch = Cc = C = 1
For counter flow
05. Ans: (c)
NTU 0.5 0.5 1 Sol: AMTD = 1.05 LMTD
0.33
1 NTU 1 0.5 1.5 3

1 2 1 2
03. Ans: (d) 1.05
2 ln 1
Sol: Given, C = 1, NTU = 2
2
NTU 2 1 1
c = = 0.667 1 1
1 NTU 3
2 2 1.05 2
2
1 e 2 NTU 1 e 2 ( 2 ) 2 1

P =
2

2
= 0.49
ln
2
c 0.667 x 1 x 1
= 1.36 1.05
p 0.49 2 ln x
by trail and error
x = 2.2

06. Ans: (c) UA 1000 5

NTU = 1.25
Sol: C min 4000
150C
1 exp 2 1.25 C C Tc 2 Tc1
80C =
2 C min Th1 Tc1
60C
4000Tc2 15
0.4589 =
25C 4000102 15
Parallel flow Heat exchanger Tc2 = 40+15 = 550C
09. Ans: (b)

1 = 15025 = 125C Sol: Counter flow H.E. fluid A hot fluid
2 = 8060=20C Th1 = 420oC, mh = 1 kg/s
(T)max = 15080 = 70C
TC1 = 20oC, mc = 1 kg/s
(T)min = 60 25 = 35C
= 0.75, C Ph =1000 J/kgK
2 125 20
LMTD 1 57.29
1 125 C PC = 4000 J/kgK
n n

2 20 Because exit temp of both of the fluids is
T max 150 80 not given, effectives-NTU method is used
NTU 1.22
LMTD 57.29 Ch = 11000 = 1000 = Cmin
CC = 1 4000 = 4000 = Cmax
07. Ans: (b) C min 1000 1
C 0.25
NTU C max 4000 4
Sol:
1 NTU
C h (Th1 Th 2 )
0.75
0.8
NTU
NTU 4
C min Th1 TC1
1 NTU
1000(420 Th 2 )
0.75
08. Ans: (b) 1000420 20
Sol: Ch = CC = 1 4000 = 4000, Th 2 420 300 120 0 C
Th1 = 1020C
C C TC 2 TC1
0.75 =
TC1 = 150C, U = 1000 W/m2K, C T T
min h1 C1
A= 5m2, parallel flow H.E 4000T 20

C2
0.75 = T 95 0 C
1000420 20
C2
2 =1 exp (2NTU)
10.
m C C PC TC 2 TC 1 UA m
Sol:
1500
65C 65C 418780 30
A 3600 = 0.707 m2
2000 61.66
20C
12. Ans: (d)
Q = CW(Tc0Tci) Sol: Q = 250103 W
w C w TC 0 TCi
250 10 3 m 7500
mw 2.084 kg / s
3600
7500
250103 = 4180(TC0 20)
3600 65 65
TC0 = 48.50 20 ?
1 = 65 20 = 45
U = 1250 W/m2.K
2 = 65 48.5 = 16.5
Q = mwCpw (Tc2 Tc1)
2
LMTD 1 28.4 250103 = 2.0844180(Tc2 20)
1
n Tc2 = 48.69C
2
1 = 65 20 = 45
11. Ans: (a) 2 = 65 48.69 = 16.31
1500 1 2
Sol: C1 = 30C, mc 0.417 kg / sec LMTD 28.269
3600 1
ln
Th1 = 120C, C PC = 4187 J/kg K 2
UA LMTD = 250 103
TC 2 = 80C, U = 2000 W/m2K
250 10 3
Because the hot fluid is steam and whose A 7.07m 2
1250 28.269
temp remains constant, the flow is
immaterial
120 120
30 80
1 = 120 30 = 90, 2 = 120 80 = 40
90 40
m 61.66 0 C
90
n
40

Thermodynamics
04. Ans: (c)

Chapter- 1
Basic Concepts 05. Ans: (b)
01. Ans: (a) 06. Ans: (c)

Sol: Given 1 1
3 Sol: du = Cv (T2 T1) + a
= 1kg/m P = 600mm Hg v1 v 2
g = 10 m/s2 du = f (T, v)
h
gdh
dP
gC Mountain
P = 750mm Hg 07. Ans: (b)
dP g C
dh 08. Ans: (d)
g

750 6001 101.325 kPa Sol: LFP = Lower fixed point
1 10 UFP = upper fixed point
dh = 2000 m C LFP 0 300

UFP LFP 100 300
02. Ans: (a)
C0 0 300
Sol: Volume Extensive property
100 0 100 300
Density Intensive Property
C = 1500 C
Pressure Point function
Work Path function
09. Ans: (d)
Energy Point function
Sol: When molecular momentum of system
03. Ans: (c) becomes zero, the pressure reaches its
Sol: Assertion is true absolute zero values.
Reason is false. Cold
Reason is not the Walls 10. Ans: (b)
correct explanation, in n N2
Hot gas Sol: Mole fraction of N2 =
this the tip of Total no. of moles
thermometer has only Cold n N2
walls 0.3 =
contact with Hot gases; 1
it has no contact with n N 2 = 0.3
cold walls.
m N 2 = n N 2 molecular weight m N 2 R N 2 m CO 2 R CO 2
Rmixure =
= 0.3 28 = 8.4 kg m N 2 m CO 2
m N2 56 0.2969 176 0.1889

Mass fraction of N2 = =
Total mass 56 176
8.4 = 0.215 kJ/kg

= = 0.233
36
13. Ans: (b)
11. Ans: (d) Sol: For N2 For CO2
Sol: m N 2 = n N 2 (molar weight) = 2 28 n1 = 3 n2 = 7
P1 = 600 kPa P2 = 200 kPa
= 56 kg
n = n1+ n2 = 10
m Co 2 = n Co 2 (molecular weight) = 6 44
Pf = 300 kPa
= 264 kg
n1 3
m N 2 m Co 2 = 320 kg PN 2 = Pf = 300
n1 n 2 10
m Co 2 = 90 kPa
Mass fraction =
m Co 2 n N 2
264 14. Ans: (d)
= = 0.825
320 Sol: V = 80 L
n = n N 2 n CO 2
12. Ans: (a) 5 5
=
Sol: m N 2 = n N 2 (molar weight) 28 44
= 2 28 = 56 kg PV = n R T
mCO2 = n Co 2 (molecular weight) 5 5

P n 28 44
= 4 44 = 176 kg = =
RT V 80
R 8.314
R N2 = P1V1 = n1 R T
Molecular weight 28
5 5 5
= 0.2969 kJ/kg
P n 1 28 28 44
R 8.31 =
RCO2 = = R T V1 V1 80
molecular weight 44
V1 = 48.88 L
= 0.1889 kJ

: 163 : Thermodynamics
15. Ans: (b) 1

T2 P2
Sol: For Argon:
T1 P1
m = 3 kgs
5
1
Molar weight = 40 3
0 .2 5
5 T2 = 673 3 = 328.7 K = 55.70 C
= (monoatomic) 1 .2
3
R 8.314
(CV)Ar = 17. Ans: (d)
M( 1) 5
40 1 5
3 Sol: For He: n1 = 3, =
3
= 0.311 kJ/kg mole K
5
8.314
R 3
(CP)He = = 20.78
For CO2: 1 5 1

4 3
m = 6 kgs, Molar weight = 44 , =
3 For Ar:
R 8.314 5
(C V ) CO 2 = n2 = 7, =
M 1 4 3
44 1
3 5
8.314
= 0.566 kJ/ kgmole K R 3
(CP)Ar = = 20.78
m Ar C V Ar m CO 2 (C V ) CO 2 1 5 1
(CV)mix =
m Ar m CO 2 3
n He C P He m Ar (C P ) Ar
=
3 0.31 6 0.566 (CP)Mix =
36 n He n Ar
= 0.4806 kJ/kgK 3 20.79 7 20.79
=
QS = m (C V ) mix (T ) 3 7
= 20.79 P
= (3 + 6)0.4806(350 250)
V1 V2 1 2
= 432.6 kJ
T1 T2
16. Ans: (b) V2

T2 = T1 V
V1 V 2V
Sol: P1 = 1.2 MPa, P2 = 0.2 MPa
He = 30%, Ar = 70% = 2 323 = 646 K
5 QS = n(CP)mix (T)
Adiabatic process, = (monatomic)
3 = (3+7) 20.79 (646 323) = 67 MJ

18. 19.
Sol: Given Sol:
PA = 500 kPa
DA = 100 mm
V = 36000 cc
P0 = Patm = 100 kPa Tyre
P = 15 atm
DB = 25 mm Pump
mp = 15 kg V1 = 600cc
P1 = 1 atm
g = 9.81 m/sec2
Air compressor pump, V = 600 c.c
B
P1 = 1 atm
DB=25mm PO = 100 kPa g
Tyre volume, V1 = 36000 c.c
DA=100mm Tyre pressure, P = 15 atm,

Pump
A V = 36000 c.c
nP1V1 = PV (Isothermal)
F0 FP
15 3600
n= = 90 strokes
1 600
FA
Net force, Fnet = FA F0 FP 20.
= PAAA P0A0 FP Sol: At ground

mp g 4 3
FNet PA A A Patm A A A B Balloon volume, V1 =
3
r
1000
P1 = 72 cm of Hg.
2

Fnet 500 0.1 100 0.12 0.0252
4 4

In the air, R = 3r
15 9.81 4
Balloon volume, V2 = 27 r 3
1000 3
= 3.925 0.73 0.14
Temperature constant Isothermal
FNet = 3.055 kN.
Process P1 V1 = P2 V2
FNet
PB P2 = 72 r3/27r3 = 2.67 cm of Hg
Area of ' b'
3.055 3.055
PB 6224 kPa
Ab
0.025 2
4
21. 22.
Sol: (1) By taking constant volume V = C Sol:
V P2 20cm Air
Hg
P1 19cm
T Patm =76cm of Hg
For isothermal process: T = c

P1V1 = P2V2 Case: 1
V P1 = 76 19 = 57 cm of Hg
P2 = P1 1
V2
Case: 2 (when open end is up)
As per fig we can say T1 > T2
Patm =76cm of Hg
V
P1 > P2........ 1 1
V2
19 cm Hg
V P2
X2 Air
V2 P1
P2 = 76 + 19
V1
P2 = 95 cm of Hg
T It is Isothermal process
P1V1 = P2V2
(2) For isochoric : V = C P1A X1 = P2AX2
P1 P2 P1X1 57 20
X2 12 cm
T1 T2 P2 95
T1 > T2
T 23.
P2 = 2 P1
T1 Sol: Given relation t = aln(K) + b
P2 < P1 K is 1.83 at ice point t = 00 C
K is 6.78 at steam point t =1000 C

As per given relation, t = aln(K) + b 24.

By condition 1 0 = aln (1.83) + b Sol: Constant volume thermometer
0 = 0.60 a + b V=C
By condition 2 100 = aln (6.78) + b tP
100 = a 1.914 + b a = 76.10 t = aP + b
b = 45.66 t = 0.273P 273.22
By putting value of a & b At t = 0C, P = 1000
t = 76.10 ln K 45.66 At t = 100oC, P = 1366
(K = 2.42 given) 0 = 1000a + b .. (1)
t = 21.60 C 100 = 1366a + b (2)
By solving,
a = 0.273, b = 273.22
t = 0.273(1074) 273.22 = 19.90 C
P = 1074 mm

02. Ans: (d)

Chapter- 2 Sol: P 1.4 n=
1.3
Work and Heat
n=1
01. Ans: (c) n=0, P=C
Sol: Heat engine cycles as shown in fig n=0

n=1, T=C
VQ = QR, PQ = QS, n=1.3
UP = PR = RT n=, V=C =1.4, PV =C
x x v
P
W V 03. Ans: (b)
S Sol: Process 1 2 3 4
y dQ(kJ) 300 0 100 0
dW(kJ) 300 250 100 250
Q y1
y Heat supplied QS = 300 kJ
T Work of expansion, WE = 300 + 250 = 550 kJ
U P R
Work of compression, WC = 100+250 = 350 kJ
x x x
Wnet = WE WC = 550 350 = 200 kJ
v
Wnet
Work interaction for WVUR= 48Nm thermal = 0.67
Heat supplied
Area WVUR = 2x 2y = 48
Wnet 200
xy = 12 Work ratio = 0.36
WE 550
From similar les PQR and PST
QR ST
04. Ans: (c)
PR PT
Sol: (A) W.D in polytropic process
y y1
y1 2 y (P1 V1 P2 V2 )
x 2x =
(n 1)
Work interaction for le PST
(B) W.D in steady flow process v dP
1
2x y1 = 1 (2x)(2y) = 2xy (C) Heat transfer in reversible adiabatic
2 2
= 2 12 = 24 N-m process = zero
(D) W.D in an isentropic process
PV P V
1 1 2 2
1
05. Ans: (d) For isothermal process, PV = C

Sol: Given log (P) + log(V) = log(C)
For isothermal process log(P) = log(C) log(V)
P1V1 = P2V2 Compare it with y = C + mx
P1 m1 = 1
P1V1 = 0.55
10 For adiabatic process
3
V1 = 0.055 m PV = C
For adiabatic process log P + log V = log C

P1 V = P2 V
1 2 log (V) = logC log V
P1 Compare with y = C + mx
P1 V11.4 V21.4
10 m2 =
V 1.4
2 10 (0.055) 1.4
m1 < m2
3
V2 = 0.284 m
10. Ans: (d)
06. Ans: (b) Sol: The ratio of Cp/Cv for a gas with n degrees
07. Ans: (a) 2
or freedom is equal to 1
Sol: Assertion is true n
Reason is true
11. Ans: (c)
Correct Explanation
Sol: Cp ; CV ; ; values are constant for ideal
08. Ans: (d) gases
Sol: No. of degree of freedom in diatomic Cp ; Cv values increase with temperature for
molecule = 5 Real gases.
No. of degree of freedom in monoatomic Cp
molecule = 3 Cv
No. of degree of freedom in Triatomic CP
Ideal gases
molecule = 6 or 7 Cv

09. Ans: (a)
Temp.
Sol: The slope of log P log V graph for a gas
for isothermal change is m1 & for adiabatic Where as value decreases with
changes are m2 if gas is diatomic gas temperature.
12. Ans: (c) So total consumption of a month in Watt-hr

Sol: P = 0.75 hp = 0.5 746 = 373 Watt is
0.65 = 320 7.5 24 = 57600 W-hr
373 = 57.6 kWhr
Energy supplied from fan =
0.65 So the electricity cost per month
= 573.85 W= 0.574 kJ/s = 57.6 0.09 = $ 5.184
13. Ans: (a) 17. Ans: (a)

Sol: The minimum power supplied
Sol: P = 2kW = 2000 W
1 1 V2
= m V 2 Q Pm
gh
2 2
1 gh
2000 = Q
= 1.15 3 12 2 248.4 W
2
2000
Q
14. Ans: (b) 0.820 10 3 9.81 30
70m 3 / s ; h = 65m
Sol: Q 8.28 10 3 m 3 / s = 8.28 Lit/sec
gen = 0.85 ; Poutput = ?
m gh Q gh 1000 70 9.81 65 18. Ans: (c)
= 44635 kW = 44.64MW Poutput
Sol:
Actual power output = 0.85 44.64 Pinput
= 38MW gh
Poutput m
gh Q
15. Ans: (d) gh Q
Q P
Sol: P = 75 hp = 56kW
P 56 18 10 3 211 10 3 3798Watt
Pactual 63.56kW
efficiency 0.88 3798
100 75.96 %
Annual electricity consumption 5000
= 63.562500 kW-hr
So the annual electricity cost 19. Ans: (a)
= 63.5625000.06 = $9534 Sol: m 1 6kg ; P1 3 atm
16. Ans: (b) T1 = 40C = 313K, P2 = 2.2 atm

Sol: P = 320W P1 V1 m1 RT1
In 30 days the refrigeration runs is
1 P2 V2 m 2 RT2
30 7.5 days
4
As the tank is rigid, the volume is constant

P1 m1T1 Spring compression

P2 m 2 T2
m1 P2 T1
T2
P1 l2 = 0.2m Piston Expansion
So spring compressed
6 2.2 313
T2 = 460 K = 187C 0.2m
3 3
20. Ans: (a)

Find: Total W.D
Sol: Work done in isothermal process
V Here rigid cylinder so area will be same
P1V1 n 2
V1 Al2 = 3 Al1
0.1 l2 = 3l1
500 0.8 n 831.77 kJ
0.8 l2 = 0.6m
V2 = 0.03 m3
21. Total work
Sol: Given Pa = 0.1 MPa = 100 kPa
= [work of gas + (work of spring due
V1 = 0.01m3
to expansion by heating]
A1 = 0.05 m3
(Due to expansion of piston, spring is
V 0.01
l1 = 1 compressed)
A1 0.05
l1 = 0.2 m 1
= PdV + Kx 2
2
V2 = 3V1
1
= P (V2 V1) + (25)(0.2)2
2
[ constant pressure process]
1
=100 (0.03 0.01) + (0.2) 2 (25)
0.2m 2
0.6m Total work = 2.5 kJ
0.2m
gas gas
22. V
1W2 = P1V1ln 2
Sol: Given V1
mw = 500 kg 3
3 = 100 3.53 ln
Total tank volume V= 4m 3.5
W = 54.42 kJ
N2 3.5m3
Here ve sign indicates compression of N2
3
Water 0.5m so system volume decreases
23.
3m3 N2
Sol: Total volume V = 50m3,
1m3 Water P1 = 1 bar, T1= 250C
P1 = 100 kPa Air

mw = 500 kg, w = 1000 kg/m3
500
For state-1, V = = 0.5m3
1000 35m
For state-2, mw = 1000 kg, V = 1 m3
For state 1 N2:
P1 = 100 kPa
3 3
V1 = Total volume vol. of water Vwater = VTank (50)=37.5m3
4 4
= 4 0.5 Vair = 50 37.5 = 12.5m3
3
V1 = 3.5m W.D by pump = (work of lifting water +
For state 2 (N2): work of compression of air)
V2 = Total volume vol. of water
m w gh V
= 4 1 = P1V1n 2
1000g c V1
V2 = 3m3
w Vw gh 12.5
Condition: Isothermal process = 100(50)n
1000g c 50
From eqn P1V1 = P2V2
(1000)(37.5)(9.7)(35) 12.5
P1V1 100 3.5 100(50)n
P2 1000 1 50
V2 3
Wpump = 19662.72 kJ
P2 = 116.67 kPa
24. WS 4.175
2
Power =
Sol: A = 0.12 m Time 600
P1 = 1.5 MPa = 1500 kPa = 6.95 103 kW = 6.95W
P2 = 0.15 MPa = 150 kPa 2NT
Now, PS =
l = 0.3 m 1 60
P
60PS 60(6.95)
T=
2N 2 3.14 840
2 = 0.079 Nm
V T = 0.079 Nm
V1 V2
26.
1
1W2 = (P1 P2 )Vs , Vs = V2 V1
2 a
Sol: Given P 2 (V b) mRT
1 V
1W2 = 1500 150 (0.036)
2 a mRT
P
( Vs = Al = 0.12 0.3 = 0.036m3) V 2
(V b)
1W2 = 29.7 kJ mRT a
P= 2
( V b) V
V V
25. 2 2
mRT a
W.D P dV 2 dV
Sol: V1 V1
( V b) V
v2
PAtm=101.325 kPa V 2 1
W.D mRT n [V b] a V2
V1
d=0.4m 2 1 v1
W.D = mRTn V2 b a 1 1
V b
d = 0.4m, time = 600 sec. 1 V2 V1
W = 2kJ , l = 0.485 m m = 10 kg, V1 = 1m3,

N = 840 rpm V2 = 10m3, T = 293K,
WNet = Piston expansion work WStirrer a = 15.7 10 Nm4 =157 kNm4
4
2 = PdV Ws b = 1.07 102, R = 0.278 kJ/kg.K

2 = (101.325) Al WS W.D = (10)(0.278)(293)
2 = (101.325) 0.42 0.485 WS 10 (1.07 10 2 )

ln 15710 1
4 1 (1 . 07 10 2
)

WS = 4.175 kJ
W.D = 1742 kJ
27. P1V1 P2 V2
1W2 =
Sol: Given Diameter of piston (D) = 0.15m n 1
I.P. = 4kW = 4 1000W ( PV1.2 = C = Polytropic process)
Speed (N) = 216 rpm 1 4
Vs = V1 V2= V1 V1 = V1
Spring constant (k) = 25106 N/m3 5 5
Length of indicator diagram (ld) 2 4
d s = V1
= 0.1 Stoke (L) 4 5
5
Let Area of indicator diagram = (ad) 0.15 0.25
2
V1 =
4 4
Mean effective pressure (pm)
= 5.51 10-3m3
ad
= k
ld V2 =
1
5
1

V1 = 5.51 10 3
5

p LAN
and I.P. m [as 4 stroke engine] V2 = 1.10 10-3m3
120
ad k L A N By given condition P1 V1n = P2 V2n
I.P.
ld 120 1.2
P Vn 5.51
I.P l d 120 P2 = 1 n1 = 101.325
ad V2 1.10
kLA N
P2 = 699 kPa

I.P 0.1L 120 4 area A D
2
= In polytropic process
k L D 2 N and 0.41L P1 V1 P2 V2
d
1W2 =
4 0.1 120 4 1000 n 1
= m2
101.325 5.50 10 3 699 1.10 10 3
6
25 10 0.15 216 2 1W2 =
(1.2 1)
= 5.03 10-4m2
0.55 0.77
= 503 mm2 1W2 = = 1.04kJ
0.2
28. 1W2 = 1.04kJ ( compression)
Sol: d = 0.15m, l = 0.25 m For Power
P 1 compression stroke
1.2
= 1W2 No. of cylinder
PV =C sec
2 500
= 1.04 2
60
Power = 17.32 kW
V
Vs= v1v2
29.
Sol:
P
Chapter- 3
1
20 First Law of Thermodynamics
2
PV = C
5
3
2 01. Ans: (a)
V Sol:
0.05 0.1 kJ
(2) h2
kg
P1 = 20 bar, V1 = 0.05 m3, V2 = 0.1 m3
(h2 h1)=30 kJ/kg
P1 V12 = P2 V22
2 dW
0.05 90kJ / kg
P2 = 20 = 5 bar dm
0.1 kJ
h1
Net work = 1W2 + 2W3 + 3W1 kg dQ
(1) = 40kJ/kg
dm
= (Work)polytropic + (Work)P=C
+ (Work)V = C
P1 V1 P2 V2
= P2 (V3 V2 ) 0 dW = 90kN.m/kg = 90 kJ/kg
n 1
(h2-h1) = 30kJ/kg.
= 50 25 + 0
dQ
W.D = 25 kJ = 40kJ/kg
dm
Heat rejected dQ = Ve
According to Steady flow energy equation,

dQ dQ dW
h1 h2
dm air dm w dm
dQ dW dQ
h 2 h 1
dm air dm dm w
= 30 90 (40)
= 20kJ
(ve sign indicates heat is rejected from the
system)
02. Ans: (b) (d) dW = ve

Sol: List 1 List -2 dQ = 0 (Adiabatic)
Joule Thomson co-efficient - T / P h dU = +ve
Cp for monatomic gas - 5/2 R 05. Ans: (c)
CP CV for diatomic gas - R Sol: C B
(dU/dT)v - CV
Pressure
5
For monatomic = 1.33, Cp = R
2
A D
03. Ans: (d) Volume
dT vdP 1 R Along A B C:
Sol: = dT dP
T T T
QAB WA-B = UA B
MdT NdP = 0 180 130 = UB UA
M N UB UA = 50 kJ
= 0, =0
P T
Along A D B:
So, it is an exact differential.
QAB WA-B = UA B
It is a property of system
QAB = 50 + 40 = 90 kJ
04. Ans: (c)
06. Ans: (a)
Sol: (a) dW = 0 (Rigid)
dQ = ve 07. Ans: (e)
dU = ve Sol: m = 60 kg , P = 200 kPa
dQ dW = dU dQ
T = 250C , = 0.8 kW
dU = ve dt
t = 30 min = 1800 sec
(b) dQ = 0 (Insulated)
Well sealed = control mass
dW = + ve (Expansion)
(Non flow process)
dQ dW = dU
dQ dW = dU
0 dW = dU
dQ dW
dU = ve t t = mCvdT
dt dt
(c) dW = 0 (Free expansion) 1800[0.8 (0.12)] = 60(0.718)(T 25)
dQ = 0 (Insulated) T = 63.40C
dU = 0
08. Ans (d) 11. Ans: (d)

Sol: Q = 2000 W 5
Sol: He is a monatomic gas. He =
t = 15 min = 900 sec 3
m = 75 kg T
P=10 atm
2
Well sealed = control mass (Non flow
P1 =1 atm
process)
dQ dW = dU 1
dQ dW
t t = mCvdT T1 = 298 K
dt dt
For minimum temperature condition at exit,
dQ dW
t = mCVdT the compression has to be isentropic.
dt dt
1
900 [0(2)] = 75(0.718)dT T2 P2

dT = 33.420C T1 P1
5 1
3
09. Ans: (c) 10 5
3
T2 = 298
Sol: P1 = 0.25 kW ( ve sign indicates it is a 1
power consuming device) = 748.5 K = 475.540 C
P2 = 0.12 kW
P3 = 1 kW 12. Ans: (d)
Sol: 2
P4 = 0.05 kW T 3MPa
Temperature = constant
(Isothermal process) 1
dQ = dW ( dU = 0) 0.2MPa
dQ = (0.25+ 0.12 +1 + 0.05) 3600 s
= 5112 kJ/hr T1 = 1023 K
Argon is a monoatomic gas.
10. Ans: (c) 5
Ar =
Sol: 1 = 1000 C, w = 2 kg/s
m 3
2 = 200 C, a = 3 kg/s
m Molecular weight of Argon, M = 40
5
Heat gained by water = heat lost by air 8.314
R
2 4.187(T215) = 31.005 (10020) C PAr = = 3 = 0.5196
M 1 5
T2 = 390 C 40 1
3
1
0.4 14. Ans: (a)
P
0.2
T2 = T1 2 = 1023 Sol:
P1 3
= 346.28 K = 73.280 C V2.=1500cm3
C PAr (T1T2)
Power (kW) = m Helium
= 0.51965(1023 346.28)
1758.1 Vc = V1 = 15 cm3
= = 1.758 MW
1000 VCO =V2 = 1500 cm3
P1 = PHe 20 atm
13. Ans: (b)
5 T1 = 400C
Sol: He is monoatomic gas, = , M = 4,
3 dW 0 (Free expansion)
5
8.314 dQ = 0 ( due to insulation)
R 3
(C P ) Air By 1st law dU dQ dW
M ( 1) 5
40 1
3 dU 0 C V dT 0
= 0.5196 kJ/kgK dT 0 T= constant
5 Temperature = constant (Isothermal)
8.314
R
(C P ) He 3 P1 V1 P2 V2
M ( 1) 5
4 1 20 15 P2 1500
3
= 5.196 kJ/kgK P2 0.2 atm
5
mixture =
3 15. (i) Ans: (c), (ii) Ans: (c)
CP mix = 0.5(CP)He + 0.5(CP)Ar Sol:
= 0.50.519 + 0.55.19 = 2.857
1 (ii) Ideal gas stored in Rigid insulated Tank.
P
T2 = T1 2 Total volume of Tank Vf 3m 3
P1
0.4 State : 1
100
= 1200 = 477.72 K Tank has two compartments.
1000
State : 2
a CP mix (T1T2)
Power (kW) = m
Partition between two compartments
= 0.32.857(1200477.72) Ruptured
= 619.05 kW
0.040C V Tf 300 0.24C V Tf 1000 0

T1=300K T2.=1000K C V 0.28Tf 241.2 0
nf =n1 +n2
Pf = ? V1=1m3 V2.=2m3 Tf 900K
Tf = ?
P1=0.1MPa P2.=1MPa Again
PfVf = nf R Tf
PV mRT
n f RTf 0.28(8.314)(900)
RT Pf = =
PV m R R M Vf 3
M
= 700 kPa
m
PV n RT n Pf = 0.7MPa
M
By equation PV n RT
16. (i) Ans: (a) , (ii) Ans: (b) , (iii) Ans: (b)
P1 V1 n 1 RT1 Sol:
P
0.1MPa 1m
P1 V1 3
3
n1 P3
RT1 8.314 300K
0.1 10 3 kPa 1m 3 PV=C

=
8.314 300 P1=140kPa
n 1 0.040 moles 2
1
P2 V2 1 10 2
3
V1=0.028m3. V2
For n 2 V
RT2 8.314 1000
Given
= 0.24 Moles
Process 1 2: (P = C),
nf = n1 + n2 = 0.04 + 0.24 = 0.28
3
P1 = 1.4 bar, V1 = 0.028m3,
Vf = V1 + V2 = 3m
W12 = 10.5kJ
Here rigid & Insulated tank given
Process 2 3: (PV = C),
dQ 0, dW 0
U3 = U2
Rigid V C dW 0
Process 3 1: (V = C),
By 1st law
U1U3 = 26.4 kJ
dQ dW dU C V dT 0
Here dU 1 dU 2 0 Process 1 2: (Constant pressure)
n 1C V dT n 2 C V dT 0 Q12 W1 2 = U1 2
n 1C V Tf T1 n 2 C v Tf T2 0 Given 1W2 = 10.5kJ = P(V2 V1)
W1 2 = P1 (V2 V1) 17. Ans: (b)

10.5 = 140(V2 0.028) Sol:
V2 = 0.103m3 For process 1 2 : (P = C)
U3 = U2 & U1 U3 = 26.4kJ 1W2 = P1(V2 V1)
U1 U2 = 26.4kJ 1W2 = 100 (0.30.003)
U2 U1 = 26.4 kJ. 1W2 = 29.7kJ
1Q2 = 1U2 + 1W2
By Ist law
1Q2 = 26.4 + 10.5
1Q 2 1W 2 = E2 E1
1Q2 = 36.9 kJ
0 29.7 = E2 E1
Process 2 3:(Isothermal Process) ( 1Q2 = 0)
Q2-3 W2-3 = U2-3 29.7 = E2 0
Hence T = C 2U3 = 0 E2 = 29.7 kJ
V3 By Process 2 3
Q 2-3 = W 2-3 = P2V2ln
V2 2Q3 2W3 = 2E3 = E3 E2
0.028 2Q3 P(V3 V2) = E3 E2
= 1400.103ln
0.103 105 100(0.060.3) = E3 (29.7)
2W3 = 18.79 kJ E3 = 110.7 kJ
Process 3 1:(constant volume) 18. (i) Ans: (a), (ii) Ans: (a)
3W1 =0 1 = 0.01kg/sec
Sol: m h1 = 2952 kJ/kg
dQ dW = dU 2 = 0.1kg/sec
m h2 = 2569 kJ/sec
3Q1 = 3U1 = 26.4 3 = 0.001kg/sec
m h3 = 420 kJ/kg
3Q1 = 26.4 kJ V1 = 20m/sec V2 = 120m/sec
For checking answer
Q = 1Q2 + 2Q2 + 3Q1 Fluid 1
Engine
Q = 8.28 kJ
Fluid 2
W = 1W2 + 2W3 + 3W1
Fluid 3
W = 8.28kJ
Q = W (First law proved) Fluid 4
1) Mass balance air enter = 80 kg/hr.

m
Mass entering = mass leaving h1 = 84 kJ/kg
1 m
m 2m
3 m
4 h2 = 59 kJ/kg
m
4 = 0.109 kg/sec dQ
630 4 2520kJ / hr
dt person
(2) Energy balance
dQ
V12 V22 dQ =?
m 1 h 1
m 2 h 2
dT R cooler
2000 2000 dt
By steady flow energy equation
dW
m
3h 3 m
4h 4 dQ dQ
dt 1 h 1
m
dt person dt RCooler
dQ
Here =0
2 h 2
dt dW dW
m
dt fan dt bulb
0.01 2952 20 0.12569 120
2 2
2000 2000 80 84 2520 dQ

= (0.001 420) + (0.109 h4) + 25 3600 3600 dt RCooler
h4 = 2401 kJ/kg 80 59
(0.66)
3600
19. Ans: (a) dQ
1.91 kW
Sol: dt RC
kJ Heat is removed from a cooler is 1.91 kW
80 kg / hr
m 80
m
hr
R
20.
h1 = h 84 kJ kJ
air
kg
h2=59 Sol: (i) Ans:(c)
kg
m = 1.5 kg
P1 = 1000 kPa
dW P2 = 200 kPa
= 0.182 = 0.36 kW
dt fans V1 = 0.2m3
V2 = 1.2 m3
dW
= 3 0.1 = 0.3 kW P = a + bv
dt Bulb
u = 1.5PV 85
dW
= 0.36 + ( 0.3) = 0.66 kW 1000 = a + 0.2b (i)
dt Total
200 = a + 1.2b .. (ii)
By solving For Maximum internal energy

b = 800 du
=0
a = 1160 dv
P = 1160 800V a + 2bv = 0
V2 v2 a 1160 3
(ii) 1W2 = PdV (1160 800V)dV v= m = 0.725m3
V1 v1 2b 2 800
1.2 umax = (11600.725) (800 0.7252) 85
= (1160 800V)dV
0.2 = 335.5 kJ/kg
= 1160(1.20.2)400(1.22 0.22) umax
Umax= m
= 600 kJ = 1.5 335.5
(iii) u = (1.5 PV 85) kJ/kg = 503.25 kJ
V
= (1.5P 85) kJ/kg
m 21. (i) Ans: (a), (ii) Ans: (b) , (iii) Ans: (a)
V Sol: h1 = 3000 kJ/kg ,
= 1.5P 85
m h2 = 2762 kJ/kg
V V1 = 60 m/s , V2 = ?
= 1.5P 85
1.5 A1 = 0.1 m2 ,
= (Pv 85) kJ/kg v2 = 0.498 m3/kg
u1 = P1V1 85 = 1000 0.2 85 v1= 0.187 m3/kg
= 115 kJ/kg
u2 = P2V2 85 = 200 1.2 85
= 155 kJ/kg
u2 u1 = 40 kJ/kg dQ
0
dt
dU = m(u2 u1) Applying steady flow energy equation
= 1.5 40 = 60 kJ V12 dQ V22 dW
h1 + h2
2000 dt 2000 dt
dQ dW = dU
(60) 2 V2
dQ = 60 + 600 = 660 kJ 2762 2
2
3000 +
2000 2000
u = Pv 85
V2 = 692.5 m./s
= (a + bv)v 85
A 1 V1 A 2 V2
= av + bv2 85 = f(v) m

v1 v2
m

0.160 m 32.08 kg 1002 0 dW
= 0.422512
0.187 sec 2000
dt
Find, A2 =?
dW
A V mV2 112.51 kW
m
2 2 A2 dt
v2 v2
32.08 0.498
A2 23. (i) Ans: (a) , (ii) Ans: (b)
692.5
41.87 0
A2 = 0.023 m2 Sol: CP = 2.093 + J/ C
t 100
22. Ans: (a) P = 1 atm
Sol: Given: V1 = 2000 cm3 T1=00 C
P1=1.2 MPa, P2 = 20kPa , T1=1880C, V2= 2400 cm3 T2=1000C
h1=2785kJ/kg, h2 = 2512kJ/kg Here CP = J/0C form it should always in J/kg
0
V1=33.33 m/s, V2 = 100m/sec. C form
Z2 = 0m , Z1= 3m , So CP kg = J/0C
m = 0.42 kg/sec
Sp. Heat mass = Heat capacity
T2 100 0 C
1 41.87
dQ C P dt 2.093 t 100 dt
T1 00 C
dW
2.093t 0 41.87 lnt 1000
100 100
dt
= [2.093(100)]+[41.87ln(200) 41.87ln(100)]
= 209.3+[2218-192.81]
dQ
0.29kW
dt 2
(i) dQ = 238.32J
Applying steady flow energy equations Here constant pressure is given
Zg V 2 dQ 1W2 = P1 (V2 V1) = Patm (V2 V1)
h 1 1 1
m
1000 2000 dt = 101325(2400 2000) 106
V22 Z g dW 1W2 = 40.53J
m
h 2 2
2000 1000 dt dQ dW = dU
dU = 238.32 40.53
39.81 33.33
2
0.42 2785 0.29 dU = 197.79J
1000 2000
24. Ans: (a) 117

= = 0.0325 kg/s
Sol: n = 1 mole 3600
CV = 20.785 J/mol K Applying Steady flow energy equation
T1 = 300 K dQ dW
h1
m m
h2
P = 50 W dt dt
t = 120 sec 35 26
h 2 h1 1877 kJ / kg of mixture
dQ = 0 (Insulated non flow process) 0.0325
dQ dW = dU 26. (i) Ans: (d) , (ii) Ans: (a) , (iii) Ans: (d)
0 (P t) = nCVdT Sol:
P
3
50 120 = 120.785(T2 300) T2= T1
4
2 1(T1)
T2 = 588 K
P1 V1 P2 V2
For Ideal gas, 1
T1 T2 3 T3= T1
2
T2 V1 V
P2 = P1
T1 V2
Process 1 2: (P = C)
588
= 100 V1 V2
300
T1 T2
P2 = 196 kPa = 0.196 MPa
3
T
V2 T2 4 1 3
25. Ans: (b) = 0.75
V1 T1 T1 4
dW dQ
Sol: = 26 kW, = 35 kW 1Q2 1W2 = 1U2
dt dt
1Q2 P(V2 V1) = (U2U1)
m f kg / hr kg
bsfc = = 1Q2 = CV(T2 T1)+ P(V2 V1)
Brake Power (kW ) kWhr
f
m T V
0.3 = = CVT1 2 1 PV1 2 1
T V
26 1 1
f = 7.8 kg/hr
m
= CVT1 1 PV1 1
3 3
a 14
m 4 4
AFR =
f
m 1 1
= C V T1 PV1
4
a = 14 m
m f = 14 7.8 = 109.2 kg/hr
1
a m
=m
m f = 117 kg/hr = C V T1 RT1
4
1 For 23 process
= T1 R C V
4 2Q3 2W3 = 2U3
1 C T 150 2W3 = U3U2 = U3 U1
= T1C P P 1
4 4 = 200
2W3 = 350 kJ
Process 1 2: For 3 4 process
1W2 = P(V2 V1) 3W 4 = 3U 4
3Q 4
V RT1 3U4 = (U4 U3) = (U4 U1)(U3U1)

= PV1 2 1
V 4
1 = (U1U4)(U3U1)
= 50 200 = 250
Process 2 3: (V = Constant) = 3U4 250 (1)
3Q4
2W3 =0
2Q3 = 2U3 = U3 U2 For 4 1 Process
= CV(T3 T2) 4Q1 4W1 = 4U1 = U1 U4
= CV 1 1 300 = 50
T 3T 4Q1
2 4 4Q1 = 350 kJ
Q = 1Q2 + 2Q3 3Q4 + 4Q1
= CVT1
1
4 = 100 150 500 + 350 = 200 kJ
C V T1 ( Q = W)
=
4 W = 100 350 250 + 300
1Q3 = 1Q2 + 2Q3 = 200 kJ
C P T1 C V T1
=
4 4
T1
= C P C V = (CV + CP) T1
4 4
27.
Sol: For 12 process
1Q2 1W2 = 1U2
100 100=U2 U1
U2=U1
04. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 4 Sol: T1 = 900K
Second Law of Thermodynamics
W = 50kW
01. Ans: (b) H.E
02. Ans: (c)

T2 = 300K
Sol: Given: H.E T
T1 T2 Q1 Q 2 Power kW W kW
H.E 40kW=Q1 =
Q S kW kJ
f
T1 Q1 kg
H
m C.V
1200 300 40 Q 2 sec kg

1200 40 Q2 =? 50,000
= 0.8
Q2 = 10 kW T 3
75000
3600
03. Ans: (c) T1 T2 627 27
C 0.67
Sol: Given: Electric power generating station T1 900
means H.E > c Not possible
T1
Q1=36 108 kJ/h 05. Ans: (b)

W= 400MW 1 E 1 0.75
H.E Sol: COP R = 0.33
E 0.75
Q2= ?
T2 06. Ans: (d)

Q1 Q 2 W Sol: Given
H .E
Q1 Q1 E 0.4 Q1 Q3
Q2 = Q1 W Q 2 Q 4 3Q1 H.E R
W
KJ
Q2 = 36 10 8 400MW Q4 = Q3+W
h Q2 = 0.6Q1
= Q3+0.4Q1
36 10 8 Q1 Q 2 Q2 Q4
= (MW ) 400MW E
1000 3600 Q1
= 1000 MW 400MW
0.4Q1 Q1 Q 2 = W
Q2 = 600MW
Q 2 0 .6 Q 1
Q 2 Q 4 3Q1 10. Ans: (c)

0.6Q1+Q4 = 3Q1 Sol: 1 Q 2 1 W2 1 U 2
Q4 = 2.4Q1 P1 V1 P2 V2
= C V T2 T1
Q3 = Q4 W = 2.4Q1 0.4Q1 = 2Q1 n 1
R
(COP)R
Q3

2Q 1
5 = T1 T2 R T2 T1
W 0 .4 Q 1 n 1 1
R
= T1 T2 R T1 T2
07. Ans: (a) n 1 1
Sol: Assertion is true 1 1
= R T1 T2
Reason is true and reason is the correct n 1 1
explanation.
1 n 1
= R T1 T2
08. Ans: (a) n 1 1
n
= R T T
09. Ans: (d)
n 1 1 1 2
W 8 .2 =
n R T1 T2
Sol: 1 0.328
Q1 1500 1 n 1

60 n
= W
2
W

8.75
0.328 1
Q 2 1600
= Heat transfer for polytropic process
60
W 9 .3
3 0.328 11. Ans: (a)
Q 3 1700
Sol: COP = 3.2
60
NREkW
W 9.85 COP
4 0.328 WC kW
Q 4 1800

60 Net refrigeration effect
W a kg / sec C pa kJ / kgK T
m
W = n Q1 =
Q1 WC kW
2000 Va C pa T
W = 0.328 kJ / sec 10.94kJ / sec =
60 t WC kW
COP
AL

C pa T 14. Ans: (d)
t WC NRE NRE
Sol: COP
WC 680kWhr
200 2.4
1.2 1.00532 22
NRE
3.2 3600
WC 680 3600
WC = 0.5kW NRE = 680 3600 1.4
= 3427 MJ/yr
Electricity bill
cos t 15. Ans: (d)
= WC(kW)no. of hours
kWhr Sol:
W = 1kW
= 0.5 10 0.1 = 0.5
NRE = 4kW Q1 = 5kW
ref
12. Ans: (a)
NREkW
Sol: COP
WC kW Q2 = Q1 W = 1kW
10 4.187 10 3 23 6 Net effect = Q1 Q2

3.1 =
3600 WC kW = 5 4 = 1 kW (heating)
WC = 197 W
16.
Sol:
13. Ans: (a) T1 = 473 K T3 = 243 K
Sol: COP = 3.2 , m = 1200kg , P = 5kW
Q1 Q3
NREkW
COP W
WC kW E R
m a C pa T a Q3+W
=
WC kJ T2 = 303 K
12000.71822 7
3.2 T1 T2 W
WC E
T1 Q1
WC = 4169kJ 473 303 W
W = 0.359Q1
WC kJ 473 Q1
Time
WC kW
COP R T3 Q 3
4169kJ 834 T2 T3 W
= = 13.5 min
5kJ / sec 60 243

Q3
303 243 0.359Q1
Q3 E 0.4 Carnot
1.45
Q1 T1 T2 W
0.4 =
Q1 T1 Q1
0.68
Q3
0.4
1000 300 =
W
1000 Q1
17. W = 0.28Q1
Sol: For minimum collector area condition the Q2 = Q1 W
efficiency is maximum and maximum
= Q1 0.28Q1 = 0.72Q1
efficiency is Carnot efficiency.
Q2 = 0.72Q1
Q3 = 2Q2 + W
W T1 T2 = 1.44Q1 + 0.28Q1
C T1 = 363K
Q1 T1
Q3 = 1.72Q1
Q1
1 kW 363 293
1.72Q1 T3
Q1 363
W
0.5
0.28Q1 T3 300
Q1 = 5.1857 kW
T3 = 326 K
T2 = 293K
If Q1 = 50 kW
Q3 = 2Q2 + W
Q1 (kW ) 5.1857
Area 9.93 m 2 = 2 0.72Q1 + 0.28Q1
2
C d (kW / m ) 1880
3600 = 1.72 50 = 86 kW
18. 19.
Sol: Sol: (a)
T1=1000K T3 = ? T1 = 303K
Q1
Q3= 2 Q2+W
Q1 = 50kW W R
W= Q1 Q2
E Q2=mLH
HP
T2 = 273 K
Q2 2Q2
Q4 Latent heat of ice = 335 kJ/kg
Q2 T2
T2 = 300K COP R
W T1 T2
1000 335 273 T2 Q

0.15 2
W 303 273 T1 T2 W
W = 36813 kJ 275 8400
0.15 =
1 kW/hr = 3600kJ 303 275 W
36813 W = 5701 kJ
Electrical work =10.22 kW hr
3600 1 kW hr = 3600 kJ
(b) 5701
T1 = 800K 1.58 kW hr / day
3600
Q1 = 1000 kJ Electricity bill
WC = No. of unit/day No. of days cost/kWhr
Q2=400 kJ = 1.58 30 0.32 = 15.168/-
T2 = 400 K
21.
800 400 Sol:
C = = 0.5
800
W
W WC =
0.5 = C = Q1 W=0.3Q1
Q1 1000 E R
W Q2=1 MJ
WCarnot = 500 kJ 0.3 =
Q1
WAcutual = 1000 400 = 600 kJ
W = 0.3Q1
As Wact > WCarnot
Q2
Hence claim is not justified COP R 5
W
1 MJ
20. Q1 0.667 MJ
5 0.3
Sol:
T1 = 303K
Q1 = Q2 + W 22.
W=Q1 Q2 Sol: T1 = 294 K
R
Q2 Q1=60000 kJ/hr
W
HP
T2 = 275 K
Q2 = 20 420 = 8400 kJ/day

COP actual 0.15 COP max T2 = 263 K
Q1 T1 333.43 10 3 273
COP H.P
W T1 T2 W 310 273
60,000 294 W = 45190.147 kJ

W 294 263 45190.147
W 12.55 kW
W = 6326.5 kJ/hr 3600
WHP 6326.5 From (1)
0.1054
WEH 60,000 Q1 = 130.759 kW
With heat pump, initial investment is high Q2 = Q1W
but running cost is less. With electrical heater Q2 = 118.20 kW
the initial investment is less but running cost 333.43 10 3
Q4 = Q3+W = W
is high. 3600
= 92.62 + 12.55 = 105.17 kW
23. Q3 92.62
0.708
Sol: (a) Q1 130.75
T1=343 K T3=273 K Total heat rejected to lower temperature
reservoir = Q2 + Qref
Q1 Q3
= 118.2 + 105.17 = 223.37 kW
W
E R Energy of freezing water 92.36
0.706
Q2 Q12 Energy of heat engine 130.759
T2= 310 K 24.

1000 Sol: (a)

m 0.277 kg / s T1 = 293K
3600
latent heat = 0.277333.43
Q3 = m Q1
= 92.36 kW W
HP
W T1 T2
E Q2
Q1 T1
T2 = 263 K
343 310
W Q 1
343
Q 1 0.65 T1 T2 = 0.65(293 263)
W = 0.096 Q1 -----(1)
Q3 T3 = 19.5 kW
(COP) R
W T2 T3
T1 Q 25.
COP HP 1
T1 T2 W Sol:
T1
293 19.5
Q1
293 263 W
W=0.27 Q1
W = 1.98 = 2 kW E
Q2
(b) T2 (House)
T1
Q Q12 =Q3+W
1
W HP
R
Q3
Q2 = 0.65 (T1293)
T3
T2 = 293K
W
Q2 = 0.65(T1 T2) = 0.65(T1 293) E = 0.27 = W = 0.27 Q1
Q1
Q2 T2
COP R Q2 = Q1 W = Q1 0.27 Q1 = 0.73 Q1
W T1 T2
(COP)HP = 4
0.65 T1 293 293
Q 12
1.99 T1 293 COP HP
W
T1 = 323 K = 500 C
Q 12
Up to 500 C outside temperature, the 4
0.27 Q 1
temperature of room can be maintained 200 C.
Q12 1.08 Q1
Total heat supplied to house = Q 2 Q 12
0.73 Q1 1.08 Q1 1.81 Q1
Q 2 Q 12
1.81
Q1
04. Ans: (a)

Chapter- 5 Sol:
T
Entropy P1
A
B C P2
01. Ans: (c)
dh
Sol: C p S
dT p
Tds = dh vdp 05. Ans: (b)
Sol:
As P = c , dp = 0 T
1 2 2
So, Tds = dh 1
Tds
Cp
dT p 3
3
s
C p T. S
T p P
1 , 1
2
02. Ans: (c) 2
Sol: Motor power =5 kW. 3 3
V
T = 200C = 293 K
Due to friction, there is heat between brake 12, 12 constant temperature
and shoe and heat is transferred to 2 3 constant volume
surrondings. 21 31 constant pressure
3 1, 3111 Entropy constant
Q Power Time 5 3600
(dS) sur = =
T T 293 06. Ans: (c)
kJ
dS = 61.4 07. Ans: (c)
K
dQ 800K
Sol: Sgen = (S2 S1 ) T
03. Ans: (b) 1600kJ
Q Q 1600 1600

T2 T1 400 800 400K
2 kJ / K
08. Ans: (b) 11. Ans (b)

dQ Sol:
Sol: Clausius inequality T
0
100 K1 T
dQ Q1 Q 2 600 450 S=C V=C
600 KJ 1 2 P=C
T T1 T2 1000 300 3
H.E
dQ 4
0.9 kJ / K <0 450 KJ T=C
T 5
S
Irreversible cycle 300 K
Q1 Q 2 600 450
=0.25 = 25% P A
Q1 600 V=C
09. Ans: (b)

P=C B
Sol: hfg =1800 kJ/kg T=C
S=C C
T D
V
500K s1 s2
Slope of constant volume curve is more than
that of constant pressure curve in T-S
sf sg diagram. Similarly slope of adiabatic curve is
2.6 kJ/kg s more than that of isothermal curve in P-V
diagram.
h fg
sg sf
Tsat 12. Ans: (c)
1800 Sol: Tds = du + Pdv.
s g 2.6
500 This process is valid for any process,
sg = 6.2 kJ/kg.K reversible (or) irreversible, undergone by a
closed system.
10. Ans: (c)
Sol: i) Temperature measurement is due to
13. Ans: (c)
Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
Sol: (dS)system = 0
ii) Entropy is due to Second law of
(dS)surr = 0
thermodynamics
(dS)univ = 0
iii) Internal Energy is due to first law of
thermodynamics
14. Ans: (b) 19. Ans: (d)

Sol: m s 100kg Sol: Find the cycle of thermodynamic.
(dS) system m(s 2 s1 ) = 100(0.1) = 10 T1 = 285 + 273 = 558 K
T2 = 5 + 273 = 278 K
kJ
(dS) system = 10 dQ Q1 Q 2
K T

T1 T2
kJ
(dS)surrounding = (S2 S1) = 5 1000 492
K = 1.79 1.76
558 278
(dS)universe = (dS)sys (dS)surr = 10 5
dQ
(dS)uni. = 5 kJ/K > 0 irreversible process T
0.022 0
It is an impossible cycle.
15. Ans: (c)
Sol: Area on T-S graph gives amount of heat 20. Ans: (d)
supplied. Sol: Q = T + T2
Q T T 2
dS
16. Ans: (c) T T
Sol: T2
= ln 2T2 T1
T1
T T=C 3 P
4 B T=C
C
V=C B V=C 21. Ans: (b)
S=C D
2 S=C Sol: T = 273 + 30 = 303 K
P=C A
1 P=C dQ = 55 106 W
S V As heat is removed at constant temperature,
dQ 55
17. Ans: (d) dS = = = 0.18 MW/K
T 303
Sol: For irreversible process entropy change never
be equal to zero as it always increases. 22. Ans: (c )
Entropy once created can not be destroyed.
23. Ans: (c)
18. Ans: (a) V
Sol: (dS)Isothermal = mRln 2
Sol: For finding the final properties during an V1
adiabatic mixing process, use the 1st & 2nd P
= mRln 1
law of thermodynamics. P2
24. Ans: (d) Q1 Q 2 Q 3

=0
T1 T2 T3
25. Ans: (a) 6 8 Q
3 =0
dQ Q Q 800 600 100
Sol: Sgen = (S2 S1)
T T2 T1 Q3 = 2.08 kJ
600 600 W = Q1 + Q2 Q3
= 0.11 W / K
278 293 = 6 + 8 2.08 = 11.92 kJ
W 11.92
26. Ans: (a) th = 100 = 85%
QS 8 6
Sol: T1= 273+15 = 288K,T2=288.2K
dQ
(S2 S1) Sgen 28.
T
Sol: (dS)mixing = (dS)separation
Here dQ = 0
In isothermal process, T = C
T
S2S1 = dS = mC p ln 2 dQ = dW
T1 dQ=T(dS)mixing
288.2 Mole fraction of N2= X N 2 = 0.79
= 8 4200 ln = 23 W/K
288
X O 2 = 0.21
27. Ans: (d) dSmixing

nR X N 2 n (X N 2 ) X O 2 n (X O 2 )
Sol: T1=800 K T2=600K = 18.314[0.79 ln 0.79+0.21 ln 0.21]
6kJ=Q1 Q2=8 kJ = 4.2727
E
dW = dQ= T(dS) = 3004.2727=1281 kJ
Q3
29.
T3=100K Sol:
I=10A Tatm= 27C
Q = W R = 30
dQ t=1sec
For a reversible cycle, =0
T
mw = 10 gm, Cpw = 0.9 103
Q
=0 With work transfer there is no entropy
T
change so entropy change of resistor is equal
to zero.
dSRe sister 0 T2 273

dS1 mC P n 10 4.2 n
Q I 2 Rt 10 2 30 1
T1 293
dssurrounding 10 J / K
2.96 J / K
Tatm Tatm 300
(dS)universe = (dS)resistor +(dS)surrounding m i L ice 10 335
dS 2 12.27 J / K
= 10 J/K T2 273
When it is insulated: T3 263
dS 3 mC Pice n 10 2.1n
Tatm=300K T2 273
I=10A
R = 30
0.78J
t=1sec (dS)system= dS1+dS2+dS3
= 2.9612.270.78
Heat gained by wire = work done = I2Rt
= 16.01 J/K
mw Cpw (T2Tatm) = I2Rt
10 103(0.9103)(T2 300) = 102301 31.
T2 = 633 K Sol: Given CP = a + bT.
dQ T 2 T2 T2
(dS)wire = = mwireCPwire n 2
T T1 Q dQ mC p dT m(a bt ) dT ma[T]TT12
1 T1 T1

10 10 3 633
0.9 10 3 n Q = a{T2 T1 }+
b 2
T2 T12
300 2
6.720 J / K S2 T2
dT
(dS)surrounding = 0 dS mC P
S1 T1
T
(dS)universe = 6.720 + 0 = 6.72 J/K T2
dT
dS (S 2 S1 ) ma bT
30. T1
T
Sol: Water T1 = 20C = 293 K T
(S2-S1)= amln 2 bmT2 T1
T1
Water T2 = 0C = 273 K CP = a + bT
25.2103 = a + b500 .. (1)
Ice T2 = 0C=273K 30.1 103 = a + b 1200 .. (2)
By solving
o
Ice T3 = 10 C = 263K a = 21700, b=7
m = 10g, CP = 4.2 J/gK
7 33.
Q = 21,700(1200 500) + (12002 5002)
2 Sol: H2O T1 = 00C = 273K
= 19355, 000J
1200 H2O T2 = 164.970 C = 437.97K
dS = 21700 71200 500
500
= 2897.6716 J/K Steam T3 = 164.970 C=437.97K
T2
dQ T2
32. (dS)1
T1
T
mCpw ln
T1
Sol: (a): Given Carnot cycle
437.97
ds = 1.44 kJ/kgK = 1 ( 4.187 ) ln
273
T1=623K (dS)1 = 1.97 kJ/K
Q1
Q m L.H 1 (2066.3)
W (dS)2 =
E T T 437.97
Q2 (dS)2 = 4.71 kJ/K
T2=300K (dS)Universe = (dS)1 + (dS)2
(dS) Universe 6.68 kJ/K
T T2 623 300
Carnot 1 = = 0.518
T1 623
34.
W
= Sol: Case.1:
Q1
Copper block
W = Q1 = T1dS
m = 600g, CP= 150 J/k, T1 = 1000 C
W = 623 1.44 0.518 = 464.7 kJ
Lake Temp = 80 C = T2
Find: (dS)Universe
(b) Given
If CP is in J/K means mass is included and it
Power = 20 kW
is known as heat capacity.)
kJ
s
kg T2
Power (kW ) m W (dS) Cu block = mCP ln
sec kg T1
m
s 0.043kg / sec
281
= 150 ln
0.043 3600 kg/hr 373
s 154.8 kg / hr
m (dS) Cu block 42.48J / K
dSH O mCP ( T2 T1 ) T
dSBlock 2 C n f
2
T2
T2
(373 281) 50 273
150 49.11J / K 150 ln 25.22 J / K
281 273
(dS) Universe (dS) Cu block (dS) H 2 0 (dS) Uni 21.58 25.22
= 42.48 + 49.11 (dS) Uni 3.64 J / K
(dS)Universe = 6.626 J/K (dS)Universe > 0
So it is an irreversible process.
Case 2
Same block, T2 = 80C = 281 K 35.
As it is dropped from certain height, so there Sol:
is change in potential energy. Work is done
200K 300K 400K
by the block
Q3 Q2 Q1=5 MJ
Change in entropy due to work interaction = 0
E
(dS)block = 0
Q mgh 0.6 9.81 100 W = 840 kJ
(dS) H 2O
T2 T2 281
2.09J / K As per first law
(dS) Uni 2.09 J / K Q W
Q1 Q 2 Q 3 840
Case - 3 5000 Q 2 Q 3 840
Now by joining two blocks find (dS)uni Q 2 Q3 4160 -------(1)
0 0
T1 = 100 C, T2 = 0 C
For reversible engine
Heat lost by block -1 = Heat gained by
Q1 Q 2 Q 3
block -2 =0
T1 T2 T3
C(T1 Tf) = C(Tf T2)
5000 Q 2 Q
T T2 3 0
Tf 1 50 0 C 400 300 200
2
Q 2 4980 kJ
T
( dS )block 1 C ln f
T1 2Q 2 3Q3 7500 -------(2)
50 273 By solving (1) & (2)

150n 21.58 J / K
373 Q3 = 820 kJ, Q2 = 4980 kJ
36. dQ T1 dT
dSH O = T21
T
T
= m w CP w
T
Sol: 2 T2
(a) Heat engine reversible T

= mCP ln 1
Q1 = 420 kJ/cycle, T2
Q2 = 210 kJ/cycle Q m w C Pw (T1 T2 )
0
T1 = 327 C = 600 K (dS)Reservoir = =
T1 T1
T2 = 270C = 300 K
(dS) Universe (dS) H 2O (dS) surr
For a reversible engine
T T T2
dQ Q1 Q 2 = mwCPw ln 2 2
T T1 T2 = 0 T2 T1
Q1 Q 2 420 210 373 373 273

0 = 1(4.187) ln = 0
T1 T2 600 300 273 373
Reversible cycle. (dS)universe = 0.183 kJ/K
(b) Q 2 105kJ / cycle (b)

T1 =323K T1 =373K
Q Q1 Q 2 420 105
0.35 0
T T1 T2 600 300 Q
Hence Impossible cycle.
T1 =273 K T1 =323 K
(c) Q 2 315kJ / cycle
dQ Q1 Q 2 420 315 By providing one more reservoir at 323 K

T T1 T2 600 300 1st stage,(dS)universe,1st
= 0.35 kJ/K <0 (Irreversible cycle) T T T2
(ds) universe1 m w C Pw ln 1 1
T2 T1
37.
323 323 273
Sol: (a) Reservoir (dS) univ,1st stage 1 4.18 ln
T1 =373 K 273 323
= 0.056 kJ/kgK
Q= mwCPw(T1T2) (ds) univ, 2 nd stage
373 373 323

H2O 1 4187 ln
T2 =273 K 323 373
m=1kg water
= 0.041 kJ/K
(dS)universe dSuniv , 2 nd stage dSuniv ,1st stage
= 0.041 + 0.056 = 0.097 kJ/kgK Chapter- 6

Availability
(dS)uni = 0.097 kJ/K
01. Ans: (b)

(c) From above problem, when compared to singe
Sol: Whenever certain quantity of heat transferred
stage heating in a two stage heating entropy is
from a system available energy decrease
halved. As the no. of stages of heating goes
on increasing, entropy change of universe are
02. Ans: (d)
decreasing. This way we can heat the fluid
Sol: Irreversibility is zero in the case of
with almost no change in entropy of universe.
Reversible process
03. Ans: (d)

Sol: A. irreversibility Loss of availability
B. Joule Thomson exp Throttling process
04. Ans: (a)

Sol: Availability is the maximum in theoretical
work obtainable
Availability can be destroyed in
irreversibilities
05. Ans: (b) 06. Ans: (b)
07. Ans:
Sol: Given Ideal gas
n = 1 k mol.
P1 = 1 MPa,
P2 = 0.1 MPa ,
T1 = 300 K
Tf = T1
T = constant isothermal process
For isothermal process, 09.

p Sol: Given, P1 = 6 MPa, T1 = 4000C
s2 s1 = mR ln 1 P2 = 5MPa, P0 = 0.1 MPa, T0 = 200C
p2
Availability: = h T0S
p
= n R ln 1 For state 0 1
p2
(AE)1 = 1 0 = (h1h0) T0(s1s0)
= (3177.283.96)293(6.5408 0.2966)
For Non-flow process
= 1263.68 kJ/kg
Wmax = (u1 u2) T0(s1s2)
For state 0 -2
Wmax = T0(s1 s2) ( T = constant)
(AE)2 = 2 0 = (h2 h0) T0(s2s0)
p = (3177.2 83.96) 293(6.630.2966)
Wmax = T0 n R ln 1 = T0(s1 s2)
p2 = 1237.5 kJ/kg
= T0(s2 s1) Loss in availability = 1 2
= 1263.68 1237.5
1
= 300 (1) (8.314) ln Loss in availability = 26.18 kJ/kg
0.1
Wmax = 5743 kJ
10.
Sol:
08.
Sol: Given, P1 = 3 MPa, T1 = 3000C 835 500kJ
P2 = 20 kPa, T0 = 300 K
720
2nd law efficiency for turbine is
W
turbine 280
Q1 Q 2
But, W = h1 h2
Loss in A.E = T0 Sgen
h1 h 2
Q Q
h1 h 2 T0 s1 s 2 = 280
T2 T1
2993.5 2609.7

2993.5 2609.7 300 6.539 7.9085 500 500
= 280
720 835
0.48 48%
Loss in A.E = 26.77 kJ
11. 14.
Sol: m = 1000 kg, T1 = 1200 K, T2 = 400 K Sol: (a) If mixed and operated (Case I):
CPsteel = 0.5 kJ/kgK , T0 = 300 K For 1st unit m1 = 5000 kg,
Available Energy = Q T0 (s2 s1) T1 = 1273 K
T For 2nd unit m2 = 5000 kg,
= mCPsteel T1 T2 T0 ln 1
T T2 = 873 K
2
m3 = m1 + m2 = 10000 kg.
=1000(0.5) (1200 400) 300 ln 1200

400

T1 T2
3 1073K
2
A.E = 235.208 MJ
T0 = 298 K
Unavailable Energy(UAE) = T0 (s2 s1)
T4 = 313 K
T
= T0 mCPsteel ln 1 AE = Q T0ds
T2 T
= m3CP(T3 T4) m3CPT0 ln 3
= 300 1000 (0.5) ln(3) T
4
U A.E = 164.79 MJ

10000 1
1073 313 10000(1) 298 ln 1073
1000 1000 313
12.
= 3928.60 MJ
Sol: For Reversible Non-flow process
Wuseful =(u1u2) T0(s1 s2) + p0(v1-v2) (b) Not mixed and operated separately (Case II):
= [(h1p1v1) (h2 p2v2) For 1st unit m1 = 5000 kg,
+ p0(v1v2) T0(s1 s2) T1 = 1273 K
= [(2993.5 (30000.08114)) (2706.7 (2000.8857)] nd
For 2 unit m2 = 5000 kg,
+ (100 (0.08114 0.8857) 300 (6.539 7.1217) T2 = 873 K
Wuseful = 316.49 kJ m3 = m1 + m2 = 10000 kg.
T0 = 298 K, T4 = 313 K
13.
T
Sol: Loss in available Energy in pipe AE1 = mCP (T1T4) mCP T0 ln 1
T4
p
(E)lost = mRT0 5000 5000 1273
p1 1 1273 313 1 298 ln
1000 1000 313
0.1p1 = 2709.63 MJ
= 3 0.287 300
p1 T2
AE2 = mCP(T2 T4) mCP T0 ln
= 3 0.287 300 (0.1) T4
(E)Lost = 25.83 kJ = 1271.85 MJ
Total AE = AE1 + AE2 = 3981.48 MJ

(AE)Case II > (AE)Case I T3 =573 K
i.e., due to mixing (which will be irreversible Q1

causes reduction in available energy.
E W
Reduction = 52.88 MJ
Case II is preferred Q1 W
T2 =298 K
15.
Sol: Now it is done by diffusion process
T1 =1273 K T
a C Pa T3 T2 T0 ln 3
AE2 = m
Q1 T2
E W 573
= 4.92(1)[(573298)(298ln )]
298
Q1 W
AE2 = 394.7
T2 =298 K
Loss in A.E = AE1 AE2 = 753.18 394.7
Loss in A.E = 358.48 kW
Maximum work obtained if reaction products
could be directly used in heat engine.
16.
Maximum work (A.E1) = Q T0dS
Sol:
T
A.E1= mCp (T1 T2 ) T0 ln 1
T2
5000 1273
(1273 298) 298ln 298
4oC
3600 25oC
A.E1 = 753.18 kW Resistance
heater
Now as per given Q=54000 kJ/h
Heat gained by air = Heat lost by gas
Second law efficiency,
g C Pg T g

ma Cpa(T)a = m
Wrev Cop act
II or

ma 1(300 25) =
5000
(1273 298) Wact Cop rev
3600
TH 298
Cop rev
ma = 4.92 kg /sec TH TL 21
(Cop)act = 14.19
Heating effect
Cop act
Work input
Chapter- 7
Properties of Pure Substance
For resistance heater, the entire work in
heating is lost as heat
01. Ans: (d)
54000
Cop act n 1
54000 T P n
(Cop)act = 1 Sol: 2 2
T1 P1
1
II
14.19 02. Ans: (b)
II = 7.04 %
03.
Sol: Given Non flow process & adiabatic system
m = 1kg at P1 = 700 kPa, T1 = 3000 C,
v1= 0.371 m3/kg , h1 = 3059 kJ/kg
Due to Paddle work
T2 = 400C, v2 = 0.44m3/kg,
P2 = 700 kPa, h2 = 3269 kJ/kg
At P1 = 700 kPa from pressure Table
Tsat = 164.950C
T1 > Tsat so it is in super heated steam
state.
u 1 h 1 P1 v1 3059 700 0.371
= 2800kJ/kg
u 2 h 2 P2 v 2 3269 700 0.44
= 2961kJ/kg
It is a non flow process
P=C
1 W2 P(v 2 v1 ) 7000.44 - 0.371
Ws = 1W2 = 48.3kJ/kg
For non flow process
u1 Q u 2 W
W= WS+WP = Q + (u1 u2) 05.

Wp = Q + (u1 u2) WS Sol: Given , P1 = 8 bar, T1 = 2500C
= 0 + (2800 2961) 48.3 P3 = 5 bar
= 209.3 kJ/kg 1 2 3
CV TV
04.
Sol: Given Non flow constant volume process P1=8 bar P2=7 bar
T1 = 2500C T2 = 2000C 4
P1 = 1.5MPa x1 = 0.9
V = 0.03m3 P2 = 500kPa
P4=0.1 bar
v1 x 1 v g 0.9 0.132 0.1188 m /kg 3
x4 = 0.9
First check steam is in which state for section 1
h 1 h f x 1 h fg 845 0.9 1947 2597.3kJ/kg
P1 = 8 bar , T1 = 2500C
u1 = h1 P1v1 = 2597.3(15000.1188)
Tsat = 170.40C at 8 bar
u1= 2419.1 kJ/kg , V = 0.03 m3
T1 > Tsat super heated state
V 0.03
(i) Mass of wet steam = 0.253 kg From steam table, h1 = 2950 kJ/kg
v1 0.1188
v1 = 0.2608 m3/kg
V = C (Rigid vessel)
s1 = 7.403 kJ/kgK
v1 = v2 = x2vg2
For section 2 :
0.1188 = x2(0.375)
P2 = 7 bar , T2 = 2000C
(ii) x2 = 0.317
Tsat = 164.970C
h2 h f 2 xh fg 2 640 0.317 2109
T2 > Tsat super heated state.
h2 = 1308.55 kJ/kg From steam table, h2 = 2845.2kJ/kg
u2 =h2 P2v2 = 1308.55 5000.1188 s2 = 6.893 kJ/kgK
= 1249.15 kJ/kg For section 3 :
(iii) H = m(h2 h1) = 1288.75m P3 = 5 bar , Tsat = 151.83 C
= 326.054 kJ Throttling section
U = m(u2u1) =0.253(1249.152419.1) In throttling enthalpy remain constant so it is
U = 295.997 kJ also known as isenthalpic device
For constant volume dV = 0, 1W2 0 (Throttle valve)
hg = 2748.5 kJ/kg,
(iv) 1 Q 2 mu 2 u1 = U
sg = 6.8203 kJ/kgK
U = 295.997 kJ
h2 = h3 = 2845.2 kJ/kg
So from h3 we can say ii) Temperature drop through throttle valve:

h3 > hg at P = 5 bar (T)TV = T2 T3 = 200 195.17
At state 3 it is in super heated state. (T)TV = 4.830C
Tsat = 151.83 C, P3 = 5 bar
T h (kJ/kg) s iii) Work output of engine:
h3 + Q = h4 + WE
151.83 2748.1 6.8207
WE = h3 h4 ( Q = 0)
195.17 2845.2 s3 = ?
Assuming Q = 0, adiabatic and very fast
200 2855.8 7.0610
process.
dT = 48.17, dh = 107.7, ds = 0.2403
WE = 500.5 kJ/kg
dT = ?, dh = 97.1 ds = ?
dh
dT = dT iv) Entropy change during throttling:
dh
s3 s2 = 7.0369 6.893
97.1
151.83 T3 = 48.17 = 0.1439 kJ/kgK
107.7
Entropy change in engine:
T3 = 195.17C
s4 s3 = 7.4008 7.0369
dh 97.1
ds = ds 0.2403 s4 s3 = 0.3639 > 0
dh 107.6
= 0.216 kJ/kgK At both sections in throttling and engine
6.8207s3 = 0.2163 entropy change > 0, so both are irreversible
s3 = 7.0369 kJ/kgK process.
At 0.1 bar, hf = 191.81 kJ/kg 06.

hfg = 2392.1 kJ/kg Sol:
h
h 4 h f 4 x h fg 4 191.81 0.9 2392.1
2344.70kJ/kg
s 4 s f 4 x s fg 4 0.649 0.9 7.50 1
2
= 7.4008 kJ/kg.K
i) Heat lost in pipe:

h1 + Q = h2 + W s
h1 + Q = h2 ( W = 0) P1 = 3 MPa = 30 bar,
Q = h2 h1 = 104.8 kJ/kg h f1 = 1008.41 kJ/kg, h fg = 1795.7 kJ/kg
P2 = 0.1 MPa, T2 = 1200C
From steam tables At 1 bar, 1000C, h = 2776.6 kJ/kg

At P2 = 0.1 MPa, A 1 bar, 1300 C, h2 =?
Tsat =99.610C and T2 = 1000C, P2 = 100 kPa, Tsat = 99.61C
T2 > Tsat ( superheated) T2 >Tsat (Superheated state)
h = 2676.2 kJ/kg 100C 2776.6 kJ/kg
1300C h3 = ?
At P2 = 0.1 MPa and T2 = 1500C 150C 2675.8 kJ/kg
h = 2776.4 kJ/kg
dT = 50C 100.8 kJ/kg

At P2 = 0.1 MPa and T2 = 1200C,
dT =20C x
h2 = ?
100.8 20
1500C 2776.6 kJ/kg x= 40.32kJ / kg
50
1000C 2675.8 kJ/kg h2 = 2776.6 40.32
0
dT = 50 C dh = 100.8 kJ/kg h2 = 2736.28 kJ/kg
0
dT = 30 C x = 60.48 kJ/kg 3.4 kg 3.4
m 0.0113 kg/s
h2 = 2716.12 kJ/kg = h1 5 min 300
(For throttling process) By steady flow energy equation
If dryness fraction is x m

h1 Q
m h2 W
h1 = h f1 + xh fg1
Q
1008.41+ x(1795.7) = 2716.12 h1 h 2
m
x = 0.95
2
2736.28 2559.28 kJ/kg
0.0113
07. h 1 h f1 xh fg1 444.36 x 2240.6
Sol:
(1) 1.25 bar 1 bar (2) x = 0.9439
1300C 1300C 08.

Sol: V1 = 3 m3
m = 5 kg
2 kW capacity 3
v1 = = 0.6 m3/kg
5
From steam tables
P1 = 200 kPa = 2 bar,
At 1 bar, 1500 C, h = 2675.8 kJ/kg
v1 v f 1 x ( v g1 v f 1 ) 09.
Sol: Given condition: adiabatically mixed
x1 =
v1 v f

0.6 0.001061
v g v f 0.8857 0.001061 1
= 0.677 3 4
h1 = hf +x1hfg = 504.71 + 0.67702201.6
= 1995.19kJ/kg
u1 = h1 p1v1 = 1995.19 2000.6 P4 = 1kPa
= 1875.19 kJ/kg 2
As it is a closed rigid tank, volume of the P1= 2 MPa = 20 bar
steam remains constant T1 = 3000C , 1 = 3 kg/min
m
3
v1= v2 = vg2 = 0.6 m /kg
Section At 1, h1 = 3024.2 kJ/kg
P1(kPa) v (m3/kg) h (kJ/kg)
s1 = 6.788 kJ/kgK
300 0.6058 2724.9
P2 = 2 MPa = 20 bar
P2 = ? 0.6 h2 = ?
T2 = 4000C
325 0.5619 2728.6
2 = 2 kg/min
m
P = 25 v = 0.0439, h = 3.7
At Section 2,
P = ? v = 0.0058, x = ?
h2 = 3248.4 kJ/kg
x = 3.303
s2 = 7.1292 kJ/kg-K
Mass balance :
P2 = 300+3.303 = 303.3 kPa
3 m
m 1 m
2 = 5 kg/min
h2 = 2725.38 kJ/kg
Energy balance :
u2 = h2 P2v2 = 2725.38 303.30.6
m1 h 1 m 2 h 2 m 3 h 3
= 2543.4 kJ/kg
h3 = 3113.88 kJ/kg
V = C, 1 W2 0
Section At 3, P3 = 20 bar
1 Q 2 1 W2 1 U 2
hg = 2798.2 kJ/kg
Heat supplied, 1Q2 = m(u2 u1) h3 > hg (superheated)
= 5(2543.4 1875.19) 3000C 3024.2 kJ/kg 6.7604 kJ/kgK
= 3341.05 kJ
T3 = ? 3114 kJ/kg s3 = ?
3500C 3137.7 kJ/kg 6.9583 kJ/kgK
T = 500C h = 113.5 s = 0.1979
s3 = 6.918 kJ/kgK
A = 0.0054m2 4 d
2
dT = 10.440C
T3 = 339.560C d = 0.083 m = 8.3 cm
Rate of increase of the entropy of the
10.
universe
Sol: Given separating & throttling calorimeter
s gen m
3s 3 m
1s 1 m
2s 2
P1 = 15 bar = P2 , m1 = 0.55 kg
= (5 6.9186) (3 6.788) (2 7.1292) T1 = 198.30 C = T2 , m2 = 4.2 kg
= 0.0294 kJ/min.K P3 = 1 bar, T3 = 1200 C
As system is perfectly insulated h3 = 2716.3 kJ/kg
(ds) surrounding = 0
(1)
(ds)universe = (ds)system+(ds)surr CV (2) TV (3)
= 0.226 kJ/minK
h m2=4.2kg
3
mw=0.55 kg
4 h
2
3
s 1
At 4, s3 = sf4 + x (sfg4)
6.917 = ( 0.106) + x (8.87)
x = 0.77 s
h4 = hf4 + x hfg4 = 1942.29 kJ/kg m2
(Dryness fraction)separator, x1 =
v4 = x vg4 = 0.77129.19 = 99.47 m3/kg m1 m2
(V) Nozzle exit 44.72 h 44.72 h 3 h 4 4.2

= 0.88
1530.69 m / s 4.2 0.55
For throttling
AV
m h2 = h3
v1
h f 2 x 2 h fg 2 h3
5 A 1530.69
844.55 + x2 (1946.4) = 2716.2
60 99.47
x2 = 0.9616
Mass of vapour = mv= x2m2 = 0.964.2 At state 3:

= 4.032 kg h 3 h f3 xh fg3 561.43 0.95 2163.5
(Dryness fraction)Boiler = 2616.75 kJ/kg
mv Mass balance:
=x= 0.8488
m total s m
m w m
3
As quality of steam at boiler is < 90% so
5 m
w m
3
only throttling calorimeter can not be used.
Energy balance:

11. m s h 1 m w h f 2 m f m w h 3

Sol: Given
At, P1 = 5 bar = 500 kPa, 5 3064.8 m w 167.5 5 m w 2616.75

T1 = 3000C , h1 = 3064.2 kJ/kg

m w 0.9147
0
At, P3= 3 bar , T2 = 133.5 C
hf2 = 561.4 kJ/kg
12. Ans: (d)
hfg2 = 2163.5 kJ/kg
Sol: At P = 1 atm, hfg = 2256.5 kJ/kg
T3 = 400C
w h fg
m 0.5 2256.5
w
m Power = =
time 18 60
(2)
= 1.05 kW
(1) (3)
13. Ans (c)
Sol: Heat lost by steam = Heat gained by ball
ms hfg = mb Cpb (T2 T1)
1
m m 3 ms 2256.6 = 5 1.8 (10025)
ms = 0.299 kg = 299 gm
P1= 5 bar, T1= 300C,
P3 = 3 bar, x3 = 0.95 14. (i) Ans: (b), (ii) Ans: (a), (iii) Ans: (c)
At state 1, T1= Tsat Sol: P
2 P=C 3
h1 = 3064.8 kJ/kg,
s1 = 7.46 kJ/kg K V=C
At state 2: 1
h2 = (hf)40C =167.5 kJ/kg v
i) Piston cylinder device (Non flow process) 15. Ans: (d)

T2 = 7000C, P3 = 1.2 MPa, T3 = 12000C Sol: QS = 380 kW
At 5 MPa, Tsat = 263.990C = T1
At point -2; (Superheated state)
3 At 2 MPa, Tsat = 212.420C = T2
u2 = 3474.5 kJ/kg , v2 = 0.37294 m /kg
T1 T2 263.99 212.42
At point - 3: = = = 0.096
T1 263.99 273
u3 = 4465.1 kJ/kg, v3 = 0.56646 m3/kg
= P(v3 v2) QS Q R
2W3 =
QS
= 1.2 103 (0.56646 0.37294)
380 Q R
= 232.224 kJ/kg 0.096 =
QR
2Q3 2W3 = 2U3 QR = 343.5 kW
2Q3 = 2W3 + u3 u2
16. Ans: (d)
= 232.224 + (4465.13474.5)
Sol: m = 5 kg
= 1222.824 kJ/kg
For process 1 2: T
v1 = v2 = 0.37294 m /kg 3 3MPa
2 1
At the beginning; It is in dry and saturated
state. Hence by looking the vg column of the
s2 s1 s
steam table for a value of 0.3729 m3/kg, we
At 3 MPa, s2 = sf = 2.6656 kJ/kgK
will get pressure P = 500 kPa and ug =
s1 = sg = 6.1869 kJ/kgK
2561.2 kJ/kg
dS = m(s2 s1)
ii) For 1 2 ; V = C = 5 (2.6656 6.1869)
1W2 = 0, 1Q2 = u2 u1
= 17.7kJ/K
= 3474.5 2561.2 = 913.3 kJ/kg
17. Ans: (a)
iii) Total heat transfer = 1Q2 + 2Q3
Sol:
= 913.3 + 1222.824 = 2136.124 kJ/kg T
8MPa 1
iv) Total work done = 1W2 + 2W3 0.1MPa

2
= 0 + 232.224
= 232.224 kJ/kg s
= 3 kg/sec
m
By applying steady flow energy equation to turbine 20. Ans: (d)

= m
h1 + Q
m
2h 2 + W Sol: At P = 10 MPa, Tsat = 311C
= 0 (For adiabatic)
Q T = 500C
= m
W (h 1 h 2 ) T > Tsat superheated state
At 10 MPa and 5000C
At 8 MPa & 5000 C, h1 = 3398.3 kJ/kg
v = 0.03279 m3/kg
At 0.1 MPa, h2 = hg = 2675.5 kJ/kg
= 3(3398.3 2675.5) = 2168.4 kW V 3
W Mass = = 91.49 kg
v 0.03279
18. Ans: (c)
21. Ans: (a)
Sol:
T T1= 500C Sol:
T T1= 500C
8MPa
4MPa
0.2MPa T2= 300C 0.5MPa T2= 250C
s
s
0
At 8 MPa and 500 C, s1 = 6.726 kJ/kgK At 4 MPa & 500 C, 0
h1 = 3445.2 kJ/kg
0
At 0.2 MPa and 300 C, s2 = 7.8491 kJ/kgK 0
At 0.5 MPa and 250 C, h2 = 2960.7 kJ/kg
Q = 1350 kg/hr = 0.375 kg/s
m
m(s2 s1) = Sgen
T By applying steady flow energy equation to
m(s2 s1) = Sgen turbine
Q = m
h1 Q
m
h2 W
0 for adiabatic process
T
0.375(3445.2 2960.7) 25 = W
Sgen = 18(7.8491 6.7266) = 20.22 kW/K = 156.68 kW
W
19. Ans: (a)
22. Ans: (d)
Sol: At 200 kPa, vf = 0.001061 m3/kg,
Sol: For throttling h1 = h2
vg = 0.8857 m3/kg
At 1.4 MPa & 90 ,
v = 300 m3, P = 200 kPa
h1 = 319.37 kJ/kg
mf + mv = m
At 0.6 MPa from
vf + vv = v
Super heated table R134a
(0.25m0.001061)+(0.75m0.8857) = 300
H = 319.37 kJ/kg
m = 451.44 kg
Pump is , P = 0.6 MPa at 80C
09. Ans: (d) and (a)

Chapter- 8 Sol: For same maximum pressure in Otto &
Air Cycles Diesel cycle
Diesel Otto
01. Ans: (a) And rk Diesel rk Otto
Sol: 12 Isothermal
31 Adiabatic process
10.
v1
02. Ans: (d) Sol: rk 12
v2
Sol: For Maximum specific output in case of Otto
v4
cycle, the temperature of working fluid at the rc 1.615
v3
end of compression and expansion should be
rk 12
equal re 7.43
rc 1.615
P 3
3 pv1.35 C, n 1.35
T Qin
v=c exp T 2 = T4
2 pmax = p3 = p4 = 54p1
4
2 4
4
v =c Qout 3 4
3
comp T P
1 1
S 2 5
V 5
2
03. Ans: (c) 04. Ans: (c) 05. Ans: (b) 1 1
S V
06. Ans: (d) Process 1-2 :

Sol: For equal rk & heat rejected p1 v1n p 2 v n2
otto Dual Diesel n
v
p2 p1 1 = p1 12 1..35 = 28.64p1
v2
07. Ans: (c)
Sol: Otto cycle v
p1v1 28.64p1 1
p1v1 p 2 v 2 12
1W2
n 1 1.35 1
08. Ans: (c)
Sol: Carnot Stirlling = 3.96p1v1
Process 2-3: 11.

V = C, 2 W3 0 Sol: T1 350K , P1 = 2 bar
Process 3-4: Pmax = P3 = 6 bar
P=C V1 V4
1.4 rk re
W4 p 3 v 4 v 3
V2 V3
3
RT1 0.287 350 m3

v V1 0.5022
= p 3 v 3 4 1 0.615p 3 v 3 P1 200 kg
v3
Process -12
v 54p1v1
P1 V1 P2 V2
3 W4 0.615p 3 1 0.615
12 12
V1
= 2.76p1v1 P2 P1 = 21.4 = 2.8 bar
V2
Process 4-5:
V1 0.502
V2 0.358
p4 v p5v
n
4
n
5 1 .4 1 .4
n 1.35 Process 2 3 :
v 1
p5 = p 4 4 54p1 3.6p1 P2 P3
v5 7.43
T2 T3
p 4 v 4 p 5 v 5 54p1 1.615 v 2 3.6p1v1
4 W5 P3 6
n 1 n 1 T3 T2 350 750K
1.615 P2 2 .8
54p1 v1 3.6p1v1
= 12 = 10.47p1v1 V
1.35 1 QS = 3 W4 RT3 ln 4
V3
Wnet 1W2 2W3 3W4 4W5 5W1 = 0.287 750 ln 1.4 = 72.41 kJ/kg
3.96p1v1 0 2.76p1v1 10.47p1v1 V4
Q R 3W4 RT1 ln 0.287 350 ln 1.4
V3
= 9.27 p1v1
= 33.79 kJ/kg
Mean effective pressure QS Q R
th 53.35%
Wnet Wnet 9.27p1 v1 QS
=
swept volume v1 v 2 v Wnet 72.41 33.79
v1 1 Mep = =
12 swept volume V1 V2
= 10.1p1 72.41 33.79
= 268.2 kPa
0.502 0.358
12. T3, T1 are constants hence work done

Sol: depends only on rk
P
2 3 So,
s=c
dW
C V T1 1rk 2 C V T3 1 rk1 1
drk
4
s=c =0
1 1 1
V T 2 1 Tmin 21
rk opt 1
V1 T3 Tmax
rk 15 V1 = 15V2
V2 = compression ratio at which the
work is maximum
6.5
V3 V2 V1 V2 0.91V2 T2 = T1(rk) 1
100
1
V3 = 1.91V2 1
T 1
2
V3 T2 T1 3 T3 T1
rc 1.91
V2 T1

1 rc 1 T3 T3
th 1 1
. T4 T3 T1
rk rc 1 rk 1 1 1
T3 2 1
1 1.911.4 1

1 . 60.8% T1
1.4 15 0.4 1.91 1
13. T2 = T4 = T3 T1
Sol:
T When we are operating at optimum
3 Tmax
compression ratio, the temperature at the end
4 of expansion = temperature at the end of
T2 = T1 rk 1
2 compression
T3
T4
rk 1 1
Tmin Wopt = CV[T3T2T4+T1]

S
Wnet = QS QR = C V T3 T3 T1 T3 T1 T1
W C V T3 T2 T4 T1 C T T 2 T T
V 3 1 3 1
C T T

T

C V T3 T1rk 1 31 T1 f rk V 3 1
2
rk
14. D = 10 cm , L = 14 cm
Sol:
P FVO FVC
L
cos 2 3
2 TDC
L=2r L/2
Le 4
40
EVO 1
BDC V
L = 14 cm , = 40 , D = 10 cm L L
Le cos = 7+7cos 60 = 10.5 cm
Effective stroke length 2 2
L L L
Le L / 2 cos Lf cos 1
2 2 2
= 7+7cos 40 = 12.36 cm 7 7 cos 20 0 = 0.42 cm
2
Effective stroke volume Vs eff D L e 10 2 10.5
4 4
2
Vs eff 824.6cm 3
D L e 102 12.36 970.75cm3
4 4
3 VC = 40.2 cm3
VC = 157 cm
Vs eff VC Vs eff VC
rk effective
970.75 157
7.18
rk effective 21.51
VC
VC 157
1
Volume corresponding to fuel cutoff
0.4
1 1
th 1 1 2
V3 V2 D L f 10 2 0.42
rk 7.18 4 4
= 0.54 or 54% = 32.98 cc
V3 40.2 = 32.98.
15.
V3 = 73.18
Sol:
Lf V3 73.18
TDC rc 1.82
FVC
V2 40.2
Le 20 L/2 1 rc 1
th 1 1
.
L rk rc 1
60
1 1.821.4 1
1
1.4 21.51 1.82 1
0.4
EPC
BDC = 66.5%
16. Ans: (c) T3 T2 = 700C

300 T3 = 700 + 1097.46 = 1797.46C
Sol: C 1 0.85
2000
work done 19. Ans: (b)
C
Heat supplied 1 1
Sol: v1 0.833 m 3 / kg
600 1 1.2
0.85
QS V1 2.2
rk 8.46
QS = 705.8 kW V2 0.26
dQ 705.8 0.834
dS 0.35 kW/K V2 0.098m 3 / kg
T 2000 8.46
Wnet 440
mep 598.8 kPa
17. Ans: (c) V1 V2 0.833 0.098
Sol: V1 = 3L, V2 = 0.15L
Compression ratio 20.
V1 3 Sol: Qs = 1500 kJ/kg, P1=100 kPa,
rk 20
V2 0.15
T1 = 27C = 300 K
V3 0.30 V1 8 V4
rc 2 rk = 8 =
V2 0.15 V2 1 V3
1 1 r 1 (Cv)air = 0.72 kJ/kgK
Diesel 1 1 c
rk rc 1 For process 1- 2
1 1 21.4 1 P1 V1 P2 V2
=1 0.6467
1.4 20 1.41 2 1 V

P2 P1 1 = 100 81.4
= 64.67% V2
= 1837.9kPa
18. Ans: (a)
P
V 2 .5 3
Sol: rk 1 10 , 7393.57 kPa
V2 0.25
T1 = 20C = 293K 1837.9 kPa
2
5 4
He s=c
3 T1 = 100 kPa 402.2 kPa
5
1
1
T2 293 10 3 1370.46 K V
T
3 Chapter- 9
2772.54K
Psychrometry
1206.8K
2 4
689.2K 01. Ans: (b)
Sol:
T1 = 300K
1
S
2 1
1 11.4
P
100 1.4
T2 T1 1 300
1837.9 DBT
P2
= 689.2K
During sensible cooling of air
QS = Cv (T3 T2) = 1500 kJ/kg
0.72 (T3 689.21) = 1500 DBT decreases, WBT decreases, h decreases
T3 = 2772.54 K and = constant,
P P DPT = constant, R.H increases
2 3
T2 T3
02. Ans: (c)
T3 2772.54
P3 P2 = 1837.9 Sol:
T2 689.2 2

P3 = 7393.57 kPa 1
DBT
Process 3 4
P3 V3 = P4 V4 During adiabatic saturation process DBT
1.4 decreases, WBT = constant, h = constant,
V 1
P4 = P3 3 7393.47 specific humidity () increases, DPT
V4 8
increases, relative humidity increases.
P4 = 402.2kPa
T3 V3 1 T4 V4 1 03. Ans: (a)
T4 = 1206.8K Sol:
1 1
Otto 1 1 1.41
rk 1
8 T1 T2 Tcoil
W
Otto = 0.56 = W = 847 kJ/kg
1500
20oC 40oC 45oC
Tcoil T2 45 40 09. Ans: (c)

By pass factor =
Tcoil T1 45 20 Sol: L.H.L = 0.25 S.H.L
BPF = 0.2 SHL
S.H.F =
SHL LHL
04. Ans: (b) S.H.L
S.H.F = 0.8
Sol: When warm saturated air is cooled, excess 1.25 S.H.L
moisture condenses but relative humidity
remains unchanged 10. Ans: (d)
Sol:
A
05. Ans: (b) B
C
Sol:
RH=100%
BC
WBT By pass factor =
AC
DBT
Specific humidity will never 100% 11. Ans: (b)
06. Ans: (a)

12. Ans: (d)
P Psat Pb Ps
Sol: atm Sol:
Patm Pv Pb Pv 1 2

07. Ans: (c)
Sol: Case (A): Moist air is adiabatically saturated
Case (B): Moist air is isobarically saturated During chemical dehumidification
Enthalpy & W.B.T remains constant, specific
isobaric
humidity decreases, dew point temperature
W.B.T decreases and relative humidity decreases.
adiabatic
Case-(A): Adiabatically saturated W.B.T 13. Ans: (c)

Case-(B): isobarically saturated D.P.T
14. Ans: (a)
08. Ans (b) Sol: Tcoil is greater than dew point temperature but
Sol: For dehumidification, the coil temperature less than dry bulb temperature hence it is
should be less than the dew point sensible cooling.
temperature of the incoming air.
15. Ans: (c) Pv

0.622 0.012
Sol: Temperature of water spray is greater than 95 Pv
dew point temperature hence it is a heating PV = 1.798 kPa
process and water molecules are mixing with Pv 1.798
0.567 56.7%
air hence it is humidification. Psat 3.1698
16. Ans: (b) 19. Ans: (c)

Sol: Heat is absorbed so it is absorption or Sol: Tsat = 30C Psat = 4.2469 kPa
chemical process in which WBT remains
PV
constant & DBT increases. Patm 90 kPa kPa , 75%
Psat
PV 0.75 4.2469 3.185 kPa
17. Ans: (d)
Pa = Patm Pv
Sol: Tsat = 25C = 100%
Psat = 3.1698 kPa Pair 86.815 kPa
Ptotal = 100 kPa Pa V 86.815 40

ma 39.93 kg
PV P R a T 0.287 303
1 V 3.1698
Psat Psat
Pv = Psat 20. Ans: (c)
PV 3.1698 Sol: Tsat = 30C, Psat = 4.2469 kPa
0.622 0.622
Patm PV 100 3.1698 Patm = 96 kPa
kg Vap PV
0.0204 75%
kg dry air Psat
mv PV = 0.754.2469=3.185 kPa
=
ma Pa = Patm PV = 96 3.185 = 92.8 kPa
m V 100 0.0204 2.04 kg
21. Ans: (d)
Sol: Tsat = 20C, Psat = 2.339 kPa
18. Ans: (c)
= 0.5
m 0 .6 kg of Vapour
Sol: v 0.012 PV
ma 50 kg of dry air PV 0.5 2.339 1.169 kPa
Psat
Tsat 25 0 C ,
Corresponding to partial pressure of vapor
Psat = 3.1698 kPa
whatever the saturation temperature is the
temperature at which the water vapor present 23. Ans: (a)

in air starts condensing and this beginning of Sol:
2
this condensation is called as dew point
temperature.
1
At 5C 0.8725
T2 - ? P2 = 1.169
150C 250C
10C 1.2281
Ptotal = 90 kPa, Tsat = 15C, Psat = 1.7057 kPa
1.2281 0.8725 10 5
PV1
1.169 0.8725 T2 5 1 0.75
Psat1
T2 = 9.16 C
PV1 = 1.278 kPa
PV1 1.278
22. Ans: (d) 1 0.622 0.622
Patm PV 1 90 1.278
Sol:
1 kg of vapour
1=0.023 0.0089
kg of dry air
2
2=0.015 Tsat = 25C, Psat = 3.1698 kPa, = 0.75
PV 2
PV 2 2.377 kPa
150C 300C Psat 2
Pv 2
2 0.622
Cooling load on coil h1 Patm PV2

C P a T1 0 1 h fg 00 C C PV T1 0 0.622
2.377
0.618
kg of Vap
90 2.377 kg of dry air
1.005 30 0 0.0232500 1.8830 0
Mass of vapour added ,
= 88.94 kJ/kg of dry air
a 2 1
mv m

h 2 C Pa T2 0 2 h fg 0 0 C C P V T2 0
40.0168 0.0089 0.03kg of vapor
1.00515 0 0.0152500 1.8815 0
= 52.99 kJ/kg of dry air 24.

Total heat load = ma (h2h1) Sol: Psat = 3.166 kPa,
Tsat = 250 C = 298 K
= 0.7(52.9988.94) = 25 kW
Pv P
= 0.74 = v
Psat 3.166
Pv = 0.74 3.166 = 2.34 kPa,
At 2.34 kPa , Tsat = 200C = 293 K = DPT 26.

Corresponding to saturation temperature Sol: At T1 = 20C
whatever the saturation pressure, the water Psat = 2.337 kPa, 1 = 0.65
vapor starts condensing. PV1
1 PV1 1Psat 0.65 2.337
dT = 298 293 = 5 K Psat
6.5 K drops in temperature = 1000 m = 1.52 kPa
5 PV1
5 K drop temperature = 1000 1 0.622
6.5 Patm PV1
= 769 m 1.524
0.622
100 1.524
25. kg of vapour
0.0096
Sol: T1 = 20C kg of dry air
1 = 80%
RH=65%
3
2 1 1 1
4 4
2
Psat = 2.3339 kPa
Pv1
1 0 . 8 = Pv1 1.87 kPa
Psat 1
PV1 20C 45C
1 0.622
Patm PV1
T2 = 45C, 2 = 100 %
1.87
0.622 PV2 Psat 9.557 kPa
100 1.87
Kg of vapour 9.557
0.0118 2 0.622
Kg of dry air 100 9.557
3 kg of vapour
2 0.0118 0.008 0.066
4 kg of dry air
PV 2 1 2
0.622 0.008
Patm PV2 T1 = 20C T2 = 45C
1 = 65% 2 = 100%
PV2 1.45 kPa
m =1kg
T2 = 12C t=40 min
=2400sec
Mass of water absorbed by air 0.6224.241

2
a 2 1
w m
m 101 4.241
1 kg vapor
a 0.066 0.0096
m 2 0.0272
2400 kg Dry air
= 0.0073 kg/sec Pa = Patm Pv 2
a = 0.0073 3600 = 26.6 kg/hr
m Pa = 101 0.8525 = 100.147 kPa

Pa v = m a RaT
27.
Pa v 100.1475 10
Sol: Given air enters to cooling tower a
m
R aT 0.287 288

V 10 m3 / sec 12.116 kg / sec
0
P1 = Psat = 1.705 kPa, T1 = 15 C Mass or water vapor removed
0
T2 = 30 C = Tsat 2 1
= m
1 = 50% P2 = 4.241 kPa = 12.116 (0.0272 0.00529)
Patm = 101 kPa, kg
= 0.265
Rair = 0.287 kJ/kg K sec
PV1 PV1 = 0.265 3600 = 954 kg/hr
1 0.50
Psat 1.705 28.
PV1 0.8525 kPa Sol: h f ADP 46.2kJ / kg of dry air
Now 2 = 3 = 0.008 kg/kg of dry air

h1 = 58 kJ/kg
Pv1 0.6220.8525
1 0.622
Patm Pv1 101 0.8525 h2 = 32 kJ/kg
h3 = 39 kJ/kg
kg vapour
1 0.00529 v1 = 0.873 m3/kg
kg dry air
Now for T2 = 300C
Psat = 4.241 kPa 1
1
Pressure at saturation is equal to Pv 2 3
2
PV2
2 Pv 2 = 4.241 kPa
Psat
Pv 2 Tcoil 18.5C 30C
TADP
2 = 0.622 DBT DBT
Psat Pv 2 (Apparatus Dew point)
1 = 0.0105 kg/kg of dry air 29. Ans: 0.02

2 = 0.008 kg/kg of dry air Sol: m m a m v1
3 = 0.008 kg/kg of dry air m m
1 v1
T1 = 30C, TWBT = 20C ma ma
T2 = 18.5C R.H = 60% m
1 1
TADP = 11C hf = 46.2 kJ/kg ma
Mass of water removed from air m v1 1 m a 0.0110 0.1kgs / sec
a 1 2
f m
m mv2 = 0.1 kgs/sec
= 3.818(0.0105 0.008) Total mass of vap or after mixing
3
= 9.54510 kg m v m v1 m v 2
0 .1 0 .1
At 11C from the steam table whatever is the 0.2 kg / sec
saturated liquid enthalpy is the enthalpy of
water coming out of the coil. Specific humidity of mixture
h f 46.2 kJ / kg m v 0.2 kg / sec

m a 10 kg / sec
V 200
a
m = 0.02 kgvap/kgd.a
v1 60 0.873
3.818kg / sec
:
Cooling load Q
m m
a h1 Q ah2 m
f hf
m a 1 2 h f
ah2 m
a h 1 h 2 m
m
Q a 1 2 h f
= 3.818(5832) 3.818(0.01050.008)46.2
= 98.8 kW

Heat supplied in the heater Q 1
m m
ah2 Q ah3
1
m
Q 1
a h 3 h 2 26.726 kW
h3 h2 = WHP
Chapter- 10 h3 613 = 3
Rankine Cycle h3 = 616 kJ/kg
QS = h1 h3 = 3514 616
01. Ans: (d) = 2898 kJ/kg
Sol: Assertion is false and Reason is true
Steam rate or specific steam consumption 08. Ans: (d)
1 kg 3600 kg PW vdp
= Sol: =
WT WC kW sec WT WP kW.hr Power input Power input
For Carnot cycle as pump work is very high 0.15
so specific steam consumption is very high. 5000 200
0.75 = 60
For Carnot cycle the mean temperature heat Pi
addition is greater than Rankine cycle, Pi = 16 kW
so C > R
09.
02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (d) Sol: At P = 70 bar , Tsat= 285.880C
At P = 0.075 bar, Tsat = 40.290C
04. Ans: (b) 05. Ans: (a) n = number of feed water heaters = 7
(Tsat ) boil (Tsat ) cond
T =
06. Ans: (c) n 1
(285.88 40.29)
=
07. Ans: (b) 7 1
Sol: T 1 T = 30.690C
Now for T1 = Temperature of (FWH)1

3
(Tsat)boiler T = 285.88 30.69
2
= 255.190C
And the corresponding pressure is
S
P1 = 4322.7 kPa.
h1 = 3514 kJ/kg
T2 = Temperature of
WHP = 3 kJ/kg
(FWH)2 = (Tsat)boiler 2 T
h2 = 613 kJ/kg,
WLP = 1 kJ/kg = 285.88 (2 30.69)
(T2) FWH = 224.50C and the corresponding h2 = h f 2 + x2 h fg

2
pressure is P2 = 2549.7 kPa = 191.83 + 0.82 2392.8

Temp of (FWH)3 = 285.88 330.69 = 2153.92 kJ/kg
0
= 193.8 C
Similarity we can find the rest of the Process (3-4)
temperatures and corresponding pressure. s3 = s4 = 0.6393 kJ/kgK
Wp = h4 h3 = Vf 3 (Pboil Pcond)
10.
= 1.01 10-3 (7000 10)
Sol: At T1 = 500C and 7 MPa
= 7.05 kJ/kg
h1 = 3410.3 kJ/kg
h4 = 7.05 + 191.83 = 198.88 kJ/kg
s1 = 6.7975 kJ/kgK
WT = h1 h2 = 3410.3 2153.92
At 10 kPa
= 1256.4 kJ/kg
h3 = h f 3 = 191.83 kJ/kg
Heat supplied, QS = h1 h4
s3 = s f 3 = 0.6493 kJ/kgK 3410.3 198.88 = 3211.5 kJ/kg
v3 = v f 3 = 1.01 10-3 m3/kg Wnet = WT WP = 1256.4 7.05
= 1249.35 kJ/kg
s g 2 = 8.1502 kJ/kgK
Wnet 1249.35
T Work ratio = = 0.99
WT 1256.4
1
Wnet 1249.35
4 th = 38.9%
7MPa QS 3211.5
3600
2
Steam rate = = 2.8816 kg/kW-hr
3 10kPa
Wnet
3600
s Heat rate = 9254 kJ/kW-hr
Process (1-2) th
Q = 0, s = c s Wnet = 30 103
Power = m
kJ 30 10 3
s1 = s2 = 6.7975 kJ/kg K < 8.1502 s=
m = 24.01 kg/sec
kgK 1249.35
So point 2 is in wet state Boiler capacity is mass flow rate of steam
s2 = sf2 + x2 s fg 2 expressed in kg/hr
6.7975 = 0.6493 + x2 (8.1502 0.6493) = 24.01 3600 kg/hr
x2 = 0.82 = 86436 kg/hr
s (h2 h3)
Condenser load = m (As s2 > sg2 it is in superheated state)
= 24.01 (2153.92 191.83) s2 = 6.5966 kJ/kgK
= 47109.7 kW T2
= 6.5865 + 2.1ln
(T)w = rise in temperature of water (273 179.91)
Heat gained by water = condenser load T2 = 455.09 K
w Cpw (T)w = 47109.7
m h2 = h g 2 + C Pvapour (T2 Tsat)
47109.7 = 2778.1+2.1[455.09(273 + 179.91)]

(T)w = = 5.630 C
2000 4.186 = 2782.67 kJ/kg
Tm1= mean temperature of heat supply
State 3
h h 4 3410.3 198.83
= 1 522C P3 = 1 MPa
s1 s 4 6.7975 0.6493
T3 = 5000 C
h3 = 3478.5 kJ/kg
11.
s3 = 7.7622 kJ/kg K
Sol: State 1
P1 = 10 MPa State 4
T1 = 5000 C P4 = 10 kPa
h1 = 3373.7 kJ/kg T4 = 45.810 C
s1 = 6.5966 kJ/kgK h4 = ?
s4 = s3 = 7.7622 kJ/kg K
T
1 3

s 4 = s f 4 + x4 s g s f
4 4

5000
10MPa = 0.6493 + x4(8.1502 0.6493)
6
1MPa 2 x4 = 0.94 (wet state)

h4 = h f 4 x 4 h g 4 h f 4
5 10kPa 4 = 191.83 + 0.94 (2584.6 191.83)
s = 2441.03 kJ/kg
State 2 State 5
P2 = 1 MPa P5 = 10 kPa
0
T2 = ? Tsat = 179.91 C , h2 = ? h5 = (hf)w = 191.83 kJ/kg
s1 = 6.5966 kJ/kg = s2 s5 = s f 5 = 0.6493 kJ/kg K
T v5 = 0.0010 m3kg
s2 = s g 2 + C PVapur ln 2
Tsat
State 6
P6 = 1 MPa T 1
S6 = 0.6493 kJ/kg
7 6MPa
Wp = v f5 (P6 P5)
5 6 2
= 0.0010 (10103 10) = 9.99 kJ/kg 0.4MPa
Wp = (h6 h5) 20kPa 3

4
h6 = Wp + h5 s
= 9.99 + 191.83 = 201.82 kJ/kg State - 2: (wet state)
P2 = 0.4MPa
WT = (h1 h2) + (h3 h4)
h2 = ?
= (3373.72782.67) + (3478.52441.03)
T2 = ?
=1628.5 kJ/kg
s2 = 6.7193 kJ/kg
Wnet = WT WP = 1628.5 9.99 s g 2 = 6.8959 kJ/kg K
= 1618.51 kJ/kg
As s2 < s g 2 this is in wet state
W 1618.51
Work ratio = net
WT 1628.5
= 0.99
s2 = s f 2 x 2 s g 2 s f 2
Heat supplied QS = (h1 h6) + (h3 h2) 6.7193 =1.7766 + x2(6.8959 1.7766)
= (3373.7201.82)+(3478.5 2782.67) x2 = 0.96
= 3867.71 kJ/kg 2

h2 = h f 2 + x2 h g h f
2

Wnet 1618.51 = 604.74 + 0.96 (2738.6 604.74)
th = = 0.418 = 41.8%
Q S 3867.71 = 2653.24 kJ/kg
12. State - 3: (wet state)
Sol: State - 1: (super heated) P3 = 20 kPa
P1 = 6 MPa h3 = ?
T1 = 4500 C s2 = s3 = 6.7193 kJ/kgK
h1 = 3301.8 kJ/kg s g3 = 7.9085 kJ/kg K

s1 = 6.7193 kJ/kgK 6.7193 = 0.8320 + x3(7.9085 0.8320)
x3 = 0.83

h3 = h f3 + x3 h g3 h f3 Energy balance:
= 251.4 + 0.83 (2609.7 251.40) mh2
= 2208.8 kJ/kg
State - 4: (saturated) 1 kg (1-m)

h6 h5
P4 = 20 kPa
h4 = h f 4 = 251.40 kJ/kg
Energy in = Energy out
State - 5: (compressed)
(1m) h5 + mh2 = 1h6
P5 = 0.4 MPa
m (h2 h5) = h6 h5
State 6: (saturated)
h6 h5
P6 = 0.4 MPa m=
h2 h5
h6 = hg6 = 604.74 kJ/kg
604.74 251.786
s6 = 1.7766 kJ/kg 0.146 kg/sec
2653.24 251.786
State 7: (compressed) WT = (h1 h2) + (1m) (h2 h3)
P7 = 6 MPa = (3301.82653.24) + (1 0.146)
(2653.242208.8)
High pressure pump work
= 1028.12 kJ/kg
WHP = v f6 (P7 P6)
=1.084 103 (6 103 0.4 103) WP = WHP + WLP
= 6.0704 kJ/kg = 6.0704 + 0.386 = 6.456 kJ/kg
h7 = h6 + WHP
= 604.74 + 6.0704 Wne = WT WP = 1028.12 6.456
= 610.08 kJ/kg = 1021.66 kJ/kg
Low pressure pump work Qs = h1 h7
WLP = v f 4 (P5 P4) = 3301.8 610.07 = 2691.73 kJ/kg
3 3
= 1.017 10 (0.4 10 20)
= 0.386 kJ/kg W net 1021.66
th = = 0.379 = 37.9%
Qs 2691.73
h5 = h4 + WLP
= 251.40 + 0.386 = 251.786 kJ/kg
The mass of steam m1 extracted from turbine
at 0.4 MPa
05. Ans: (d)
Chapter- 11 Sol: T
3 (Tmax)
Gas Turbines
4
01. Ans: (a) 3
2 Tactural (T)max
02. Ans: (a)

Sol: During regeneration process, turbine work 1
and compressor work remain unchanged and S
only heat supplied decreases so thermal

P1 = 80 kPa,
efficiency increases.
P2 = 400 kPa,
03. Ans: (d) T1 = 283 K
T3 = 1273K
04. Ans: (d)
400
Sol: T 3 rP 5
80
3
T31 = 450 + 273 = 723 K
4
2
T3 1273
T4 1
0.4
804K
1 rP 5 1.4
S Effectiveness of heat exchanger.

P1 = 100 kPa, P2 = 400 kPa T act T3' T2
100 = 77%
T1 = 298 K, T3 = 1473 K T max T4 T2
400
rP 4
100 06. Ans: (c)
1 0.67
T2 T1 rP 298 4 1.67
519.7K Sol: Tmin =T1 = 20 + 273 = 293 K,
Tmax= T4= 900 + 273 = 1173 K
T3
T4 1
844.61K = 1.3, rp = 6
rP
Tmin
rp
1
The maximum temperature up to which we (B)ideal regeneration = 1
Tmax
can heat the compressed air is turbine
exhaust temperature and this will happen 293 1.3 1
= 1 6 1.3
when effectiveness of the heat exchanger 1173
must be unity. = 0.62 or 62%
i.e. T3' T4 844.61K 5730 C
07. P2
= 4 = rp
Sol: Whenever we reheat, we reheat to the same P1
temperature until unless mentioned in the The temperature after isentropic compression
problem. Whenever, we intercool to the 1

same temperature, if there are infinitely T2 = T1 (rp )
1.4 1
large number of reheats and if there are
= 300 4 1.4
= 446 K
infinitely large number of intercoolers then
The isentropic efficiency of the compressor
reversible adiabatic expansion becomes
Ws c C T T1
isothermal expansion and reversible c = P 2
Wactual C P T2 T1
adiabatic compression becomes isothermal
compression and thermal efficiency of 445.8 300
0.8 =
T2 300
Brayton cycle becomes equal to Ericsson
cycle. T2 = 482.5 K
th Braton th Ericsson
T2 = actual temperature at exit of
Ericsson cycle is an ideal gas turbine cycle compressor
Ideal ()Ericsson = ()Carnot
Process 3-4: Q=0, S=C
T
()Carnot = 1 min 76% 1
Tmax T3 P3

08. T4 P4
Sol: T3 1148
3 T4
T 0.4 0.4
4 1.4
4 1.4
4
2 4 T4 = 773 K
2 Wact CP T3 T4
T
WS C CP T3 T4
1
S T4 1148 0.851148 773
Caloric value (CV) = 42000 kJ/kg T4 829K

T = 0.85 , c = 0.8 WT = CP(T3 T4 ) = 1.0051148 829
Tmax = T3 = 8750C = 1148K = 320.32 kJ/kg
P1 = 1 atm WC CP T2 T1 1.005483 300 184 kJ/kg
T1 = 300 K QS C P T3 T2 1.0051148 484
= 668.325 kJ/kg
Wnet =WT WC = 320.32 183 09.

= 137.32 kJ/kg Sol: 3
Wnet T T3=1200K
Work ratio = 0.428
WT
2 4
WC
Back work ratio 0.571
WT
T1=300K
W 1
th net 20.5% S
QS
3600 kJ
Heat rate = 17560.97 Tmax = 1200 K
th kW
3600 kg Tmin = 300 K
Air rate = 26.22
Wnet kWhr At rp opt , T2 =T4 = T1T3 600 K
Tm1

h 3 h 2 CP T3 T2
=768 K
WC = CP (T2 T1)
s 3 s 2 T3
C P ln =1.005(600300) = 301.5 kJ/kg
T2
WT = CP (T3 T4) = 1.005(1200 600)
Tm2 =

h 4 h l C P T4 T1
=520.4 K = 603 kJ/kg
s 4 s1 T4
C P ln Tmin
T1 th, (rp)opt = 1
(m f ) Tmax
CV, comb
0 300
= 1 50%
m a a
(m m f ) 1200
Cpa, T2 Cpa, T3
Energy balance:
m f CV comb m
a CPa T2 m a CPa T3
a
m
m
f CV comb a CPa T3
CPa T2 m
f
m f
m
AFR CPa T2 CV comb (AFR)CPa T3
AFR1482.5+420000.9 = AFR11148
AFR = 56.56:1
268 0.35

293 268 W
Chapter- 12 Wmin = 33 W
Refrigeration
03. Ans: (c)

01. Ans: (a) Sol: T
2
Sol: T
3
3 800KPa 4 1
31.31C 2
S
18.77C 1 Ideal vapour compression means the

4
compression starts from dry and saturated
S vapor line.
P1 = 140 kPa, P2 = 800 kPa P1 = 120 kPa, P2 = 800 kPa

From steam table h1 = 236.97 kJ/kg
h2 = hg = 267.29 kJ/kg h3 = h4 = 95.47 kJ/kg
h3 = hf = 95.49 kJ/kg Net refrigeration effect (NRE) = 32 kW
QR = h2h3 r h 1 h 4
=m
= 267.29 95.49 = 171.82 r 0.23kg / sec
m
QR T2
COP HP
W T2 T1 04. Ans: (d)
171.82 273 31.31 r 0.193kg / sec
Sol: m

W 273 31.31 273 18.77 s1 = s2 = 0.93 kJ/kgK
W = 28.54 kJ/kg After compression the refrigerant is in super
heated state with entropy = 0.93 at a pressure
02. Ans: (b) 1.2 MPa
Sol: For minimum required power input condition h1 = 251.88 kJ/kg.K
the efficiency has to be maximum and the h2 = 278.27 kJ/kg,
maximum efficiency is the Carnot efficiency. h3 = 117.73 kJ/kg
COP Carnot Re frigerator T2 Q
2 r h 2 h 3 30.98 kW
Heat supply = m
T1 T2 W
05. Ans: (b) 08. Ans: (b)

Sol: h3 = 107.32 kJ/kg = h4 at 1 MPa Sol:
T 2

250kPa
h4 = h f 4 x h g 4 h f 4 3
100kPa 1
107.32 = 22.49 + x (226.97 22.49)
4
Dry fraction of liquid, x = 0.4 S
Mass fraction of liquid = 1x = 0.6
For Helium, = 1.67
06. Ans: (d) 0.2 kg/sec, T1 = 100C = 263 K
m
Sol: T 2 P2 250
Pressure ratio, rp 2 .5
P1 100
3
1.2 MPa
T2 T1 rp
1 0.67
263 2.51.67
4 1
0.32 MPa
379.84K
s
T3 293
h3 = 117.71 kJ/kg at 1.2 MPa T4 = 202.87 K
r
1 0.67
p
2.5 1.67
h1 = 251.8 kJ/kg at 0.32 MPa
h2 = 278.27 kJ/kg C P T2 T1
WC m
h h 4 251.8 117.71
COP 1 5.07 R
h 2 h1 278.27 251.8 m
T2 T1
M 1
0.2 1.67 8.314
07. Ans: (a) 379.84 263
T 41.67 1
Sol: 2
= 121 kW
3
R
1 WE m
T3 T4
M 1
4
S 0.2 1.67 8.314
= (293 202.87)
4 1.67 1
T3 308K
= 93.3 kW
T3 308
T4
r
1 0.4
p
280 1.4 Wnet = WC WE

80 = 121 93.3 = 27.7 kW
T4 = 58C
09. Ans: (d) WC(kW) = 0.402 28.92 = 11.62 kW

Sol: 2 NRE 15 3.517
T COP 4.54
WC 11.62
3 800
1 11.
4 120
Sol:
S T
h1 = 241 kJ/kg 2
80C
h2 = 286.69 kJ/kg 2
3 1200
h4 = h3= 95.47 kJ/kg 49.31C
4
h h 4 NRE 45C
COP 1 = 3.2
h 2 h1 WC 21.910C
140
1
5
S
10. T2 = 80C
Sol: h 2 = 230.4 kJ/kg
T
2
h4 = h3 CP(T3T4) = 79.9 kJ/kg
3 9.6bar
h4 = h5, C PL = 1 kJ/kgK
4 2.19bar 1 h1 = 177.87 kJ/kg

S
r 0.2kg / sec
m
h3 = h4 = 64.6 kJ/kg , h1 = 195.7 kJ/kg
s1 s2 0.7102 kJ/kgK
3
v1 = 0.082 m /kg
h4 = h3 C PP (T3 T4)
n = 1.13
r h 1 h 4
NRE (kW) = 3.517 15 = m = 84.21 1(49.31 45)
r 0.402 Kg / sec
m = 79.9 kJ/kg
n 1
r h 1 h 5
NRE m
n P n
WC kJ / kg P1v1 1
2
n 1 P1 0.2177.87 79.9 kJ / kg

19.59kW
1.131

1.13 9 . 6 1.13 r h 2 h 1
WC m
219 0.082 1
1.13 1 2.19
0.2230.398 177.87 10.5kW
= 28.92 kJ/kg
NRE 19.59
COP 1.86
WC 10.5
T W 10 0 C
Chapter- 13
Thermodynamic Relations
Heat gained by water = Heat lost in condenser
m r h 2 h 4
w C Pw TW m 01. (b) 02. (a) 03. (d) 04. (c) 05. (a)
w 4.187 10 = 0.2(230.9 79.9)
m 06. (c) 07. (d) 08. (c) 09. (d) 10. (d)
w = 0.718 kg/Sec
m
s1 = s2 = 0.7102 kJ/kgK
Chapter- 14
At 800 C, h = 230 kJ/kg,
Reciprocating Compressors
s = 0.754 kJ/kgK
At 700C h = 214.8 kJ/kg
01. (b) 02. (a) 03. (a) 04. (c) 05. (d)
and s = 0.7060 kJ/kgK
06. (b) 07. (c) 08. (d) 09. (a) 10. (b)
At s = 0.7102 kJ/kgK, h = ?
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (d)
By interpolation method h = h2
= 216.2 kJ/kg
Ws c h 2 h 1
Compressor
Wact h 2 h 1
216.2 177.87
= 0.72%
230.4 177.87
Machine Design
03. Ans: (a)
Chapter- 1 Sol: G = 0.8 103 MPa
Static Loads
T1 G1

J1 l1
01. Ans: (d)
4905.33 10 3 0.5 10 3
Sol: t = 0.2 mm, d = 25 mm, 1

80 4 0.8 10 5
E = 100 GPa 32
M E b = 7.62103 radian

I R y 180
= 7.62103 = 0.436 degrees
0 .2
100 10 3
2
b 800 MPa
25 04. Ans: (b)

2 Sol:
b
120 kN d 120 kN
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: T1 T2
0.5 m 1m P = 120 kN, t = 13 mm
120 103
75 MPa
T (b d) t
T = T1 + T2 120 10 3
75
(b 22) 13
= 1 = 2
b = 145 mm
T1l1 T2 l 2

GJ 1 GJ 2
05. Ans: (c)
7358 1 Sol: d = 17.5mm,
T1 4905.33 Nm
1.5
cp 330 MPa
7358 0.5
T2 2452.66 Nm Su = 140 MPa
1.5
Maximum shear stress
330 17.5 2 17.5 t 140
4
16 T1 16 4905.33 10 3
= 48.8 MPa t = 10.3 mm
d 3 80 3

06. Ans: (b) 10. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: The reaction force acting on the pin
500 mm
R 2.25 2 1.875 2 2.928 kN
1 mm R = Pressure (Projected area of the pin)
Bending equation : = 6.5 (d1 l1) = 6.5 (d1 2 d1)
M b E ( l1 2d 1 )

I y R
2.928 103 = 6.5 2 d 12
3
Ey 210 10 0.5
b 210MPa d1 = 15 mm
R 500
11. Ans: (a)

07. Ans: (a)
Sol: d = 250 mm, r = 125 mm,
I
Sol: M b Pulley
y
210 15 13
= 525N-mm = 0.525N-m Bearing
0.5 12
750 mm
08. Ans: (b)

Sol: Force applied on the bar T1 T2
T1
= 95 100 t N 3
T2
Maximum stress induced
T2 = 900 N
Force
=
Minimum area T1 = 900 3 = 2700 N
95 100 t Torque supplied to the shaft is given by

100 MPa
(100 5) t T = (T1 T2) r = (2700 900) 25
= 225 kN-mm
09. Ans: (c) 750
Bending moment = T1 T2
Sol: By taking moment of force about the axis of 2
fulcrum 750
= 1800 675 kN mm
2.25 1.25 = P 15 2
P = 1.875 kN

: 241 : Machine Design
12. Ans: (a) 14. Ans: (b)

Sol: d = 30mm, t = 3mm Sol: Fc = mr2
Outer diameter = 30 + 2 t 300 2 10,000
2
= 0.2
= 30 + 2 3 = 36mm 1000 60
Speed ratio = 4:1 = 65797.36 N
60 10 10 3 Load
T 190.985 Nm Shear Stress, = Double shear
2000 Area
2
4 5797.36
Shear stress = = 130 MPa
T
2 18 2
J r 4
16 190.985 10 3 15. Ans: (b)
= = 40.27MPa
36 4 30 4

36 16. Ans: (b)
Sol: The shear resistance of the plate
13. Ans: (b)
Ps 2 d2
4
load
Sol:
area 300 103 = 2 d 2 55
4
Pavg A piston
d = 59 mm 60 mm
A pin
150 103 = b 15 80
1.25 0
10 0.06
6 2
b = 125 mm
2 4
10 10 6
2
d
4
d = 15mm

S ut
max
Chapter- 2 2 2 F.S
Theories of Failure 480 119.68

2 F.S 2
01. Ans: (c) F.S = 4
40 0
Sol: Given
0 30 03. Ans: (c)
1 = 40, 2 = 30 , yt = 350 MPa Sol: = 60 MPa, = 40MPa,
Max shear stress theory Syt = 330 MPa
1 2 Ssy S yt According to maximum principal theory

max
2 FOS 2 FS S yt
1 =
40 30 350 F.S

2 2 FS 2
60 0 60 0
1
2
350
FS =5 2 2
70
30 50 80 MPa
02. Ans: (d) 330
80 F.S 4.125
Sol: d = 50mm, L = 250 mm, P = 235 kN, F.S
Sut = 480 MPa
04. Ans: (b)
Sol: Ft = 48 kN Syt = 200 MPa
235 kN
FS = 18 kN FS = ?
Since bolts are made of ductile material, so
250mm
we can use maximum shear stress theory
According maximum shear stress theory 48 10 3

80 MPa
600
1 2 S yt
max
2 2 F.S 18 10 3
30 MPa
x = & y = 0 and xy = 0 600
2 2
235 10 3 80
119.68 MPa max 2 30 2
2 2
50 2
4
= 50 MPa
According to maximum shear stress theory According max shear stress theory
Ssy Ssy
max 15.09 =
F.S F.S
S yt Sy
max 15.09 =
2 F.S 2 FS
200 260
50 F.S = 2 FS = 8.62
2 F.S 2 15.09
05. Ans: (d) 06. Ans: (c)

Sol: Given thin cylindrical shell Sol: t = 200 MPa = 1
di = 4.6 m, p = 0.210 MPa
c = 100 MPa = 2
t = 16 mm, Syt = 260 MPa
Syt = 500 MPa
Fs = ?
Tresca theory
pd 0.21 4.6 10 3 S yt
h 1 2
2t 2 16 max
2 2 FS
pd 0.21 4.6 10 3 200 (100) 500
l 15.09 MPa
4t 4 16 2 2 FS
h = 1= 30.18 MPa FS = 1.666 = 1.67
t = 2 = 15.08 MPa
3 = 0 07. Ans: (b)
1 2 Ssy
2 Sol: max
FS
1 S yt
max Max. of
max
2 2 FS
2
2 2

But max b 2
30.18 15.08 2
7.55
2 2
55
30.18 0 = (31.5) 2 = 41.81
i.e., 15.09 2
2
15.08 S yt 284
7..54 FS = 3.39
2 2 max 2 41.81
max = 15.09
08. Ans: (a) 103 360

202 3 152
Sol: FT = 20kN, Fs = 15kN A 3
Syt = 360 MPa, Fs =3 A = 273.22 mm2 = (/4) d2
d=? d = 18.65mm
FT 20 10 3
N / mm 2
A A 09. Ans: (b)
FS 15 103 Sol:
N / mm 2
A A F A T F
T
2

1 & 2 2
2 2
S yt A
12 22 1 2
FS
According to distortion energy theory
2

1 2 max R FS = 2, Syt = 310 MPa,
2 2 2 2
F = 40 kN ,
2
d = 20 mm, T=?
R 2
2
According to Distortion Energy Theory
eq 12 22 1 2
S yt
2 2 2 3 2
FS
R R R R
2 2 2 2 F 40
= 127.32 MPa
2

2
d 20 2
eq 3R 2 4 4
2
2 2
310
2
127.32 2
3 2

eq 3 2
2 2 = 51.03 MPa
S yt 16T
eq 2 3 2
Fs d 3
16T
2 2 51.03
20 103 15 103 360 203
3
A A 3 T = 80157.73 Nmm = 80.157 Nm

10. Ans: (b) 2

127.32 127.32
Sol: 1 = 100 MPa, 2 = 60 MPa (12.73)
2
2 2
Maximum working stress according to
128.58 MPa
distortion energy theory is
12 22 1 2 Minor principal stress
2
100 2 60 2 100 60 127.32 127.32
2 (12.73)
2
87.17 MPa 2 2
= 1.26 MPa
11. Ans: (b) According to Trescas theory of failure
Sol: P = 5 kN , d = 10 cm= 0.1 m Ssy S yt 1 2

Torque, T = 5 103 0.5 FS 2 FS 2
Syt = 425 MPa 425 128.58 1.26

FS 2
FS = 3.27
Bending moment
M = 5 103 2.5 = 12500 Nm
12. Ans: (a)
Sol: d = 7.5 cm M = 250 Nm
16T 16 2.5 10 3
= T = 420 N-m Syt = 3800 N/cm2
d 3 (0.1) 3
32M 32 250 10 2
2
= 12732395 N/m = 12.73 MPa b
d 3 (7.5) 3
= 603.6 N/cm2
Maximum bending stress
16T 16 420 10 2
32M 32 12500
b d 3 (7.5) 3
d 3 (0.1) 3
= 507.03 N/cm2
= 127323954 N/m2
2
= 127.32 MPa 603.6 603.6
1 (507.03)
2
2 2
Major principal stress = 891.82 MPa
2 2
b 603.6 603.6
1 b 2 2 (507.03)
2
2 2 2 2
= 288.2 MPa

According to maximum shear stress Theory 16

max Te
1 2 Ss y S yt d 3

2 FS 2 FS Te = Equivalent Torque = M2 T2
3800
891.82 + 288.2 = 1250 2 403.49 2
F.S
Te = 1313.5 Nm
F.S = 3.22
16Te
max 104.5MPa
d 3
13. Ans: (c)
Applying MSST
Sol: 10103 N
S yt
max
2 FS
S yt
0.5m FS =2
2 max
5103N 5103N
M=1250 N-m
14. Ans: (a)
Sol: Syt = 200 N/mm2
d = 40 mm, P = 30 kW , N = 710 rpm, FS = 2.5
L = 500 mm, W = 10 kN, Syt = 420 MPa d
=2
b
FS = ? (MSST)
2NT
S yt 200
Power = = b = = 80 MPa
60 FS 2.5
b2b
3
60 P 30 10 3 60 bd 3
T I= = = 0.66b4
2N 2 710 12 12
T = 403.49 N-m Maximum Bending moment,
10 500 M = 5 1500 + 5 500
M 1250 N m
2 2 = 10000 103N-mm
2
M 10 7 d
max b 2 80 = y =
2 I 0.66b 4 2
32M 16T
2 2 10 7 2b
3 3 80 = 4

d 2 d 0.66b 2
16 b = 57.42 mm
max M2 T2
d 3
15. Ans: (b) For M = 5 kN-m and T = 6 kN-m

Sol: x = 100 MPa y = 40 MPa, Te = 5 2 6 2 = 7.81 kN-m
= 40 MPa maxFS = constant
2
100 40 100 40 16 7.81 FS 16 14.14 1.5
= 40
2
= =
2 2 d 3 d 3
FS = 2.7
1 = 70 + 30 2 40 2 = 120 MPa
2 = 70 30 2 40 2 = 20 MPa
According Distortion Energy Theory

S yt
12 22 1 2
FS
360
120 2 20 2 120 20 =
FS
FS = 3.23
16. Ans: (b)

Sol: T = 10 kN-m
M = 10 kN-m
Equivalent torque, Te = 10 2 10 2
= 14.14 kN-m
16Te 16 14.14
max = =
d 3
d 3
According to Maximum shear stress theory

S sy
max =
FS
16 14.14 Ssy
=
d 3 1.5
16 14.14 1.5 108.02
Ssy = =
d 3 d3
Se = 0.5 Sut
Chapter- 3 = 0.5440 = 220MPa
Fluctuating Loads Se = 0.670.850.90.897 Ke Se
Kf = Actual stress concentration modifying factor
01. Ans: (c)
Kf = 1 + q(Kt 1)
Sol: Given:
= 1 + 0.8(1.37) = 2.096
b = 50mm , d = 10mm
Ke = Stress concentration modifying factor
t = 10mm , = 62.5 MPa
1 1
Area, A = (bd)t = = = 0.48
Kf 2.096
= (50 10)10 = 400mm2
Se = 48.63MPa
F
max = For completely reverse load
A
m = 0
F = max A
16 10 3
= 62.5 400 = 25000 N a
50 10t
F = 25 kN
400
a = N/mm2
t
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given: a m 1
Here m 0
S e S ut F.S S ut
Su = 440 MPa q = 0.8
Ka = 0.67 Kb = 0.85 Se 48.63 400
a =
Kc = 0.9 Kd = 0.897 F.S 1 .5 t
Kt = 2.37 F.S = 1.5 t = 12.3mm
t = 12mm
Goodmans equation
a m 1 03. Ans: (b)

S e S ut F.S Sol: F = 50 kN, Sut = 300 MN/m2
S 'e = 200 MN/m2 , Kt = 1.55, q = 0.9
Se = Endurance strength of standard M=?
specimen under ideal conditions. Kf = 1 + q(Kt 1)
Se = Modified endurance strength = 1 + 0.9(1.55 1) = 1.495
1 ' 200
Se = Se = 133.779
Se = Ka Kb Kc Kd Se Kf 1.495

Similarly
M 37.5mm 25mm M 2 max = 175MPa, 2 min = 25MPa
50 kN 50 kN 175 25
3.75mm 2m = = 100MPa
2
F 150
Mean stress, m = 2a = = 75MPa
A 2
F 50 10 3 According to Soderbergs equation
= = 101.85 MPa
2 a m
d (25) 2
1
4 4
S e S ut F.S
32 M 32 M
Stress amplitude, a
d 3
(25) 3 Here,
According to Goodmans equation Se = Ka Kb . S'e
a m 1 1
= 250 =135 N/mm2
S e S ut FS 1.85
32M 101.85 According DET
1
(25) 3
300 S yt
133.779 meq 12 22 1 2
F.S
M = 135.5 N-m
meq = 12m 22 m 1m 2 m
04. Ans: (b) = 86.6MPa
Sol: Given: aeq = 12a 22a 1a 2 a
1 = 50MPa to +150MPa
= 90.14MPa
2 = 25MPa to 175MPa
Substituting these values in Soderbergs
Sut = 500MPa , Se= 250MPa equation
Kt = 1.85
90.14 86.6 1

1 max = 150 MPa, 1min = 50MPa 135 500 F.S
1 max 1 min F.S = 1.2
1mean =
2
150 50 Linked Answer Questions 05 & 06
= =50 MPa
2
05. Ans: (a) & 06. Ans: (c)
150 50
1a = = 100MPa Sol: Given:
2
Sut = 630MPa
Se = 0.22 Sut for 106 cycles 07. Ans: (a)

Sf= 0.9Sut at 103 cycles Sol: Given that 1 = 0.85, 2 = 0.12, 3 = 0.03
L = 25,000 cycles L1 = 128798, L2 = 37770, L3 = 4865
1 = 0.5 1 2 3 1
=
2 = 0.3 L1 L 2 L 3 L
3 = 0.2 0.85 0.12 0.03 1

Sf1 = 225MPa 128798 57770 4865 L
Sf2 = 145MPa Life of component
L = 62723 million rev.
We know that
08. Ans: (a)
A = Sf LB
Sol: d = 50 mm
= 0.9 Sut 103B .. (1)
Tmax = 2 kN-m
A = 0.22 Sut 106B (2)
Tmin = 0.8 kN-m
By solving (1) & (2), we get
A = 2319, B = 0.203 Ssy = 225 MPa,
FS = ? (Soderberg)
2319 = Sf L0.203
Sse = 150 MPa
2319 = 225 L01.203 2 (0.8)
4 Ta 1.4 kN m
L1 = 9.310 cycles 2
A = 2319, B = 0.203 2 0.8
Tm 0.6 kN m
2319 = Sf L0.203 2
2319 = 145 L02.203 16 Tm 16 0.6 10 6
m 24.446 MPa
L2 = 8.04105 cycles d 3 (50) 3
1 2 1 3 16 Ta 16(1.4) 10 6
a 57.04 MPa
L1 L2 L3 L d 3 (50) 3
0.5 0.3 0.2 1 a m 1

9.3 10 4
8.04 10 5
L3 25,000 S e S yt FS
L3 = 5.83103 a m 1

2319 = Sf LB Sse Ssy FS
2319 = Sf (5.83103)0.203 24.446 57.04 1

Sf = 400 MPa 225 150 FS
FS = 2.04

09. Ans: (c) eq= 2 3 2

Sol: L1= 10 hours
meq 2m 3 2m 3 36.5 2
N1 = 9.8 hours
N2 = 8.2 hours 63.21 MPa
L2 = ? aeq a2 3 a2 130 2 3(20.5) 2
According to Minors Equation = 134.76 MPa

According to Goodmans equation,
N1 N 2
1 aeq meq
L1 L 2 1

Se S ut Fs
9.8 8.2
1
10 L 2 134.76 63.21 1
FS 1.54
224.4 1400 FS
L2 = 410 hours
12. Ans: (d)

Common Data for Questions 10 & 11
Sol: Sf1 = 500 MPa N1 = 10 cycles
5
10. Ans: (c) L1 = 1 10 cycles
Sf2 = 600 MPa, N2 = 5 cycles
11. Ans: (d) L2 = 0.4 105 cycles
Sol: max = + 130 MPa Sf3 = 700 MPa, N3 = 3 cycles
min = 130 MPa L3 = 0.15 10 cycles 5
1 1 1 2 3 1
Kd
K f 1 0.95(1.85 1) L1 L 2 L L
Se = Ka...... S 'e N1 10
1 = =
0.76 0.85 0.897
1
(0.5 1400)
N1 N 2 N 3 18
1 0.95(1.85 1)
10 5 3 1

= 224.411 MPa 181 10 180.4 10 180.15 10 L
5 5 5
For a completely reversed,

m = 0 a = 130 MPa L = 42352.94 Cycles
57 16 1
m = 36.5 MPa For 18 cycles 60
2 2
57 16 42352.94 cycles ? L
a 20.5 MPa
2 L = 19.6 hrs

13. Ans: (c)

Chapter- 4
14. Ans: (a) Riveted Joints
Sol: Se = 280 MPa 01. Ans: (b)
3
Sf = 0.9 Sut for 10 Cycles d
Sol: Given 0.5
Su = 600 MPa p
N = 103 cycles Sf = ?
Basquins equation,
F p F
A = Sf LB Tearing
Area
A = 280(106)B (1)
A = (0.9600)103B pd
3B Tearing efficiency =
A = 540 10 (2) p
d
By solving p1
p
=
A = 1041.42 p
B = 0.095 d
0.095 = 1 = 1 0.5
1041.42 = SfL p
1041.42 = Sf (200103)0.095 = 0.5 100 = 50%
Sf = 326 MPa
02. Ans: (d)
1041.42 = 420 L0.095
L = 1.4 104 cycles Sol: Resultant Force F12 F22
4 2 32
= 5 kN
F
F1 F2 F 2F2 2 3 6 kN
2
F 5000
Stress
2 500
= 10 MPa
F L
C
r r22
1
2
As r1 and r2 not given, so it is not possible to

calculate eccentricity (L).

Common Data Question (03, 04, 05) 05. Ans: (c)

Sol: Crushing Strength
Given d = 30 mm
PC = d t c
t = 40MPa = 40N/mm2
= 30 12.5 55
P = 90mm
= 20625 N
2
s = 30MPa = 30 N/mm Tearing Strength
t = 12.5 mm Pt = (p d)t t
2
c = 55MPa = 55N/mm = (90 30) 12.5 40 = 30,000 N
Shear Strength
03. Ans: (b) PS = 21206 N , P = 45000 N
pd
Sol: Tearing Efficiency = Strength of riveted joint
p
Least value among PC , Pt & PS
90 30 60 =
= = P
90 90
20625
2 0.458 = 45.8%
= 100 45000
3
Tearing = 66.67% 06. Ans: (c)
Sol: Given t = 7mm
04. Ans: (b) s = 60MPa = 60N/mm2
Sol: Strength of Riveted plate = P = ptt c = 120 MPa = 120N/mm2
P = 90 12.5 40
n = 3 (Triple riveted joint)
= 45000 N

Shearing Resistance, PS = n d2 s
4
2
PS = d t 2
4 =3 d 60 141.4d 2 N ...(1)
4

Ps = 302 30 PC = n d t c = 3 d 7 120
4
= 2520d N .. (2)
= 21206N
From equations (1) & (2)
P 21206
Shear efficiency = S 141.4 d2 = 2520d
P 45000
2520
= 0.47= 47% d= 17.8 18mm
141.4

07. Ans: (d) Shear strength = crushing strength

Sol: Given: 2 Ssy S yc
d = d t
t = 7mm, 4 FS FS
n=3 150
d = 6 4
t = 80MPa = 80N/mm2 75
d = 15.27 mm.
s = 60 MPa = 60N/mm2
c = 120 MPa = 120N/mm2
09. Ans: (c)
Let p = pitch of rivets,
Sol: Given
d = 18mm
P = 2500 kPa = 2.5N/mm2
Tearing resistance is
D = 1.6 m = 1600 mm
Pt = (p d)t t
d = 34.5 mm
= (p 18)7 80
s = 60 MPa = 60N/mm2
= 560(p 18) N . (1)
D2P
No of rivets, n =
Ps d 2 s d 2 s
4
16002 2.5
182 60 3 = 45804 N .. (2)
4 34.52 60
From equations (1) and (2) = 89 .6 90
560(p18) = 45804 n = 90
p = 99.79
p 100 mm 10. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given:
08. Ans (a) s = 100MPa = 100N/mm2
S yt d = 20 mm, n=4
Sol: = 90 N/mm2
FS Direct shear load on each rivet
Ssy P P
= 75 N/mm2 PS 0.25P
FS n 4
S yc PA = PB = PC = PD = PS
= 150 N/mm2
FS All dimensions are in mm

Resultant load on rivet C,

FD
PSD RC = PS FC = 0.25P 0.05P = 0.2P
D
Resultant load on rivet D,
FC RD = PS FD = 0.25P 0.15P = 0.1P
200 D PSC
C RA is the maximum shear load
200 C
F 2
FB
B PSB
0.40P = d s
200 B 4
A
FA
0.4P = 202 100 31420
PSA 4
A
31420
From fig P= 78.55 kN 78 kN
0.4
lA = lD = 200 + 100 = 300 mm
lB = lC =100 mm
11. Ans: (b)
[ Secondary shear loads are proportional to
Sol: Tensile load (Ft)
their radial distances from the C.G ]
= (p d)t t
F

P e = B l 2A l 2B l c2 l 2D
lB
= (6020) 15 120 = 72000N
= 72 kN
F
lB

= B 2 l 2A 2l 2B ( lA = lD & lB = lc )
Shear Load (Fs) = d 2 20 2 90
4 4
P 100 =
100
F
2 300 2
2 100 2 = 28274.33 N = 28.274 kN
FB 0.05 P FC Crushing load (Fc) = d t c

= 20 15 160
Pe=
FA 2
lA

l A l 2B l c2 l 2D
= 48000 N = 48 Kn
FA = FB = 0.15 P
Resultant load on rivet A Load carrying capacity (F)
RA = Ps + FA = 0.25P + 0.15P = 0.4P = Minimum of (Ft,Fs& Fc)
Resultant load on rivet B, = 28.274 kN
RB = PS + FB = 0 .25P + 0.05P
= 0.3P

Linked Answer Questions 12 & 13:

Chapter- 5
Threaded Fasteners
12. Ans: (a)
Sol: No. of Rivets = 2
01. Ans: (b)
4
Primary shear load P1 = = 2 kN Sol: Given d = 24 mm
2
Fi = 2840d = 284024
Per
Secondary shear load P2 = 2 1 2
r1 r2 Fi
t
2
4 103 1.8 0.2 0.2 dc
= 4
0.2 2 0.2 2
Here, dc = 0.84d dc = 0.84 24
= 20000 N = 20 kN
2840 24
t

13. Ans: (b) (0.84 24) 2
4
Sol: t 213.529 MPa
P1
P1
CG P2 02. Ans: (c)

P r1 r2 Q Sol: Given
d = 36mm
P2 dc = 0.84 d = 0.8436
F.S = 1.5
Syt = 280MPa
Resultant load on Rivet P = P2 P1
s yt 280
= 18 kN t =
F .s 1.5
Resultant shear stress on Rivet P

P= d c2 t
4
18 10 3
= = 159 MPa

12 2 = 0.84 362 280
4 1.5
4
= 134066 N
P = 134 kN

03. Ans: (d) Syt = 300MPa

Sol: Given pitch = 4mm n =8
2
Torque (T) = 1.4 kN-mm
Fb = Load (P) =
4
D P
Work done = force distance

Forcedistance = Torque Angle of rotation 2502 1.2
= 4 = 7363.1 N
F4 = T n
1.4 2 Fb S yt
F= = 2.199 kN = 2.2 kN t =
4 A b F.S
04. Ans: (d) 7.36 10 3 300

Ab 5
Sol: Given
F = 5.3 kN , C = 0.25 , P = 9.6 kN Ab = 122.66 mm2
Fb = CP +Fi
07. Ans: (d)
= (0.25) (9.6) + (5.3)
Sol: Given,
Fb = 7.7 kN
D = 500mm
05. Ans: (c) n=8
Sol: Km = 4Kb P = 20 bar = 2 MPa
Kb Km = 3Kb
C= =0.2
Kb Km Kb 1
c 0.25
K b K m 4
To open the joint
(1C)P = Fi To avoid leakage
P 1 1 Load (P) = Pr A
= = 1.25
Fi 1 C 1 0.2
2 5002
= 4 = 49 kN
06. Ans: (b) 8
Sol: Given For leak proof joint Fm 0
D = 250mm Fi = (1 C) P
Pressure = 12bar = 1.2 MPa Fi = (1 0.25) 49 = 36.75 kN 37 N
F.S = 5

Linked Answer Q 08 & 09 S yt

CP A b Fi
FS
08. Ans: (d) 650
Sol: Syt = 650 MPa CP 115 59800
1
A = 115 mm2 CP = 14950
6
Km = 1.710 N/mm , 14950
5 2 P 59800 N = 59.8 kN 60 kN
Ecu = 1.0510 N/mm 0.25
Esteel = 2105 N/mm2
Fi = 0.8SytA = 0.8 650 115 = 59800 N Linked Answer Q 10 & 11
For bolt,
10. Ans: (b)
P Pb A E
Kb = b = b b
b Pb .l b lb 11. Ans: (a)
AbEb Sol: Given
115 2 10 5 d = 20mm , Syt = 630MPa
= = 5.75 105 N/mm
20 20 Se = 350MPa, F.S = 2.5
Where, lb = t1 + t2 = 20 + 20 = 40 mm Core area of bolt = 2.45cm2 = 245mm2
Kb m = 180MPa
Stiffness factor C = = 0.25
Kb Km Soderbergs criterion
a m 1

09. Ans: (a) Se S yt F.s
Sol: Safe external load that can be applied safely
a 180 1
on the joint
350 630 2.5
(1C)P Fi = 0 a 1 180

(1 0.25)P = 59800 N 350 2.5 630
P = 79733 N = 79.733 kN a = 40MPa
For strength For calculating maximum & minimum
Fb S yt values of varying loads.
t =
A FS max = mean a 180 40 220 MPa
S yt A b
Fb Pmax = maxArea = 220245 = 54 kN
FS
min = mean a 180 40 140 MPa
S yt A b
CP Fi Pmin = minArea = 140245 = 34 kN
FS

12. Ans: (b) 2 S yt

8.498103 = d
2 F.s
Sol: Load (p) = Pressure Area 4
d = 12.74mm 13mm
P = 2 250 2 = 98174.77 N
4
C = 0.1 , n = 12 14. Ans: (a)
For leak proof joint (1C)P Fi = 0 Sol: n = 4
0.9 98174.77 P = 10 kN
Fi = = 7363.10 N
12 Syt = 400N/mm2
Fi = 2840d FS = 6
d = 2.5 mm dc = 0.8d
Using Rankine theory
13. Ans: (b) PA = CL2 (tensile load)
2
Sol: F.S = 3 , Syt = 400 N/mm , P = 5 kN PL
= L2
Direct shear load
2 L L22
2
1
10 550
= 325 = 8 kN
PS1 250

2 75 2 325 2
5kN
PS2 P
75 Pdirect = 2.5 kN = PA = PB
4
PS3
75 Bolt A is subjected to maximum load
PS1
Rankine Theory
Total Tensile load on bolt = PA+ PA
5
Ps = =1.67 kN = 8+ 2.5 = 10.5kN
3
Secondary shear Load, PS1 F S yt
t
5 250 2 FS
= 75 8.3kN dc
75 02 752
2 4
10.5 400
Resultant Load (R) = PS2 PS21
2 6
dc
4
= 1.67 2 8.32
dc = 14.16
= 8.498 kN
dc
S d 17.7 18mm
0 .8
R d 2 sy [Syt = 2 Ssy]
4 F.s

15. Ans: (c) According to Rankine Theory

Sol: Given S yt
1
n=4, P = 5 kN FS
2
Syt = 380N/mm 2292.22 380

F.S = 5 , dc = 0.8d A 5
PtA = KL2 = (Tensile) 2
A = 30.16 mm2 = dc
PL 4
= L2
2L L22
2
1 dc = 6.196 mm
5 250 6.196
375 d= = 7.745 mm

2 75 2 375 2 0.8
= 1.6 kN
P 5 16. Ans: (a)
Pshear = = 1.25 kN
4 4 Sol: No of bolts = 4
Direct shear load, F
Primary shear force (P1) = N= 0.25 F
P 4
PSA = PSB = = 1.25 kN
4 Secondary shear force
Bolts at A is under maximum bending F e r1
P2 =
r r22 r32 r42
1
2
Rankine Theory r1 r2 r3 r4 75 2 75 2 = 106.06 mm

PSA 1.25 10 3 F 150 106.06
P2 = =0.3535F N
A A 4 106.06
2
2
A= dc = Least angle between P1and P2
4
75
Pt A
1.6 10 3 = Cos 1 = 45
t 106.06
A A
Here bolt B and C are the most loaded and
weakest. So design for bolt B and C.
2
t
1 t 2xy
2 2 Resultant shear force
2
1.6 10 3 1 1.6 10 3 R= P12 P22 2 P1 P2 cos
1
2A

A

2
1.25 10 3 2
= 0.25F2 0.35F2 2 0.25F 0.3535Fcos45

2292.22
N / mm 2 = 0.5589F
A
Kb K
P1 b = 0.25
P2B K b 3K b 4K b
A P1
P2A B 0.25 5 10 3
r1
a = = 17.07MPa
r2 75mm 2 36.6
P1 r4 75 P1 a = 17MPa
r3
P2C Fi
m = a +
A
D
C
P2D 4.5 10 3
= 17+
36.6
Resultant shear stress m = 140MPa
0.5589F S sy S yt
= = =
FS 2 FS For calculating Factor of safety
20 2
4 Sut = 630 N/mm2
0.5589F 200 Syt = 380N/mm2

2
20 2
Kf = 3
4
Reliability = 50%
F = 56 kN
Se = 0.5 Sut = 0.5630
Common Data Question (Q17& Q18) Se = 315 N/mm2

17. Ans: (a) S Fi
ut
A
Sa =
18. Ans: (d) 1 S ut K

S f
Sol: Given e
Km = 3Kb
630 4.5 10
3

Pmin = 0 = 36.6
630
Pmax = 5 kN 1 3
Fi = 4.5 kN 315
M8 d =8 = 72.4MPa
A = 36.6mm2 72.4 S a
Factor of safety = i.e F.S
CP 17 a
a =
2A = 4.258
Kb F.S = 4.26
Here, C =
Kb Km

04. Ans (a)

Chapter- 6 Sol: Given: d = 60mm , s =10mm,
Welded Joints 70MPa
T T T
= r = r =
01. Ans (b) J 2r t
3
2r 2 t
Sol: Given: s = 10 mm , T
=
= 80 MPa 2r 0.707s
2
P = 0.707 s l T
= 2
d
= 0.70710 10 80 = 5.6kN 2 0.707 s
4
2.83T
02. Ans (c) =
sd 2
Sol: Given , P = 400 kN ,
s = Size of the weld
= 80 MPa
Ssy 70 10 (60) 2
T
P = 2 0.707 s 2.83
FS
= 2797460 N-mm T = 2.797 kN-m
400 1000 = 2 .70710 80 l
400000
l= 05. Ans (a)
1.414 10 80
Sol: t = 10 mm
l = 354 mm
The nearest answer is option (c) d = 15 103 mm
S yt
= 85 MPa
03. Ans: (b) FS
Sol: S = 10 mm, P = 4 kN/cm pd
l = h = = 1
4t
Ssy
Ptransverse = 0.707 S l According to Rankine Theory
FS
S yt
4 kN 1 cm 1 =
FS
180
180 kN = = 45 cm = 450 mm pd
4 = 85
4t
l + 100 + l = 450
p 15 10 3
l = 175 mm = 85
4 10
p = 0.226 MPa

06. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given: D1 t
P = 340kN = 340000N
Ssy D1t
= 80MPa,
FS
Equate (1) & (2)
s =15mm
2 Ssy
P = 0.707s l
Ssy P D 2 D1 t
FS 4 FS
205 4 1.7675
340 10 3 0.707 15 l 80 P= 110
(200) 2
l = 400 mm length of weld adjusted on both
P = 3.9857 MPa
sides i.e., 200 mm on each side.
08. Ans: (a)

07. Ans: (b) 1
Sol: P
Sol: Weld 2 e
S 45
D0
D2 D1 r1 b/2 A
b rmax
b
b
D1 = 205 mm, D2 = 200 mm
D0 = 210 mm, Primary shear stress
Ssy P
= 110 MPa 1 =
FS b t2
210 205 Secondary shear stress
s= = 2.5 mm
2 T
t = 0.707 s = 0.707 2.5 = 1.7675 mm 2 = rmax
J
Force = Pressure Area b
T = P e = P b = 1.5 Pb
2 2
=P D 2 . (1)
4
l2
Ssy J = A r12 2
F = D1t .. (2) 12
FS
A=bt

l=b Ssy
T = 2r2 t
b t FS
r1 = 2
2 2 = 2 25 (0.707 6) 140
b T = 2332161 N-mm
= ( b >> t)
2 = 2332.161 Nm
r1 = distance between two centroids.
rmax = distance from centroid to maximum Linked questions (Q.10 &Q.11)
distance on weld
10. Ans: (a)
b2 b2 2b 3 t
J = b t 2 =
12 4 3 11. Ans: (a)
2 2 Sol: Given:
b b b
rmax = =
2 2 2 75 N / mm 2 , s = 10 mm
P = 200 kN , a = 145 mm

P = 200 10 3 N
T 1.5Pb b 1.59P
2 = rmax =
J 2b t
3
2 bt b = 55mm

3 P = 0.707 s l
Resultant Shear stress 200 10 3 75 0.707 10
= 12 22 21 2 cos 200 10 3
l=
2
P 1.59P
2
P 1.59P
75 0.707(10)
= 2 cos 45
bt 2 bt 2bt bt l = 377.18mm
= Angle between 1 and 2 l b
la =
2 ab
= P 1 1.592 2 1 1.59 cos 45
bt 2 2 377.18 55
= 103.72 mm
1.975P (145 55)
=
bt For calculating force carried by top weld
P = 0.707 s a
09. Ans: (a)
Sol: Given: =140 MPa , s = 6 mm = 75 0.707 10 103.7
d =50 mm , r = 25 mm = 54986.9 N
We know that = 54.9 kN
T P = 55 kN

2 r 2 t

03. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 7 Sol: Given
Sliding Contact Bearings p = pressure in MPa
d = dia of shaft = 10mm
01. Ans: (b) d1 = Dia of bearing = 14mm
Sol: Given: l = length of journal = 16mm
Load W = 3 kN W = load = 88N
d = 40 mm Projected Area = d1 l
2
p = 1.3 MPa = 1.3 N/mm W=pA
W 88 = p 160
Pressure (p) =
ld 88
p=
W 160
l=
pd p = 0.55 MPa
3000
= 04. Ans: (d)
1.3 40
l = 57.69 mm Sol: 2.2 kN
l 300mm l
57.69
= 1.44 1.45 d
d 40 A B
02. Ans: (a) RA 500mm RB
Sol: Given:
1.5
d1 = 75mm d
d2 = 12mm d = 25 mm l = 500 mm
2
p = 0.6 MPa = 0.6N/mm W = 2.2 kN a = 300 mm
2
Area =
4

d 1 d 22 P= ?
MB = 0

A=
4

75 2 12 2 RA 500 = 2.2 300
RA = 1.32 kN
A = 4304.77 mm2 RB = 2.2 kN 1.32 = 0.88 kN
Axial load = p A Bearing pressure,
= 0.6 4304.77 N
RA 1.32 103
= 2582.862 N P 1.408 MPa
d 25 1.5 25
P = 2.58 kN

05. Ans: (a) (Cd) = 2 0.075 = 0.15 mm

Sol: Given: = 0.15 103 m
d = 75 mm , N1 = 300 rpm N = 1000 rpm
2
p1 = 1.4 MPa = 1.4 N/m
Heat dissipated by bearing =90 kJ/min
= 0.06 Pa sec , N2 = 400 rpm
90
p2 = ? H= kW = 1.5 kW
60
1 N 1 2 N 2
Heat generated at the bearing = 1500 W
p1 p2
dN
Since, same oil is used is same I . e. 1 = 2 V=
60
N1 N 2 0.15 1000
=
p1 p2 60
300 400 V = 7.85 m/sec,

1.4 p2 f = coefficient of friction
400 1.4 Load (W) = 9000N
p2 =
300 Heat generated = f .V.W
p2 = 1.87 MPa 1500 = f (7.85) (9000)
1500
f=
06. Ans: (b) 7.85 9000
Sol: Given: Eccentricity ratio, = 0.8 f = 0.021
h0 d 150
=1 1000
C c d 2 0.075
h0 Load
1 0 .8 Pressure (p) =
C ld
h0 9000
0 .2 p= = 0.267MPa
C 0.15 0.225
According to Mckee equation
07. Ans: (a)
N d
Sol: d = 150 mm = 0.15 m f = 0.326 + 0.002
p C d
L = 225 mm = 0.225 mm
Load (W) = 9kN = 9000 N 0.0212 = 0.326 1000 6 1000 0.002
0.267 10
C = 0.075 mm,
= 0.0157 Pa sec
Diametral clearance

08. Ans: (a) Mckees equation

Sol: Given: N d
f = 0.326 K
d = 50 mm , l = 75 mm, f = 0.0015 p c d
p = 2MPa , N = 500 rpm 0.018 3600 0.15
0.0235 0.326 0.002
C = 11.6 W/m2oC , Tr = 28 oC 9000 / 0.3 0.15 C
Heat lost in friction = f WV W W

Here p
A d
dN
= (f) (p l d)
60 C = 7.369 104 m
0.05 500 C = 0.736 mm
= 0.001525075
60 The nearest answer is option (c) i.e. 0.76mm
= 14.72 Nm/sec
14.72 = CA ( Ts Tr) 10. Ans: (a)
14.72 =11.60.050.0758(Ts 28) Sol: Given:
Ts = 70.20C d = 100mm = 0.1 m

l = 120 mm = 0.12 m
09. Ans: (c) N = 1500rpm
Sol: Given: W = 45 kN
ZN
l = 300mm = 0.3 m = 20 106
p
d = 150mm = 0.15 m
Load (W) = 9000N Z = Dynamic viscosity
N = 60rps = 60 60 rpm = 3600rpm d
1000
Cd
= 0.018 Pa sec
Mckees equation
Power lost = heat generated = 6kW
= 6000W ZN d
f = 0.326 K
p C d
Here, W = p A = p d l
f = 0.326 (20 106) (1000) + 0.002
dN
V= f = 0.00852
60
dN 0.11500
Heat Generated = f W V V= = 7.85 m/s
60 60
0.15 3600
6000 = f 9000 Heat generated = fWV
60
Heat generated = 0.00852 45 103 7.85
f = 0.0235
Hg = 3 kW

Linked Answer Question (11 & 12) 13. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given
11. Ans: (a)
W = 150 kN , N = 1800 rpm
12. Ans: (c) d = 300 mm = 0.3 m
Sol: Given: p = 1.6N/mm2 = 1.6 106 Pa
d = 100mm = 0.1m Cd = 0.25, = 20 103 Pa-sec
l = 150 mm = 0.15 mm K = 0.002
W = 4.5 kN = 4500N
N d
N = 600rpm f = 0.326 K
p C d
=18.5103 kg/ms = 0.0185 kg/m s
3
300
Cd = 0.1 = 0.326 20 10 1800
0 . 002
= 0.4 1.6 10
6
0.25
N s d
2 = 0.01
Sommerfeld Number =

p C d Heat generation = 0.01 150 dN
W W = 0.01 150 0.3 1800
Here pressure (p) =
A ld = 2748.7 kJ/min
4500
= = 30 104 N/m2
0.15 0.1 14. Ans: (a)
P = 0.3 MPa Sol: d = 60 mm = 0.06 m
Sommerfeld no S N = 600 rpm , P = 120 kPa
600 f = 0.05
0.0185 2
60 100 For foot step bearing
=
0.3 10 6 0.1 2
Tf F r
= 0.617 3
h0 2
Eccentricity ratio, = 1 0.05 120 10 3 0.06 2 0.03
Cd 3 4

2 Tf = 0.339N-m
h 2NTf
0.4 = 1 0 P
0.1 60

2 2 600 0.339
21.29
60
h0 = 0.03 mm
P = 21.3W

For Ball bearing, K = 3

Chapter- 8 48.545
3
Rolling Contact Bearings L10 =

P
3
L 50 48.545
01. Ans: (d) L10 =
5 P
Sol: 6205 bearing
60 NL H 60 500 6000
C = 10.8 kN L50 = 6
=
10 10 6
6305 series bearing have higher load carrying
= 180 million rev
capacity than 6205 bearing. Hence among 3
the given option 16.2 kN is greater than
L 180 48.545
L10 = 50
5 5 P
10.8kN.
3
48.545
36 =
02. Ans: (b) P
Sol: Given: 6210 bearing P = 14.7 kN
C = 22.5 kN
L = 27 million rev Linked Answer Question (04 & 05)
6 series Ball bearing 04. Ans: (a)
3
C
L10 = 05. Ans: (c)
P
Sol: Fr = 2.5 kN
K = 3 for Ball bearing
Fa = 1.5 kN
3
22.5 Cs = 1.5
27 =
P N = 1000 rpm
11.39 10 3
X = 0.56
P3 =
27 Y = 1.4, V = race rotation factor = 1
P = 7.5 kN Equivalent load (P) = (XVFr + YFa)Cs
V for most bearings = 1
03. Ans: (b)
P = [(0.56 1 2.5) + (1.4 1.5)]1.5
Sol: Given: C = 48.545 kN
P = [11.4 + 2.1]1.5
L = 6000 hrs
P = (3.5)(1.5)
N = 500 rpm
P = 5.25 kN
K K
C c
L10 = L10 =
P P
K = 3 for ball bearing K = 3 for Ball bearing

40 hrs 52 weeks 270 5 3 576 7 3 216 33
13
LH = 5 years
week yr
270 576 216
= 10,400 hrs 1
60 N L H 33750 197568 5832 3

L= =
10 6 1062
60 1000 10,400 237150
13
= =
10 6 1062
L = 624 million revolutions P = 6.067 kN
3
C C
K
L10 = L=
P P
3
C 16.6
3
624 = L=
5.25
6.067
C L = 20.5 million rev
8.545
5.25
C = 44.86 kN
08. Ans: (b)
Sol: P = 2.5 kN
Linked Answer Question (06 & 07)
n1 = 400, 1 = 0.3
06. Ans: (c) N1 = 400 0.3 = 120
07. Ans: (a) P2 = 5 kN
Sol: Given C = 16.6 kN n2 =900
% of element time = 2 = 0.7
30 N2 = 900 0.7 = 630

N1 = 1n1 = 900 = 270
100 hours day
Lh = 8 365 6 years
40 day year
N2 = 2n2 = 1440 = 576
100 60nL H
Lh = 17520 hrs and L10 =
30 10 6
N3 = 3n3 = 720 = 216
100 60 120 630) 17520
L10 =
N = 270 + 576 + 216 = 1062 10 6
1K
N 1 P13 N 2 P23 N 2 P33 = 788.4 million rev.
P =
N N N
1 2 3

1 W = weight of pulley = 1 kN
N P 3 N 2 P23 3
Pe = 1 1 Resultant Radial load of shaft
N1 N 2
1 = 3 1.52 12
1202.53 63053 3
=
120 630

R = 4.61 kN = RA + RB
Pe = 4.75 kN Take MB = 0
3 RA 500 = R 300
C
L=
P 4.61 300
RA =
3 500
C
788.4 = RA = 2.766 kN,
4.75
RB = 1.8436 kN
C = 43.9 kN
Equivalent load
Linked Answer Question (09 to 12) P = [XVFr + FaY]
09. Ans: (b) = (0.56 1 2.76) + (1.5 2)
P = 4.546 kN
10. Ans: (a)
Dynamic load rating
11. Ans: (b) K
C
L10 = , [K = 3 For Ball bearing ]
12. Ans: (a) P
Sol: Given:
60 400 5000
T1 = 3 kN L10 = =120 million rev
10 6
T2 = 1.5 kN 3
C
Fa = 2kN 120 =
W 500 4.55
LH = 5000 hrs
200
X = 0.56 Fr C = 22.44kN
Y = 1.5
RA
RB
T1
T2

T = nW R
Chapter- 9 400 = 4(0.5) (W) 0.125
Clutch Design W = 1600 N
Four springs exert axial load,
01. Ans: (b) 1600
Load per spring = = 400 N
Sol: Given, 4
W = 1000N, n = 2
r1 = 150mm = 0.15mm Linked Answer Question (03 & 04)
r2 =100mm = 0.1mm 03. Ans: (b)
= 0.5 Sol: N = 1000 rpm,
r r 2 = 240 = 120
Mean Radius (R) = 1 2
2
= 0.2, rm = 150 mm, P = 20 kW
150 100
p = 70 kN/m2
2
60P r r
R = 125mm T= = Wnrm = Wn 1 2
2N 2
Torque Transmitted,
T = nWR 6020 1000
T= = 191 N-m
21000
(For both sides effective n = 2)
= 2 0.5 1000 125 191 103 N-mm = 0.2 Wn 150
= 125000 Nmm Wn = 6366.19 N [ Wa = Wn sin ]

T = 125 Nm Wa = 1323.60 N
b
02. Ans: (c)
Sol: Given , = 0.5
Wn
r1 = 150mm = 0.15m
r2 = 100mm = 0.1m
Wa
T = 0.4 kNm = 400 Nm
n1 + n2 = 5, Force required for engagement
n = No. of pairs of contact surface Wae = Wa + Wncos
n = n1+ n2 1 = 5 1 = 4 = 1323.60+[0.26366.19 cos12]
r1 r2 0.15 0.1 Wae = 2.56 kN

R= = = 0.125m
2 2

04. Ans: (b) 07. Ans: (a)

Sol: Wn = p 2rmb Sol: Given
6366.19 = 70 103 2 0.15 b D = 300mm
b = 0.0964 m = 96.4 mm b = 100mm
= 0.2
Linked Answer Questions (5 & 6) = 100
05. Ans: (a) p = 0.07 MPa = 0.07 N/mm2
N = 500 rpm
06. Ans: (a)
Sol: P = 10 kW
b
T = 100 N-m
n=2 r1 r2
r1
pmax = 0.085 MPa
d1 = 1.25d2 r2
r1 = 1.25r2
= 0.3
W r1 r2 We know that
T = n for uniform wear
2 W = 2C(r1r2)
2Cr1 r2 r1 r2 = 2pr(r1r2) ( C = p r)
= 2
2
= 2prbsin (r1 r2 = bsin)
[ W = 2C(r1 r2), C = p1r1 = p2r2]
= 20.07150 (100 sin100)
100 = (0.3)2(0.085)(r2)( r r )
1
2 2
2
W =1146 N
3 2
10010 = (0.3)2(0.085)(r2)[(1.25r2) r ] 2
2 W 1146
Wn = =
r1 = 130 mm, d2 = 208 mm sin sin 10
r2 = 104 mm, d1 = 260 mm Wn = 6599 N
W = 2C(r1 r2)
Force required for engagement
= 2(pmax)(r2)(r1r2)
Wen = Wn(sin+ cos)
= 2(0.085)(104)(130 104)
= 6599(sin10+0.2 cos10)
W = 1.44 kN
Wen = 2445 N

08. Ans: (b) Linked Answer Question (11 & 12)

Sol: Tmax = 140 N-m
d1 = 220 mm, d2 = 150 mm 11. Ans: (b)
Pmax = 0.25 MPa Sol: rm = 125 mm, = 12.50
= 0.3 = 0.2, P = 1.5 bar
r r r r
T = W 1 2 T = Wn 1 2
2 2
r r 300 = 0.2 Wn 0.125
= (2)C(r1r2) 1 2
2 Wn =12 kN
r 2 r22 Wn = Pm 2rm b
= 2 Pmax r2 1
2 12 103 = 1.5 10220.125b

i) T1 = 114 N-m Slip takes place b = 101 mm
ii) T2 = 148 N-m suitable
iii) T3=173 Nm 12. Ans: (c)
Sol: Axial force required to hold the clutch
Linked data for (Q09&10) Wa = Wn sin
Wa = 12sin12.5
09. Ans: (d)
Wa = 2.6 kN
10. Ans: (d)

13. Ans: (d)
Sol: N = 600/ rpm, P = 3kN, = 0.1
Sol: P = 5 kW
r r
rm= 1 2 = 100 mm N = 400 rpm
2
= 0.2
For uniform wear and both sides effective
rm = 600 mm
surfaces
= 14.3
r r
Torque (T) = 2 W 1 2 60 P
2 T
2N
= 2 0.1 3 10 3 100
4 60 5 103
= 6 10 N-mm = 60 N-m = 120 N-m
2 400
600
2 60 T = Wn . rm
P= =1200 W
60 = 120 103 = 0.2 Wn 300
Wn = 1989.4N
Wa 18. Ans: (b)

Wn
Sin
19. Ans: (a)
Wa = Wn. Sin
Sol: r1 = 140mm, r2 = 70 mm
= 1989.4 Sin (14.3)
= 491 N Power = 20 kW, N = 200 rpm, = 0.3
For uniform wear:
Common Data for Q. 14 & 15 C = p1r1= p2r2, pmax = C r2
14. Ans: (c) 60 20 10 3

Torque (T) = = 95.5 N-m
2 2000
15. Ans: (a) r r
T = 2 W 1 2
Sol: N1 = 200 rpm, 2
2N 2 200 140 70
1 = = = 20.95 rad/s 95.5103 = 2 0.3 W
60 60 2
2 = 0
W = 1.515 kN
2 20.95
= 1 = 4.18 rad/s2 W = 2 Cr1 r2
t 5
Torque T = I 1515 = 2 C 140 70
= 20 4.18 = 83.6 N-m W = 2Pmax r2(r1 r2)
= 0.3 1515
Pmax
For uniform pressure, 2 70 70
2 r13 r23 = 0.0492 MPa = 49.2 kPa
T W 2 2 n
3 r1 r2
2 1003 603 1515
83.6103 = 0 .3 W 2 Pmin = 0.0246 MPa
2 2 140 70
100 60
2
3
W = 1706.12 N = 24.6 kPa
W 1515
Pavg
Common data for (Q16 to Q19) 2ravg r1 r2 2 105 70
= 32.8 kPa
16. Ans: (b)
17. Ans: (a)

4 0.3 sin 45 0
=
Chapter- 10 sin 90 0
2
Brakes
0.848
= = 0.329 = 0.33
2.57
Linked Answer Questions (01 & 02)
Common Data Question (04 & 05)
01. Ans: (b)
Sol: MPivot = 0 04. Ans: (c)
300 500 = RN 200 Sol:
150
RN = 750 N
Ft = RN =180 N A B
220 N
T = Ft r All dimensions
T1 T2 in mm
300 3
= 180 10 = 27 N-m
2 50 100 100
02. Ans: (a) T = 450 N =?

2 100 P = 220 N m a = 50
Sol: 1= = 10.47 rad/sec
60 b = 100
2 = 0 Mpivot = 0
Capacity to bring the system to rest from 100 (220 200) (T2 100) + (T1 50) = 0
rpm = work done = Heat generation = T T2 100 50T1 = 220 200 . (1)
2 T = (T1 T2)r
= T 1 t
2 0.150
T = (T1 T2)
= 275.235 5 = 706.725 J 2
T1 T2 = 6000 (2)
03. Ans: (b) From (1) and (2) T1 = 12880 N
Sol: = 0.3 T2 = 6880 N
2 = 900 = /2 rad T1
= e
= 450 T2
Equivalent coefficient of friction
12880
4 sin = e

1 6880
2 sin 2
= 0.199 = 0.2

05. Ans: (a) T2 = 146.17 N, T1 = 513 N

Sol: Torque = (T1 T2) r
150
= (513 146.17) 75 103
A B
220 N = 27.5N-m
All dimensions
T2 T1 in mm
50 100 100
l
a P
We know that
T
ln 1 = T2
T2
Here, = 0.4, as given
r T1
T
ln 1 = 0.4
T2

T
ln 1 = 0.546
T2
(or) 06. Ans: (b)
T1
= e
T2 07. Ans: (c)
Sol: n = 14
T1
= e(0.4 ) 2 = 200 = 100
T2
a = 150 mm , = 0.25
T1
= 3.51. (1) T = 4 kN-m , l = 1 m, d = 1m , P = ?
T2 As end is connected directly
Here when the drum rotates in anti clockwise So it is a simple band brake
direction. T1 will be attached to B and T2 will n
T1 1 tan
be attached to A. i.e. tight side and slack side
T2 1 tan
tensions will be changed.
14
1 0.25 tan 10 0
Taking moments about O =
1 0.25 tan 10
0
220 200 + T2 50 = T1 100..(2)
By solving 1 & 2 T1
= 3.43 . (1)
T2
P l = T1 a 09. Ans: (d)

T = (T1 T2)(r + t) Sol: Energy absorbed, E = T
1 2
4 kN-m = (T1 T2) 0 75 T 1 t
2 2
T1 T2 = 8 kN ......... (2)
2 500

From (1) and (2) 75 T 60 0 0 .4
T1 = 11.27 kN , 2

T2 = 3.27 kN
T = 7.16 Nm
11.27(150)
P= = 1.692 kN
1
Linked Answer Question (10 & 11)
10. Ans: (c)
08. Ans: (b) Sol: T = 800 N-m, r = 0.5 m
Sol: d = 250 mm T = (T1 T2) r
3
= 7200 kg/m
800
t = 20 mm T1 T2 =
0.5
= 0.40 sec
T1 T2 = 1600 N
N = 500 rpm
Energy absorbed by brake But, T2 = 300 N
E=
1
2

I 22 12 T1 = 1900 N
T1 1900
= e = e0.45
2
2 d
I = mK = At T2 300
2 2
2 = 2350

I = 7200 0.252 (0.02) 0.250
4 2 2
11. Ans: (c)
= 0.055 kgm2
N2 = 0 Stop T1 1900
Sol: Pmax =
2
r.W 0.5 0.03
1 2 500
E = 0.05 = 75 J Pmax = 126.67 kPa
2 60


Chapter- 11
12. Ans: (a)
Spur Gear Tooth
13. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given 01. Ans: (b)
d = 320 mm = 0.32 m Sol: Given: Tp = 25
r = 160mm = 0.16m Np = 1200 rpm , NG = 200 rpm

m=4, C =?
= 0.3
mTp TG
F = 600N C=
2
Taking moments about O
TP N G 1200
TG = 25 = 150
600(400 +350) Ft (200160) = RN(350) TG N P 200
600(750) Ft(40) = RN(350) 425 150
C= = 350 mm
450000 RN(40) = RN(350) ( Ft = RN) 2
450000 RN(12) = RN(350) 02. Ans (b)

RN(350) + RN(12) = 45000 Sol: Given , T1 = 19 , T2 = 37
450000 C = 140mm
RN =
362 mT1 T2
C=
RN = 1243N 2
For calculating breaking torque (TB) m19 37

140 =
2
Ft = RN
140 2
m= = 5mm
Ft = 0.3 1243 56
Ft = 372.9N
03. Ans: (c)
TB = Ft r = 372.9 0.16 = 59.664
Sol: m = 80 mm
TB = 60Nm
Face width (w) = 90 mm
Ft = 7.56 kN
Tensile stress = 35 MPa = S
Form factor (y) = ?
Let CV = 1

Ft = SwmyCv P
Ft = = SwmyCv
7.56103 = 35 106908y V
y = 0.3 20 103
= 80106(14m)m 0.0941
d p 300

04. Ans: (a) 60 1000
Sol: P = 9 kW , N = 1440 rpm ( dp = mTp)
d = 100 mm , Ft = ? 20 10 6 60
= 80 140.094m2106
P = Ft V 18 m 300
P 9 10 3 m = 5.98 6
Ft = = 1.19 kN
V 0.1 1440
60 07. Ans (d)
Sol: Given
05. Ans (b) m = 8mm , = 141/20
Sol: P = 10 kW = 10103W b = 80mm , = 60MPa
V = 600m/min Y = 0.12 , V = 3.8 m/s , P = ?
d = 100mm r = 50mm P = Ft v
P Ft = b. m. y. Cv
Ft =
V
= 60 80 8 0.12
10 103 60
= = 103 N Ft = 14476 N
600
P = Ft V = 14476 3.8
Ft = 1 kN
P = 55 kW
1 10 3 50
Torque = Ft r =
1000
T = 50 Nm
08. Ans: (a)
06. Ans: (b)
09. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given P = 20 kW
Sol: P = 11 kW , NP = 1440 rpm
NP = 300 rpm
1
b = 80 MPa = 14 , m = 6 mm
2
y = 0.094, Cv = 1 TP = 25 , y = 0.1, Cv = 0.21
w = 14 m TG N P
Tp = 18, m = ? =3:1
Tp N G

Tmax = 1.5 Tmean dp = mTp = 8(15) = 120 mm

S = 210 MPa Ft = ?
Ft = ? , w=? Fr on bearing = ?
P dN w=?
Ft = Cs V (d = mT)
V 60
P 500(kW )
Ft =
11 10 3
V d p N p
Ft =
6 25 1440 60
60 1000
500 10 3
Ft = 0.98 kN =
120 1800 1
m
Ft = S w m y Cv 1000 60 sec
0.98 103 = 210 w 6 0.1 0.21 w Ft = 44.2 kN
= 37 mm
11. Ans: (c)
Linked Answer Questions (10 to 12) Sol: Fr = Ft . Tan
= 44.2 Tan (22.5) = 18.3 kN
10. Ans: (b)
Ft 44.2
Sol: P = 500 kW Fn = 47.85
cos cos 22.5
NP = 1800 rpm
C = 660 mm
12. Ans: (d)
1
= 22
2 Sol: 200 N 1 mm width
m = 8 mm 47.85 kN ?
TG 47.85 10 3
= 10:1 w= = 240 mm
TP 200
N
Fn = 200
mm 13. Ans: (c)
m TG TP Sol: Steel = 120 MPa for pinion
C
2 SCI = 100 MPa for gear
8TP 10TP Form factors
660 =
2
For gear, for pinion (yCI)g = 0.13
TP = 15
Form factors
TG = 150
(ysteel)p = 0.093
Ssteel ysteel = 120 0.093 = 11.16 16. Ans: (d)

SCI yCI = 100 0.13 = 13 Sol: Given, P = 120 kW = 120103 W
Ssteel ysteel < SCI yCI DP = 250mm
(Strength)pinion < (Strength)gear N = 650rpm
So Pinion is weaker than gear = 200

250
650
dN 1000
Linked Answer Question (14 & 15) V= =
60 60
V = 8.5 m/s
14. Ans (c)
P 120 1000
Ft = Cs = (1)
V 8.5
15. Ans (a) Ft = 14.12 kN
Sol: Given Total load on Bearing
0,
= 20 Ft
3 F=
P = 50 kW = 5010 W cos
N= 30rev/sec = 3060 rpm = 1800 rpm 14.12 1000

Fn = 35 N/mm cos 20
dG = 400 mm F = 15 kN
Fr Ft
P
FT =
V Fn 17. Ans: (a)
50 103 Sol: Given
= = 1326.295 N
37.699 m = 8.5mm
Fr = Ft . tan = 200
= 483 TP = 12
Ft NP = 600rpm
Width =
Fn P = 18.65 kW
1326.29
= 37.89
35 Torque transmitted by idler is zero
w = 37.89 mm 40 mm P = Ft V

D P N P mTP N 18. Ans: (b)

V= =
60 60 Sol: Given:
8.5 TG
12 600 G.R = =2
= 1000 TP
60
w = 10 cm = 100 mm
V = 3.204 m/s
dp = 40 cm = 400 mm
18.65
Ft = = 5.82 kN Stress factor for fatigue = 1.5 N/mm2
3.204
1 =K
F32 = Ft = 5.82 kN
2TG 22TP 4
F32r F32t tan = 5.82Tan20 Q= =
TG TP 2TP TP 3
= 2.12 kN Fw = KdpwQ
F23t = 5.82 kN 4
Fw = (1.5)(400)(100) = 80 103
3
F23r = 2.12 kN
= 80 kN
F43r = 2.12 kN
F43t = 5.82 kN
RX = F23t F43r
RY = 7.94 kN
R= 7.942 7.942
R = 11.228 kN


Theory of Machines & Vibrations
06. Ans: (a)

Chapter- 1
Analysis of Planar Mechanisms 07. Ans: (d)
Sol: At toggle position velocity ratio is zero so
01. Ans: (c) mechanical advantage is .
Sol: It is the failure of Grueblers equation of
DOF because it does not consider the shape 08. Ans: (d)
and dimensions of the mechanism. Sol: The two extreme positions of crank rocker
mechanisms are shown below figure.
02. Ans: (c)
40 D
B
03. Ans: (b) 20 60
4e1
Sol: Grueblers Criterion A D
50
DOF = 3(N1) 2P1
N = Number of links, 502 60 2 60 2
4 e1 cos 1 65.37 0
P1 = Number of rotary joints 2 50 60
Given C
DOF = 3(81) 2 10 = 21 20 = 1 A
20 60
4e2
20
50 D
04. Ans: (a)
B
05. Ans: (c) 602 502 202
4 e 2 cos
1
18.19o
Sol:
Q
R 2 60 50
3
2 2.5 09. Ans: (a)

Sol: C
P 2.7 S
40

The given dimensions of the linkage satisfies B
60
Grashofs condition to get double rocker. We
20
need to fix the link opposite to the shortest
A D
link. So by fixing link RS we get double 50
rocker.
Where, = Transmission angle h 1 10

2 sin 1 sin 30
BD = 20 2 50 2 53.85 cm r 20
By cosine rule = 2 1 = 20.41

Quick return ratio
BC 2 CD 2 BD 2
cos =
2BC CD QRR 180 1.2558
180
40 2 60 2 53.85 2
= 0.479
2 40 60
12. Ans: (c)
= 61.37
Sol:
O
10. Ans: (c) 900
A
Sol: Two extreme positions are as shown in
figure below.
Let r = radius of crank = 20 cm O1
l= length of connecting rod = 40 cm
h = 10 cm
OO1 = 40 cm , OA = 20 cm
O A 20 1
40 sin
2 10 O O1 40 2
20 1
20 30 0
S1 180 2 180 60
S2 QRR =
180 2 180 60
QRR = 2
Stroke = S1S2
13. Ans: (c)
S1 = r 2 h 2 60 2 10 2 59.16cm
Sol: The rubbing velocity is defined as the
S2 r 2
h 20 10 17.32cm
2 2 2
algebraic sum between the angular velocities
Stroke = S1 S2 = 59.16 17.32 = 41.84 cm of the two links which are connected by pin
joints, multiplied by the radius of pin.
11. Ans: (b) A 1 1
h 1 10
Sol: 1 sin 1 sin 9.55
r 60 B
O

: 289 : Theory of Machines & Vibrations
Rubbing velocity at point O Alternate Method:

Vo= radius relative radial velocity The position diagram is isosceles right angle
= (1 2) r triangle and the velocity triangle is similar to
Vo= (1 + 2) r the position diagram.
( the links OA & OB are moving in lr PQ o2, o4
2a
opposite direction) 45 o
q 45o
2a p
14. Ans: (c) lr O4 Q
Sol: O 4 O 2 P 180o sketch the position diagram Velocity (Diagram)

for the given input angle and identify the
Instantaneous Centers. Vqp = 3 l3 2a 3 2a
Q 3 = 1
Vq = l4 4 2a 2a 4
O2P=O2O4=a 4 = 1rad/sec
P
PQ=O4Q= 2a
O2 15. Ans: (b)

2 rad /sec O4
Sol:
(2,4) (I centre)
)
Q I34 90 C
4 +
3 x 3
2
I12 I14.I13
P 90
I23 12
2 O4
O2 1 4
O
1
I13 is obtained by joining I12 I23 and I14 I3 OC = r
3 I12 I 23 a Velocity of slider VS = (12 24) 2

2 I13 I 23 2a = x 2
3 1 x r

2 2 sin ( ) sin (90 )
3 = 1 rad /sec r sin ( )
x
sin (90 )
VS = r 2 sin ( + ) sec +ve sign means 2 and 3 are moving in

= VC sin ( + ) sec opposite directions.
At joint 3, rubbing velocity =(4+3)r
16. Ans: (a) = (1+0) 10 = 10 cm/s
Sol: lr to CD At joint 4, rubbing velocity
a,d,c = (4 0) r
lr to BC
= (1 0) 10 = 10 cm/s
b
Velocity diagram
18. Ans: (a)
VC = 0 = dc CD
Sol: B C
CD = 0
75
Note: If input and coupler links are 50
collinear, then output angular velocity will A E

be zero. D
50
17. Ans: (c) 75
Sol: In a four bar mechanism when input link and F

output links are parallel then coupler
velocity(3) is zero.
l2 2 = l4 4 Considering the four bar mechanism ABCD,
l4 = 2l2 (Given ) l2|| l4
4 = 2 / 2 = 2/2 = 1 rad/s
50 3
2, 4 = angular velocity of input and output 2 2 4 4 4 2 rad / sec
75
link respectively. CDE being a ternary link angular velocity of
Fixed links have zero velocity.
DE is same as that of the link DC ( 4 ).
At joint 1, relative velocity between fixed
link and input link = 20 = 2 For the slider crank mechanism DEF, crank is
Rubbing velocity at joint 1 = Relative perpendicular to the axis of the slider.
velocity radius of pin = 210 = 20 cm/s Slider velocity = DE 4
At joint 2, rubbing velocity = (2+3) r = 50 2 = 100cm/sec (upward)
= (2+0)10 = 20 cm/s

19. Ans: (c) Where, r = radius of crank pin

Sol: From the velocity diagram VAB = ab = ?
B b AB oa = 2 r = 10 0.3 = 3 m/sec
||G a,g
c oab is right angle .
C oa 40
A
BC tan = 53.13
ab 30
G (Velocity Diagram)
r2
tan
From the velocity diagram when crank is 3
perpendicular to the line of stroke, the
Where, n
velocity of slider = velocity of crank and r
angular velocity of connecting rod is zero. 2 10 90
3 2
2
5.625CW
n 4 16
4 , = 90, 2 = 10 rad/s
r 3
Vs = r2 Vrb = (2 + 3) r
Vs = 1 = r 10 r = 0.1 m = (10+ 5.625) 2.5 = 39 cm/s
l = 4r = 0.4 m
22. Ans: (d)
20. Ans: (a) Sol: As for the given dimensions the mechanism
Sol: Here as angular velocity of the connecting is in a right angle triangle configuration and
rod is zero so crank is perpendicular to the the crank AB is perpendicular to the lever
line of stroke. CD. The velocity of B is along CD only
Vs = velocity of slider = r2 which is purely sliding component
2 = 1 2 2 = 2 rad/sec
Velocity of the slider
21. Ans: (d) AB AB 10 250 2.5 m / sec
Sol: a
l3 3 900 r 2
Common data Question 23, 24 & 25
o
90 -
b o
Vs
23. Ans: (d)
Here the crank is perpendicular to
connecting rod 24. Ans : (a)
Velocity of rubbing = (2 + 3) r
25. Ans: (c) 28. Ans: 0.618

Sol: Considering the four bar mechanism ABCD, Sol:
B
AB||DC
r l
90
AB 2 DC 4 2
30 6
4 2 rad / sec A
90 C
CDE being a ternary link angular velocity of b
DE is same as that of the link CE. l3
90 r2
For the slider crank mechanism DEF, crank is
perpendicular to the axis of the slider. 90
Slider velocity = DE 4 Vs
= 30 2 = 60cm/sec. (Velocity diagram)
e
Refer the configuration diagram and velocity
d,g lr to DE and EF
diagram
f || to AB
240
tan 76
(Velocity diagram) r 60
r2 Vs
From the above velocity diagram
sin sin 90
Vef = 0, ef = 0 r2
Vs 618 mm / sec
sin 76
26. Ans : (a)
= 0.618 m/sec
180 2 2
Sol: QRR 30 o
180 2 1
29. Ans: (d)
OS OP VP
sin OS 250mm Sol:
OP 2
VPQ
VQ
27. Ans: (b) VQ = VP + VPQ
Sol: Maximum speed during forward stroke
occurs when PQ is perpendicular to the line
of stroke of the tool i. e. PQ, OS & OQ are 30. Ans: (a)
in straight line Sol: For rigid thin disc rolling on plane without
V 250 2 750 PQ slip. The I centre lies on the point of
2 contact.
PQ
3
31. Ans: (a) By considering the links 1, 2 and 4 as for

Sol: three centers in line theorem, I12, I14 and I24
P lies on a straight line I12 is at infinity along
R 30 0 VP V the horizontal direction while I14 is at
A
infinity along vertical direction hence I24
must be at infinity
O
Here O is the instantaneous centre 33. Ans: (a)
VP = OP Sol:
VA = R
A
R 2 R 2 OP 2 I
In OAP , cos 120 =
2R R 1m/s
1m
2R 2 OP 2
0.5 =
2R 2 600
OP = 3R O B
VP = 3R 3V
or VO = V
o Va = 1 m/s
o 60o
120
Va = Velocity along vertical direction
VPO
VP = 3V Vb = Velocity along horizontal direction
So instantaneous center of link AB will be
VP VO VPO V OP
perpendicular to A and B respectively i.e at I
3V
1
IA OB cos 1 cos 60 0 m
2
32. Ans: (d)
3
Sol: IB OA sin 1 sin 60 0 m
2
1 2 N
L
Va IA
3 Va 1
2 rad / sec
90 4 IA V2
M

34. Ans: (a) 35. Ans: (c)

Sol: C Sol:
E,I13 900

50 40 B C
I23 I34 36
27
B 2 rad/sec I41
A D I12
20 D
A 50
30
(Position Diagram) I13 = Instantaneous center of link 3 with

respect to link 1
BC AB
As AED is a right angle triangle and the
b sides are being integers so AE = 30 cm and
DE = 40 cm
l33
l22 BE = 3 cm and CE = 4 cm
By I center velocity method,
DC V23= 2(AB) = 3(BE)
a,d l44 c
1 27
(Velocity Diagram) 3 9 rad / s
3
Let the angle between BC & CD is . Same
will be the angle between their 36. Ans: (a)
perpendiculars. Sol: Similarly, V34= 3(EC) = 4(CD)
2 2 9 4
From Velocity Diagram, = tan 4 1 rad / s
4 4 36
30
From Position diagram, tan =
40 37. Ans: (d)
4 40 30 Sol: Refer the figure shown below, By knowing
2 = 4 tan 2 = 3
2 20 40 the velocity directions instantaneous centre
2 = 3 rad/sec can be located as shown. By knowing
velocity (magnitude) of Q we can get the
Note: DC is the rocker (Output link) and angular velocity of the link, from this we
AB is the crank (Input link) can get the velocity of P using sine rule.

H
I
P
45 A
VQ=1m/sec
C F
Q D E
45 65
20
70
20 As for the three centers in line theorem all
VP P
the three centers should lie on a straight line
I is the instantaneous centre. implies on the line joining of A and H. More
From sine rule over as both the spools are rotating in the
PQ IQ IP same direction, P should lie on the same side

sin 45 sin 70 sin 65 of A and H. Also it should be close to the
IP sin 65 spool running at higher angular velocity.

IQ sin 70 Implies close to H and it is to be on the right
VQ I Q 1 of H. Whether P belongs to bigger spool or
smaller spool its velocity must be same. As
VQ
for the radii of the spools and noting that the
IQ
velocity of the tape is same on both the
IP sin 65
VP IP VQ 1 spools
IQ sin 70
H = 2A
= 0.9645
AP. A HP H and
38. Ans: (c) AP AH HP HP AH
Sol: Consider the three bodies the bigger spool Note:

(Radius 20), smaller spool (Radius 10) and (i) If two links are rotating in same directions then
the frame. They together have three I their Instantaneous centre will never lie in
centers, I centre of big spool with respect to between them. The I center will always close
the frame is at its centre A. that of the small to that link which is having high velocity.
spool with respect to the frame is at its (ii) If two links are rotating in different directions,
centre H. The I centre for the two spools P is their I centre will lie in between the line
to be located. joining the centres of the links.

39. Ans: (b) 41. Ans: 1 (range 0.95 to 1.05)

Sol: I23 should be in the line joining I12 and I13. Sol: Locate the I-centre for the link AB as shown
Similarly the link 3 is rolling on link 2. in fig. M is the mid point of AB
Given, VA = 2m/sec
Locus of I23
VA QB
B
A
30o I
QA
D M o
A C 30
60o 60o B
I13 I23
I12 Q
Locus of I23 VB
45 5
VA
VA IA.
So the I Center I23 will be on the line IA
perpendicular to the link 2. (I23 lies VA IM
VM IM. IM .VA
common normal passing through the contact IA IA
point) 1
sin 30 o.VA .2 1m / sec
So the point C is the intersection of these two 2
loci which is the center of the disc.
So 2 I12 , I 23 3 I13 , I 23 42. Ans: (a) & 43. Ans: (b)
Sol: fco = 0.4
2 50 1 5
300
fr
2 0.1 rad / sec X
fl = 0.5 O
fc = 0.4
40. Ans: 20 ft = 0.2
Sol: Velocity of P r 10 m / sec
Centripetal acceleration,
10
Vp
fc = r2 = 0.4 m/s2 acts towards the centre
R R
Tangential acceleration, ft = r
Velocity of Q 2R
= 0.2 m/s2 acts perpendicular to the
10
2R 20 m / sec link in the direction of angular acceleration.
R
Linear deceleration = 0.5 m/s2 acts opposite
to velocity of slider

As the link is rotating and sliding so coriolis 45. Ans: (c)

component of acceleration acts Sol: Z
VB
co 2
f = 2V = 2 0.2 1 = 0.4 m/s
To get the direction of coriolis acceleration, VA
0
rotate the velocity vector by 90 in the
direction of . O
Resultant acceleration
VB = OB
= 0.6 2 0.12 0.608 m / sec 2
VA = OA
0.6
1
tan 80.5 VBA = VB VA = (OB OA)
0.1
= (rB rA)
Angle of Resultant vector with reference to
and direction of motion point B.
OX = 30 + =30 + 80.5 = 110.530
46. Ans: (d)

44. Ans: (d)
Sol: As uniform angular velocity is given,
Sol: aTA = r
A Tangential acceleration, = 0
aTO = r an
Centripetal acceleration,
O fBA = (rB2 rA2) from Z to O.
Acceleration at point O 47. Ans: (a)

a o a TO a TA a n Sol: BC a

a TO and a TA are linear accelerations
with same magnitude and opposite in b AB
direction. a c ba b
DC
2
V
aO a n r 2
r cd c
r
o Acceleration Diagram
Velocity Diagram
2
r
fR
From velocity Diagram, VC = VB
a
r l44 = l22
(Acceleration diagram)
25 4 = 50 0.2
Resultant acceleration, fR = r 2 4 = 0.4 rad/sec

From Acceleration Diagram, 49.

l44 = l22 Sol:
y P
25 4 = 50 0.1 Vrel = 0.5 m/s
4 = 0.2 rad/sec2
= 0.732 rad/s2
= 1 rad/s(ccw)
48. Ans: (d) = 300 1m
x
Sol:
D C O1
90 90 2rad/sec
50 O =30
50
90 90
100 f C = r2
A
B
1 50 2 t
f resultant
O3 O2 f = r
f cor = 2V
Acceleration diagram
As links O1A and O2B are parallel then
VA = VB
Radial relative acceleration, flinear = 0
50 2 = 50 2
Centripetal acceleration, fc = r2
2 = 2 rad/sec
=112 =1 m/s2 (acts towards the center)
As a O2 C and O3D are parallel links then
Tangential acceleration, f t = r
VC = VD
= 10.732 = 0.732 m/sec2
100 2 = 100 1
Coriolis acceleration, fcor = 2V
1 = 2 rad/sec
= 2 0.5 1 = 1 m/sec2
VD = r1
Resultant acceleration, f r = 12 1 0.732
2
= 100 2 = 200 mm/sec
= 0 (given), so tangential acceleration at = 2 m/sec2
= r = 0 1.732
= tan 1 60
Centripetal acceleration, fc = r12 1
= 100 (2)2 = 400 mm/sec2 reference = 30 + 180 + 60 =2700

50. 53. Ans: (b) & 54. Ans: (a)

Sol: xB = P, yB = Ptan Sol:
d A
VX X B 0
dt r l
Vy
d
y B P sec 2 d P2

dt dt cos O B
Acceleration along X direction

d lr r
aX = Vx 0
dt l
Acceleration along Y direction
ay
d
Vy FP = 2 kN
dt l = 80 cm = 0.8 m
P 2 cos 3 sin r = 20 cm = 0.2m
sin From the triangle
2 P 2
cos 3 OAB
2 2 r 2
cos
51. Ans: (d) 2 2
2 80 2 20 2
14.36
52. Ans: (a) 2 80 2
Sol: m1 20 2 80 2 80 2
C.G
cos 82.82
2 20 80
L1 m2
L2
Thrust connecting rod
FP 2
FT 2.065 kN
cos cos14.36
mL 2 100 60
m1 60kg Turning moment,
L1 L 2 100
FP
mL1 100 40 T = FT r sin( ) r
m2 40kg cos
L1 L 2 100
2
sin(14.36 82.82) 0.2
I m1L21 m 2 L22 cos14.36
= 60 402 + 40 602 = 0.409 kN m
2 2
= 240000 kg cm = 24 kg m

55. Ans: (b) 58. Ans: (d)

Sol: Calculate AB that will be equal to 260 mm d 2
Sol: I T f sin , cos
L = 260 mm, P = 160 mm dt 2
S = 60 mm, Q = 240 mm Where T is applied torque, f is inertia
L+S = 320 torque which is function of sin & cos
P+Q = 400 d T
t f sin , cos c1
L+S < P+Q dt I
It is a Grashofs chain T 2
t c1 t f sin , cos
Link adjacent to the shortest link is fixed I
Crank Rocker Mechanism. is fluctuating on parabola
and @ t = 0 , = 0 , slope 0 (because it
56. Ans: (b) starts from rest)
Sol: O2A || O4B
Then linear velocity is same at A and B. Parabola
2 O2A = 4 O 4 B Fluctuation
because of inertia
8 60 4 160
4 = 3 rad/sec
t
57. Ans: (b)

59. Ans: 1 (range 0.9 to 1.1)
Sol: As the plane is horizontal mg = 0
Sol:
= 0 I = 0 , = 0 (driving torque)
Ft
As the link O2A is balanced so that its centre Frod
of mass falls at O2 centrifugal force = 0 0.2m

0.8m
30N 5kN
(force exerted by
connecting rod)
Given Fp = 5kN
30N Fp
(reaction force) Frod , Ft Frod cos
cos
Ft = 5kN
For the given data the only force acting on
the link is 30N at A along AB hence the Turning moment = Ft.r = 50.2 = 1kN-m
reaction at joint O2 is 30N
06. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 2
Gear and Gear Trains 07. Ans (b)
Sol: For two gears are to be meshed, they should
01. Ans (a) have same module and same pressure angle.
02. Ans: (d) 08. Ans: (b)

Sol: Angle made by 32 teeth + 32 tooth space Sol: P
= 360.
a Centre
D Pitch circle distance
b m C Q
R
A B
E
S
2
R = 64
Given Tp = 20, TQ = 40, TR = 15, TS = 20
O Dia of Q = 2 Dia of R
360
2 = 5.625 mQ.TQ = 2mR.TR
64
Given, module of R = mR = 2mm
2.8125
TR 15
mT 4 32 mQ = 2 mR 2 2 1.5 mm
R= 64mm TQ 40
2 2
a = R sin 2 mP = mQ = 2mm
= 64sin(2.81)2 = 6.28 mS = mR = 1.5 mm
OE = Rcos = 64cos(2.8125) = 63.9 mm No. of teeth

Radius = module
2
b = addendum+ CE = module +(OC OE)
Centre distance between P and S is given by
= 4 + (64 63.9) = 4.1
RP RQ RR RT
03. Ans: (c) TP TQ T T

= mP mQ m R R mS S
Sol: Helix angle = 90 22.5 = 67.5 2 2 2 2
40 20 15 20
1.5 2
04. Ans: (a) 2 2
05. Ans: Decreases , Increases = 45 + 35 = 80 mm

09. Ans: (a) 13. Ans: 5rpm (CCW)

N 5 T2 T4 20 15 1 Sol: 1
Sol:
N2 T3 T5 40 30 4
N 2 1200 2
N5 300 rpm in the same
4 4
3
direction as that of gear 2 i.e, CCW
10. Ans: (c)

N 2 N3 N5 N6 N3 N6 T1 = 104 , N1 = 0,
Sol:
N6 N 2 N 4 N5 N 2 N 4 T2 = 96 , Na = 60rpm(CW+ve), N2 = ?
Wheel 5 is the only Idler gear as the number N2 Na T 104
1
of teeth on wheel 5 does not appear in the N1 N a T2 96
velocity ratio. N 2 60 104
=
0 60 96
11. Ans: (a) 104 60 8
N2 = 60 1 = = 5 rpm CW
Sol: 4 96 96
1
= 5 rpm in CCW
2 3 14. Ans: (b)

Sol: Ring 80T
Z1 = 16 , Z3 = 15 , Z2 = ? , Z4 = ? Sun
First stage gear ratio, G1 = 4 , 20T
Planet Arm
Second stage gear ratio, G2 = 3 , 30T
m12 = 3, m34 = 4
Z2 = 16 4 = 64 TS = 20, TP = 30, TR = 80
Z4 = 15 3 = 45 NS = 100 rpm (CW +ve),
NR = 0 , Na = ?
12. Ans: (b) NS Na TR
=
Sol: Centre distance NR Na TS
m12 m
= Z1 Z2 34 Z3 Z4 100 N a
=
80
2 2 0 Na 20
4
15 45 120mm Na = 20 rpm CW
2
15. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (c)

Sol: By Analytical Approach Sol: 2 = 100 rad/sec(CW+ve),
1 5 T2 T4 45 40 arm = 80 rad/s (CCW) = 80 rad/sec

4 5 T1 T3 15 20 5 a T2 T4

1 5 2 a T3 T5
6
4 5 5 (80) 20 32 1

100 (80) 24 80 3
16. Ans: (d)
5 = 140 CW = 140 CCW
Sol: Data given:
1= 60 rpm (CW, +ve) 19. Ans (c)
4 = 120 rpm [2 times speed of gear -1]
20. Ans : (d)
5
We have, 1 6 NA T T
4 5 Sol: D B
ND TC TA
60 5
6 , simplifying N A TD 25 TD
120 5
100 50 50 100
60 5 = 720 65
NA = TD
5 = 156 rpm CW From given option (d) is correct.
5 = 156 rpm. CCW
21. Ans: (c)
17. Ans: (a) Sol: No .of Links, L = 4
Sol: An epicyclic gear train is shown No. of class 1 pairs J1=3
schematically the gear 5 is fixed and gear 2 No. of class 2 pairs J2 =1 (Between gears)
is rotating 60 rpm (CCW, +ve) Then the arm No. of dof = 3(L 1) 2J1 J2 = 2
4 attached to the output shaft will rotate at ?
T2 = 20 , T3 = 40 , T5 = 100 22. Ans: (c)
N2 = 60 CCW (+ve) Sol: Given T2 = 60 N2 = 0 T3 = 20
N5 = 0 (fixed), N4 = ? T4 = 100 N4 = 100rpm (ccw +ve )

Relative velocity equation
N 2 N 4 T5
N4 Na T 100 N a 60
N5 N4 T2 2
N2 Na T4 0 Na 100
60 N 4 100
1.6 Na = 100
0 N4 20
100
N4 = 10 CCW Na = 62.5 rpm (ccw)
1.6
02.
Chapter- 3 Sol: Power = 20 kW ,
Fly Wheels 240
N = 240 rpm 4rps
60
01.
1
Sol: Given = sec per rev. = 0.22 sec per rev.
4
P = 80 KW = 80103W = 80,000W 1 cycle = 2 revolution for 4 stroke
E 0.9 Per cycle 1 2
N 300 rpm So cycle time = 2 0.5 sec
4 4
C S 0.02 Cs = 0.01
2N 2 30 T
31.41rad / s
60 60
= 7500 kg/m3
3x
c 6MN / m 2
T
c V 2 R 2 2 0.5x 3 4
0
2 x
C 6 10 6
R
2 7500 31.412 Let torque under the compression stroke = x
R = 0.9 m Torque under the expansion stroke =3x
D = 2R = 1.8m
Work done per cycle = Net area under the
N 300rpm 5rps 0.2 Sec/rev
turning moment diagram
1 cycle = 2 revolution 4 stroke engine
= 3x x = 2x Joule
0.4 sec
Mean Torque,
Energy developed per cycle
Total work done per cycle
= 0.4 80 32 kJ Tm
Duration of cycle
E E per cycle 0.9
32 10 3 0.9 2 x
0.5x
4
E 28800 J
So fluctuation of energy ,
E I 2 C S
E = 3x 0.5x = 2.5 x
E Power = 20 kW = 20000 kJ/sec
I
2 CS
1 cycle time = 0.5 sec
I 1459.58 kg-m2
Energy per cycle = 20000 0.5 = 10000 kJ
2x = 10000 Workdone per cycle

Mean torque Tm =
10000 4
x N.m
2 6 1.5
cm
Fluctuation energy, E = 2.5 x 4
10000
2.5 12500 Nm
2 15.725
17
2
2 2N
E = I Cs = 12500= I 0.01
60
b
2 1.275
2 240
12500 I 0.01
60
I = 1978.93 kg-m2
Area of the triangle (expansion)

03. 1
Sol: = H 9
2
T
H = 18 /
Area above the mean torque line
9 cm2
18 1
H

h E b h
b 2
Tmean
1 .5
4
From the similar triangles ,
B
0 2 3 b h 16.5
b
B H 18
0.5 cm2 1.7 cm2 0.8 cm2
1 16.5
2 E b
Given: 1 cm = 1400 J 2
Assume on x-axis 1 cm = 1 radian and on y- 1 16.5 16.5
= 7.56 cm2
axis 1 cm = 1400 N-m 2 18
a1 = 0.5 cm2 E = 7.56 1400 = 10587 N-m
2
a2 = 1.7 cm N1 = 102 rpm,
2
a3 = 9 cm N2 = 98 rpm,
2
a4 = 0.8 cm 2N 1
1 10.68 rad / s
Work done per cycle = a1 a2 + a3 a4 60
= 0.5 1.7 + 9 0.8 2N 2
= 6 cm2 2 10.26 rad / s
60

1 Actual punching time = 30/20 = 1.5 sec

E I (12 22 )
2 Energy supplied by the motor in 1.5 sec is
2 E 2 10587 E2 = 2639 1.5 = 3958.5 = 3959 N-m
I
(1 2 ) 10.68 2 10.26 2
2 2
Energy to be supplied by the flywheel

I = 26.468 kgm2
04. during punching or the maximum
Sol: fluctuation of energy
Power E = E1 E2
8.52639
= 22431Nm = 26390 3959 = 22431 N-m
Coefficient of fluctuation of speed
1.52639
V1 V2
8.5 sec
CS 0.03
10 sec V
Time
Given: We know that maximum fluctuation of
d = 40 mm, t = 30 mm energy (E)
2
E1 = 7 N-m/mm , S = 100 mm 22431 = m V2 CS = m (25)2 (0.03)
V = 25 m/s, V1 V2 = 3%V, CS = 0.03 m = 1196 kg
A = dt = 40 30
= 3769.9 = 3770 mm2
Since the energy required to punch the hole 05.

is 7 Nm/mm2 of sheared area, therefore the Sol: Given:
Total energy required for punching one hole P = 2 kW ; K=0.5

= 7 dt = 26390 N-m N = 260 rpm ; = 27.23 rad/s
Actual punching time = 1.5 sec
Also the time required to punch a hole is
Work done per cycle = 10000 Joule per hole
10 sec, therefore power of the motor
Motor power = 2 kW
26390
required = 2639 Watt
10 N = 30 rpm
The stroke of the punch is 100 mm and it = 2 (30/60) = rad/sec
punches one hole in every 10 seconds. 600 holes/hr = 10 holes/min 6 sec/hole
Total punch travel = 200 mm
Cycle time = 6 sec
(up stroke + down stroke)
Velocity of punch = (200/10) = 20 mm/s
ACE Engineering Academy Power

Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally
7.5 kJ
7.5 kJ 2.5 kJ
I 2 Cs 22 C s
I2 C s I 125.6 0.04
2
I 8I
2 Cs 62.82 0.02
08. Ans: (d)

Energy withdrawn from motor Sol: At A, Energy = E + 100
= (10000/6) = 1666.67 J At B, Energy = E + 100 75 = E + 25
Energy stored in flywheel At C, Energy = E + 25 + 89 = E + 114
10000 At D, Energy = E + 114 77 = E + 37
4.5 7.5 kJ
6 At E, Energy = E + 37 + 36 = E + 73
Fluctuation of Energy E = 7500 J At F, Energy = E + 73 73 = E
2
E = I = mk Maximum energy = E + 114 = maximum
E speed
m
k
2
Minimum energy = E = minimum speed
Where k = radius of gyration In flywheel energy is stored in form of
7500 kinetic energy.
m 349.5 kg
0.5 27.23
2
When flywheel stores energy its kinetic
energy increases and when it releases energy
06. Ans: (a) its kinetic energy decreases.
1
TP
Sol: 2 10 09. Ans: (d)
4 Sol: Work done = 0.5+12+250.8+0.5
Tp = 80 N-m = 23.2 cm2
Work done per cycle = 23.2100 = 2320
07. Ans: (d)
Sol: N = 1200 rpm ,
1cm 2
100 N m
W .D per cycle
2 N Tmean
= 125.6 rad/sec 4
60
2320 580
C Nm
Cs = 0.04 , Cs= s 0.02 4
2
Suction = 0 to , compression = to 2

62.8 Expansion = 2 to 3, Exhaust =3 to 4
2
E = E 10. Ans: (c)

Sol: 3W E
E max , E min
4 4
80 E
60 60 E = Emax Emin =
A B 40 C D E F 60 G 2
100
E
0.5
E
4
14. Ans: (c)
EA = E Sol: Motor shaft
EB = E + 60 Flywheel
4
EC = E + 60 40 = E + 20
Punching
ED = E + 20 + 80 = E + 100 = Emax Machine
Gear box
EE = E + 100 100 = E
EF = E + 60 Cs = 0.032
EG = E + 60 60 = Emin Gear ratio = 4
I2 Cs = I2 Cs
11. Ans: (b) 2
C 2 C
mr 2 Cs Cs s 2 s
Sol: I disk 16 16
2
2
= 0.0032 / 16= 0.002 (by taking moment
mr
I1 1 , Cs1 = 0.04 of Inertia, I = constant).
2
Thus, if the flywheel is shifted from
I2 = 4 mr12 = 4I1
machine shaft to motor shaft when the
I
C s 2 1 C s1 0.01 1% reduce fluctuation of energy (E) is same, then
I2
coefficient of fluctuation of speed decreases
by 0.2% times.
12. Ans: (d)
13. Ans: (a) 15. Ans: (a)

Sol: Let the cycle time = t Sol: Given E 400 N m
Actual punching time = t/4 = 20 rad/sec, Cs = 0.04
W = energy developed per cycle We know
Energy required in actual punching E
E I 2 C s I 25 kg m 2
= 3W/4 2 Cs
During 3t/4 time, energy consumed = W/4 16. Ans: 0.5625


Sol: The flywheel is considered as two parts
m
2
E
2

I 2max 2min
m 2E
as rim type with Radius R and as disk I
2 2min
2
max
R
type with Radius 2 3000
2 2
I 31.42 kgm 2
m 1 m R mR 2
2 20 10
2 2
I Rim R 2 , I disk
2 2 2 2 16
19. Ans: 104.71
mR 2 mR 2 9
I mR 2 Sol: N = 100 rpm
2 16 16
1
0
= 0.5625 mR2 Tmean Td
= 0.5625
1
10000 1000 sin 2 1200 cos 2d
0

17. Ans: 592.73 kg-m2
1
Sol: E = 2600 J, N = 200 rpm 10000 500 cos 2 600 sin 20

400 = 10000 Nm
rad / sec
60
Cs = 0.01 ( 0.5% = 1%) 2NT
Power =
E I 2 C s 60
E 2600 60 2 2 100 10000
I = 104719.75 W
2 C s 400 2 0.01 60
P = 104.719 kW
= 592.73 kgm2
18. Ans: 31.42

Sol: From the T - diagram energy is

stored into flywheel during to
2

E 3000 N m
2
From - diagram,
max = 20 rad/sec
min = 10 rad/sec
07. Ans: (c) 08. Ans: (c) 09. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 4
Governor 10. Ans: (a)
Sol: r1 = 50 cm , F1 = 600 N
01. Ans: (a) 02. Ans: (d) F = a + rb
600 = a + 50 b
03. Ans: (b) 700 = a + 60 b
g (M ) (1 k ) 10 b = 100
Sol: h m
m 2 2 b = 10 N/cm
K=1 a = 100 N
0.50 g F = 100 + 10 r
21 = 24 rad/sec Isochronous
2 2 Unstable
04. Ans: (a) Stable
Force
r Mg1 k
Sol: mr2 mg
h 2
k =1 Radius
9.8
2 10 2
2 0.2 This is unstable governor. It can be
= 17.15 rad/sec isochronous if its initial compression is
reduced by 100 N.
05. Ans: (a)
1 11. Ans: (d) 12. Ans: (d)
Sol: mr2 a = 200 a
2
13. Ans: (a)
1 20 2 0.25 2
= Sol: (3)
200
Force
= 0.5 2 = 1 cm
(2)
(1)
06. Ans: (a) C.F=mr2
F
Sol: mr2 a = s a 10 20 40
2 Radius
Fs = 2mr2 -1000
-2000
= 2 1 0.4 (20)2 = 320 N

At radius, r1 = F1 < F2 < F3

As Controlling force is less suitable 1 is
for low speed and 2 for high speed ad 3 is
for still high speed.
(1) is active after 40 cm
At given radius above 20

F3 > F2
mr32 > mr22
3 > 2
14. Ans: (b)
15. Ans: (c) 16. Ans: (c)
17. Ans: (b)

Sol: F = 14 N , r = 2cm
F = 38 N, r = 6cm
14 = 2a + b
38 = 6a + b
4a = 24
a=6
b=2
unstable governor

mea = m B2 e2a2
Chapter- 5 9(0.5)(0.5) = m B2 (0.5)(1.5)
Balancing
m B2 = 3 kg , m B1 = 6 kg
01. Ans: (c)

Sol: 03. Ans: (c)
RL L 04. Ans: (a)

RR
W
Sol: Dynamic force = e 2
(a) Static Balance g
At High speed RL and RR at 2L apart W
Couple = e 2 a
i.e., g
W 2a
Reaction on each bearing = e
g l
RL 2L Total reaction on bearing

RR
W a W 2 a
= e 2 e 0
(b) Dynamic balance g l g l
RL 2L = Unbalanced couple
RL 2L = RL L 05. Ans: (b)
RL 06. Ans: (a)

R 'L
2
07. Ans: (b)
02. Ans: (a) Sol: ma
Sol: m ma = 5 kg, ra = 20 cm
mb = 6 kg, rb = 20 cm
a e 225
mc = ? , rc = 20 cm
a2 md = ?, c = ? , d = ?
e1 e2 mb
Take reference plane as C
mB2 For complete balancing
mB1
mr = 0 & mrl = 0
m2ea = m B1 2e1+ m B2 2e2 2mdcos d 9 2 =0
couple about the plane of B mdcosd = 9 2

2mdsind 5 9 2 =0 mccosc + 10.91 cos 54.31 3 2 = 0
mdsind =
1
2

59 2 mccosc = 2.122
mc sinc +mdsind 3 2 5 0
2 2
9 1
md

2 5 9 2 = 10.91kg
2
mc sinc + 10.91 sin54.31 3 2 5 0
mcsinc = 9.618
1
2.122 9.618
2 2
59 2 mc 9.85kg

d tan 1 2 54.31
0
9 9.618
tan c
2 2.122
= 90 54.31 = 35.68 w.r.t A c = 257.56 or 257.56 90 w.r.t A
mc cosc +mdcosd 3 2 0 = 167.56
S.No m (r20)cm (l20)cm mrcos mrsin mrlcos mrlsin

A 5 1 1 90 0 5 0 5
B 6 1 3 225 3 2 3 2 9 2 9 2
C mc 1 0 c mccosc mcsinc 0 0
D md 1 2 d mdcosd mdsind 2mdcosd 2mdsind
Common data Q. 08 & 09

100kg-cm mr = 100kg-cm
08. Ans: (a)
Sol: m1 = kg , m2 = 5kg , r1 = 10cm
r2 = 20cm, md = ?, rd = 10cm Resultant force
30
m1r1 = 100 kg cm
m2r2 = 100kg cm 30
m1 10kg
mdrd
100kg-cm
10cm
30
Keep the balancing mass md at exactly
m2 opposite to the resultant force
20cm
5kg

mdrd = 100kg-cm
md10 = 100 kg-cm 10. Ans: 0.456cm, 235.26
md = 10kg cm Sol: 1 2 m2
d = 180 + 30 = 210
m1

09. Ans: (d) 20cm 25cm e
2
Sol: mr
r1 = 10cm, r2 = 10cm, m1 = 52 kg
0.2m
m2 = 75kg, 1 = 0 (Reference)
2
mdrd
2 = 90, m = 2000kg , e = ?, =?
mr = 100kg-cm = 1kgm me cos = m1r1 = 520
2 N me sin = m2r2 = 750
N = 600 rpm = 20 rad / s
60
m1r1 m 2 r2
2 2
2 2 me 5202 7502
Couple C = mr 0.2 = 1(20) 0.2
913 kg cm
= 789.56Nm
Reaction on the bearing 913
e 0.456cm
2000
couple

dis tan ce between bearing m r 75
tan 1 2 2 tan 1 55.260
789.56 m1r1 52
1973.92N
0.4 = 180 + 55.26 = 235.26
w.r.t mass 1.
11. Ans: (a)

Sol:
Plane m r (m) L (m) Fx Fy Cx Cy

(kg) (reference Plane A) (mrcos) (mrsin) (mrlcos) (mrlsin)
D 2 kg.m 0.3 0 2 0 0.6 0
A -ma 0.5m 0 a 0.5macosa 0.5masina 0 0
B -mb 0.5m 0.5 b 0.5mbcosb 0.5mbsinb mb mb
cos b sin b
4 4

m b cos b Fy 353.553
Cx = 0 0.6 b tan 1 tan 1 = 98.7
4 Fx 53.55
m b sin b
Cy = 0 0
4 13. Ans: 30 N
mb = 2.4kg , b = 0 r
Sol:
Fx = 0 Crank radius 30
2 0.5 ma cosa 0.5 mb cosb = 0 = stroke/2 = 0.1 m,
r
m
a cos a 0.8 = 10 rad/sec mb = 6 kg
2
m Unbalanced force along perpendicular to the
Fy = 0 a sin a 0
2 line of stroke = mbr2 sin 30
a = 0 , ma = 1.6 kg = 6 (0.1) (10)2 sin 30 = 30 N
(Note: mass is to be removed so that is taken as ve).
14. Ans: (b)
12. Ans: (a)
Y 15. Ans: (b)
Sol:
16. Ans: (b)
m2 Sol: m = 10 kg, r = 0.15 m ,
r2 X
r1 m c = 0.6 , = 60 , = 4 rad/sec
1
Fx Residual unbalance along the line of

m1r1 m 2 r2 cos
2 stroke = (1 c) m r2 cos
= 20 15 + 25 20 cos135 = (1 0.6)10 0.15 42cos60
= 53.55 gm-cm
= 4.8 N
Fy
m 2 r2 sin 2 = 2520 sin135
2
17. Ans: 2
= 353.553 gm-cm
Sol: By symmetric two system is in dynamic
2 2
m b rb Fx Fy balance when
Fx Fy
2 2 mea = m1e1a1
mb e a 50 2
rb m1 m . 1 2kg
e1 a 1 20 2.5
53.552 353.5532

20
= 17.88 gm
10
25
Chapter- 6 2
Cams = 5 rad/sec
2
L
amax = 2
01. Ans: (d) 02. Ans: (a) 2
10
1 52 = 125 cm/sec2
2
03. Ans: (d) 04. Ans: (b)
2
05. Ans: (b) 07. Ans: (a)

Sol: L = 4 cm , = 90o = /2 radian ,
Sol: = 90 , 2
2
= 2 rad/sec , 90 60
3
L = 6 mm , = 1 rad/s
2
When, s = 3mm,
3
L
L s 1 cos
s(t) = 1 cos 2
2

21 cos 120 3cm 3 31 cos

L
V(t) sin cos 0
2

4 2
2 2 sin 120 7cm / s
2 cos 2 = 0
2
L 2 cos2 1 = 0
a t 2 cos
2 = 45
4 2 2 1
2 2 cos120 16cm / sec 2
2 2
L
V sin 1 / 2
06. Ans: (a) 2
Sol: L = 10 cm , = 180 = rad , 6
2 1 sin = 6 mm/sec
Vmax = 25 cm/s 2 2
L 2
Vmax= 25 = L
2 a 2 cos 0
2

08. Ans: (b) 2 x 2( y 10) dy

. 0
Sol: 152 52 dx
normal
dy x 15 3 1
tangent
Radial line

dx ( y 10)9 3 3
16.10 2 9
2
1
tan =
43.897 150 3
60 30
120
Then normal makes with x-axis
tan1 ( 3 ) = 60o
x = 15cos ,
y 10 5sin 10 5sin 30
y = 10 + 5sin tan
x 15cos 15cos 30
dy dy 5 cos
tan = = 43.897
dx d 15 sin
dx With follower axis angle made by normal

d (pressure angle) = 6043.897 = 16.10o
at = 30 ,
3 09. Ans: (a)
5
tan 2 1 = 150 Sol: tangent
1 3
15
2
normal Radial line
y 10 5sin 10 5sin 30
tan x 26.52
x 15cos 15cos 30 6.3
96.3
y
= 43.897 26.52 83.7 6.3
Pressure angle is angle between normal and x
radial line = 16.10 . Let be the angle made by the normal to

the curve
or x = 15 cos ,
dy
o 9
y = 10 + 5 sin at = 30 dx 4, 2
2 2
x y 10 dy
1 tan = 4x 7
15 5 dx
15 3 At x = 4 & y =2 , = tan-1(9) = 83.7

x= , y = 125
2
The normal makes an angle

1
tan 1 6.3 with x axis
9 Chapter - 7
Gyroscope
21
tan 26.52
4
01. Ans: (b) 02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (b)
Pressure angle is angle between normal and
radial line = 26.52 + 6.3 = 32.82
04. Ans: (b) 05. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (d)
10. Ans: (b) 07. Ans: 151.81 N.m

Sol: For the highest position the distance Sol: y
between the cam center and follower
= (r+5) mm
p j
For the lowest position it is (r 5) mm
So the distance between the two positions

x i
= (r+5) (r5) = 10 mm

z k
Iw = 2.5 kg-m2 ,
Ie = 0.15 kg-m2 ,
E
w
G
G = 5.1
D = 0.65 m , r = 0.325 m
G.C = ?
R = 30 m , V = 16 m/s
V
VP
R
GV
e
R
Gyroscope couple

C g p H

Assume left turn I = mk2 , m = 6000 kg ,

H 2I w w I e e k k = 0.45 m ,
= 2400 rpm = 80 rad/sec = 251.2 rad/sec
k
V GV
H 2I w I e 18 1860
r r p = 0.155rad / sec
60 3600
Cg
V V
R r

2I w GI e j k V
p j

= 151.81 i N.m
R
[till about ve axis direction] (i) Gyroscope couple

C g H p
08. Ans:
Sol: N = 300 rpm
I p i j mk 2 p k
2N 2 3000
s = 100 i rad/s = 6000 0.452 251.2 0.155
60 60
I = 47.25 kg-m2 = 47.3 k kN-m
2 rad 17s Bow portion is raised.
2
p j
17 (ii) Pitching amplitude, A = 7.5

C g p H = I p i j = A sint
I p k = 18 sec ,
2 1
= 47.25 100 f Hz
17 18
= 5486.33 N.m 2
rad / sec
18
09. Ans:
Maximum angular velocity of precession,
Sol:
y p = A

p j 7.5
2

180 18

= 0.0457 k rad/sec
x i
H I i 6000 0.452 80i

z k = 30536.28 i


C g H p

I p i k Chapter - 8
Mechanical Vibrations
6000 0.452 80 i 0.0457 k

= 13.955 j kN-m
01. Ans: (b)
L L
(as the bow portion is lowered, the ship turns Sol: T 2 0 .5 2
g 9.81
towards left or port side)
L = 62.12 mm
Maximum acceleration = A 2 02. Ans: (d)

2
2 Sol:
7.5 rad / sec 2
180 18

= 0.016 rad/sec2
(iii) rolling = 0.035 rad/sec

p = 0 during rolling mg
mg

C g H p 0 (No gyroscope effect)
Let the system is displaced by from the
equilibrium position. Its position will be as
10. Ans: 200 (range 199 to 201)
shown in figure.
Sol: R=100m, v = 20m/sec, By considering moment equilibrium about the
V rad axis of rotation (Hinge)
p 0.2 s 100rad / sec
R sec
I m g sin m g sin 0
I = 10kg-m2
I m 2 m 2m 2
Gyroscopic moment
After simplification
= Is p = 100.2100N-m
2m 2 2mg cos sin 0
= 200N-m
For small oscillations ( is small) sin =
2 m 2 2 m g cos . 0
2 m g cos g cos
n 2

2m

03. Ans: (c) 05. Ans: (c)

Sol: Let, Vo is the initial velocity, m is the mass Sol: l
K
Equating Impulse = momentum 2
mVo = 5kN 10 4 sec

5 103 10 4 0.5 sec ..
I K =300N/m
l
0.5
V0 0.5 m / sec
m
K 10000 By energy method
n 100 rad / sec
m 1 1 2 1
E= I Kx 2 = constant
When the free vibrations are initiate with 2 2
2
initial velocity, 1 1
E = I 2 K cons tan t
The amplitude 2 2 2
V0 Differentiating w.r.t t
X= (Initial displacement )
n dE K 2
= I 2 0
dt 2 4
V0 0.5 103
X 5 mm m 2
n 100 I
12
m 2 K 2
04. Ans: (a) 0
12 4
Sol: Note: n depends on mass of the system not
3K
0
on gravity m
1 3K
n n 30 rad / sec
m m
g mg
If n = ,
K 06. Ans: (a)
Sol:
g K
n =
mg m
K M
K
n is constant every where. O
a A
L

Assume that in equilibrium position mass 08.

M is vertically above A. Consider the Sol:
displaced position of the system at any
instant as shown above figure. K K
If st is the static extension of the spring in a
equilibrium position, its total extension in
O
the displaced position is (st + a). r
From the Newtons second law, we have

A
I 0 Mg(L b) k ( st a)a...(1)
But in the equilibrium position
MgL=kst a
1 22 1 2
Substituting the value in equation (1), we KE mr I
2 2

have I 0 (Mgb ka 2 ) 1 22 1 22 3 22
mr mr mr
2 4 4
I 0 (ka 2 Mgb) 0
1 1
PE Kx 2 Kx 2 Kx 2
ka Mgb
2
2 2
n
I0 x = (r + a)
I0
2 PE = K{(r + a)}2
ka 2 Mgb
The time period becomes an imaginary d d
KE PE 0
quantity if ka2 < Mgb. This makes the dt dt
system unstable. Thus the system to vibrate Substituting in the above equation
the limitation is
3
m r 2 2K r a = 0
2
ka Mgb
2
2
ka 2 Natural frequency
b
Mg
1 4K r a
2
Where W = Mg fn
2 3mr 2
07. Ans: (a) So fn = 47.74 Hz.

Or mL2 L KL2
I A mg = 0 (sin )
9 6 9
K K L KL2
mg
6 9 = 3g K
a n = 2 n
mL 2L m
O 9
r
10. Ans: (d)

A
Sol: X0 = 10 cm, n = 5 rad/sec
Taking the moment about the instantaneous
2
centre A. v
X= x 0
2
0

IA + 2K (r+a) (r+a) = 0 n
mr 2 3 If v0 = 0 then X = x0
IA mr 2 mr 2
2 2 X = x0 = 10cm
3 2
mr 2k r a 0
2
2 11. Ans: (c) & 12. Ans: (c)

k eq 2k r a
2
4k r a
2 Sol:
mg sin
n
m eq 3 2 3mr 2
mr I mg
2

L
09. Ans: (b)
Sol: L Kt
K
3
L
O 6
I = mL2
The equation of motion is
mg mL2 k mgL 0
t
Inertia torque = mL2

By considering the equilibrium about the Restoring torque = kt mgL sin
pivot O = (kt mgL)
L L L
IO + mg sin K = 0
6 3 3

13. Ans: 0.0658 N.m2 By taking the moment about O, mo = 0
Sol: For a cantilever beam stiffness, K

3EI (m 2a 2a ) (ka a ) 0
3
4a2 m +ka2 = 0
K 3EI
Natural frequency, n Where, meq = 4a2m, keq = ka2
m m 3
k eq
Given fn= 100 Hz Natural frequency, n
m eq
n = 2fn= 200
3EI ka 2 k rad
200 =
m 3 4a 2 m 4m sec
Flexural Rigidity n 2f
EI
200. .m 3
2
= 0.0658 N.m2 f
n

1

k
Hz
3 2 2 4m
14. Ans: (d) 16. Ans: (a)

Sol: Free body diagram Sol: Moment equilibrium above instantaneous
centre (contact point)
kr m2r
k (a d).a d I c

Moment equilibrium about hinge K(a+d)

m 2r.2r k.r 0
4mr 2 kr 2 0
2
kr k 400
n C
4mr 2
4m 4 3
Ic Ma 2 ,
2
k a d
2
15. Ans: (a)
a
Sol: 3
Ma 2
ka 2
O 2 k (a d ) 2
n
m2a 3Ma 2

17. Ans: 10 (range 9.9 to 10.1) Damped frequency natural frequency,

1 1 d 1 2 n
Sol: KE mx 2 I 2
2 2
x 20 1 2 25 0.6 60%
m = 5kg,
r
20 r 2 20. Ans: (a)
I 10r 2
2 Sol: K1 , K2 = 16 MN/m
1 2 1 x 2 1 K3, K4 = 32 MN/m
KE 5x 10r 2 . 2 15x 2
2 2 r 2 Keq = K1 + K2 + K3 + K4
m eq 15 m = 240 kg
1 2 Ke
PE kx n =
2 m
k eq k 1500 N / m Keq = 16 2 32 2 106 96 106 N/m
Natural frequency 96 10 6
n = 632.455 rad/sec
k eq 1500 240
n 10rad / sec
meq 15 n 60
N= 6040 rpm
2
18. Ans: (b)

21. Ans: (a)
Sol: In damped free vibrations the oscillatory
Sol:
motion becomes non-oscillatory at critical C2lI
damping.
Hence critical damping is the smallest
O
damping at which no oscillation occurs in
Io
free vibration kl
2
19. Ans: (a) x3
For slender rod, I o
5 3
Sol: n = 50 rad/sec =
m 93

3

83 3
3
33 m 2
If mass increases by 4 times
k 1 k 50 Where, = m/3l
n1 25 rad / sec
4m 2 m 2 Considering the equilibrium at hinge O.

Io + c2l 2l + kl l = 0 24. Ans: (a)

ml2 + 4l2c + kl2 = 0 c 2

Iequivalent = ml2, Ceq = 4l2c, keq = kl2 c eq 4
Sol:
2 k eq m eq 2 (k 2 mg) 5m 2
22. Ans: (b)
400 12
c c eq
Sol: Damping ratio, 4 0.316
c c 2 k eq m eq 2 (400 1 10 9.81 1) 5 10 12
2
4 2c

2 k 2 m 2 25. Ans: (a)
Sol: KL
4 2c 2c

2 mk 4
km Ca
K
23. Ans: (a)
Sol:
I a
I
L
c
m
2
k By moment equilibrium
m I Ca 2 KL2 K 0

mL2

mgcos mgsin = mg Ca 2 KL2 K 0

mg 3
K eq KL2 K
I = m(2l)2 + ml2 = 5ml2 n
m eq mL2 / 3
The equation motion is
1500
m 2 m
2 2 c 2
4
k 2 mg 0 n
0.833
42.26 rad / sec
2
cl
= 5ml 2 kl 2 0
4 26. Ans: (c)
Sol: Refer to the above equilibrium equation
k eq k 2 mg
n Ceq = Ca2
m eq 5m 2
N m sec
= 500 0.4 2 80
400 rad
3.162 rad / s
5 10 C = 80 Nms/rad
Note: For angular co-ordinate 28. Ans: (a)

Nm Sol: Given length of cantilever beam,
Unit of Equivalent inertia = kg m 2
rad / s 2 l = 1000 mm = 1m, m = 20 kg
Nm
Unit of equivalent damping coefficient =
rad / s m 25
l = 1m
Unit of equivalent stiffness = N-m/rad 25
Cross section of beam = square
27. Ans: (a)
W = mg
2
Sol: x 2n x n x 0 EI x
x t 0 X , l

x t 0 0
x(t) = Ae n t cosd t Moment of inertia of the shaft,
After n complete oscillation 1 3 25 (25) 3

I= bd = 3.25 108 m4
12 12
t = n d
Esteel = 200 109 Pa
x(t) = Ae n nd cosd n d Mass, M = 20kg
2 3EI
d Stiffness, K
d 3
2 Critical damping coefficient,
n n 2
x(t) = Ae d
cos d n C C 2 Km 1250 Ns / m
d
2
n n
29. Ans: (1.25)
x(t=nd) = Ae n 1 2
cos
Sol: Given m = 1 kg , K = 100 N/m
2 n
N sec
= Ae 1 2
cos C 25
m
x (t=0) = X Critical damping
X = A cos () = A cos N sec
C C 2 Km 20
2 n m
1 2
X (t= nd) = Xe C 25
Damping Ratio 1.25
C C 20
30. Ans: (c)

31. Ans: (d) 33. Ans: (a)

x
Sol: x = 10 cm at 1; Sol: ln 1 ln 2 0.693
n
x2
0.1

x 4 2
2
At resonance x 0 10 cm
2 0.693
0.109
x0 = 2 0.1 10 = 2 cm 4 2 0.693 2
x0 = static deflection c 2 k m 2 0.109 100 1

At 0.5 , = 2.19 N-sec/m
n
x0
x 34. Ans: (b)
2

2

2
Sol: xstatic = 3mm , = 20 rad/sec
1 2
n n As > n
So, the phase is 180 .
2
x 2.64 cm
1 0.5 2 0.1 0.5
2 2 2
x
x static
2
2 2
1 2
n n
32. Ans:(a)
Sol: m x Kx F cos t 3
x=
20 2 2
m=? 1 2 0.109 20
10 10
K = 3000 N/m,
X = 50 mm = 0.05 m = 1 mm opposite to F.
F = 100 N,
35. Ans: (c)
100 rad / sec
1
Sol: At resonance, magnification factor =
X
F 2
K m 2
1
20
K F 2
m 0.1 kg
2
X 2 1
0.025
40

36. Ans: (c) x

Magnification factor =
Sol: M = 100 kg, m = 20 kg, e = 0.5 mm x static
K = 85 kN/m, C = 0 or = 0 F 8
x static 0.1
= 20 rad/sec k 80
Dynamic amplitude 0.1
Magnification factor = 1
0.1
20 5 10 4 20
2
me 2
X=

k M 2
=

8500 100 20
2

-4 39. Ans: (c)
= 1.2710 m
Sol: Given m = 250 kg
K = 100, 000 N/m
37. Ans:
N = 3600 rpm
Sol:
m=50kg
x(t) = Xsin(t - ) = 0.15
K
n = = 20 rad /sec
k m
y(t) = 0.2sin(200t)mm 2 N
= 377 rad/sec
60
2
= 200 rad/sec, X = 0.01 mm
1 2
Y = 0.2 mm n
TR= = 0.0162
X k 2
2

2
1 2 2
Y k m2
n n
0.01 k

k 50 200
2
0.2
40. Ans: 10 N.sec/m
k = 939.96 kN/m
Sol: Given systems represented by
mx cx kx F cos t
38. Ans: (b)
Sol: m= 5kg, c = 20 , F
For which, X
k = 80, F= 8, =4 K m C
2 2 2
F Given K = 6250 N/m, m = 10 kg, F = 10 N

x
k m c
2 2
= 25 rad/sec, X= 40103
8 K
0 .1 n 25 rad / sec
80 5 4 20 4
2 2
m
t = 25t = 25 rad/sec
= n or K m 2n Given F = 10, n 10
F F 1
X C k 150 N / m or 0.1
C X n 10
10 N sec 0.2
3
10
40 10 25 m
10 / 150
X
1 0.1 2 0.2 0.12
2
41. Ans: (b)

Sol: Transmissibility (T) reduces with increase 0.0669 0.07
in damping up to the frequency ratio of 2.
Beyond 2 , T increases with increase in 44. Ans: 6767.7 N/m
damping Sol: Given f = 60 Hz, m = 1 kg
2f 120 rad / sec
42. Ans: (c). Transmissibility ratio, TR = 0.05
Sol: Because f = 144 Hz execution frequency. Damping is negligible, C = 0 , K =?
f Rn (Natural frequency) is 128. K
We know TR when C = 0
K m2
f 144
1.125 As TR is less than 1 / n 2
R n f R n 128
TR is negative
It is close to 1, which ever sample for which
K
0.05
close to 1 will have more response, so K m2
n
Solving we get K = 6767.7 N/m
sample R will show most perceptible to
vibration
45. Ans: 20 (range 19.9 to 20.1)
Sol: k = 10kN/m , F0 = 100 N , = 0.25
43. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given Problem of the type X
F0 / k
2
mx cx kx F cos t 2
2
1 2
F n n
for which, X
k m c
2 2 2

1 at resonance
F/ K n
or X 2

2
F0 100
1 2 X = 20 mm
n n 2k 2 10 0.25 103

46. Ans: (b) 49. Ans: (b)

Sol: To get the equivalent inertia of disc on B Sol: e = 2mm = 210-3m,
at the speed of shaft A then their kinematic n = 10 rad/s,
energies will be same. N = 300 rpm
Shift the disc to shaft A end 2N
= 10 rad / sec
60
I2 I2 me2 e2 e2
X 2
k m2 k 2 n 2
2
m
1 1
I2 2A I 2 2B
2 2
2 2 e 3 10
2 10
n 10

2
X =
I2 I 2 B I 2 n 2
2
10 2
A 1 1
10
n
= 2.25 103 m = 2.25 mm
47. Ans: (c)
Sol:

ma T 50. Ans: (a)
Sol: Number of nodes observed at a frequency of
1800 rpm is 2
mg
Where, a = acceleration of train

T cos = mg n=1
T sin = ma
ma n=3
tan =
mg
n-mode number
a = g tan = 9.81 tan(9.81)
= 1.69 m/s2
The whirling frequency of shaft,
48. Ans: (a) gEI

f n2
2 WL4

gEI
For 1st mode frequency, f 1
2 WL4 51. Ans: (b)
2
fn = n f1 Sol: Critical or whirling speed
As there are two nodes present in 3rd mode, K g
c = n = rad / sec
f 3 3 f 1 1800 rpm
2 m
1800 If NC is the critical or whirling speed in rpm

f 1 200 rpm
9 2N C g
then
The first critical speed of the shaft = 200 rpm 60
2N C 9.81m / s 2

60 1.8 10 3 m
NC = 705.32 rpm 705 rpm

Engineering Mechanics
02. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 1
Force and Moment Systems 03. Ans: (b)
10kN
Sol: 20 2 kN
01. Ans: (b) 20kN 45

Sol: F2
R1 =180 30kN
R = 260
(180) Fx = 20 2 cos4520 = 0

F1x F1 Fy = 10+20 2 sin4530
R= Fx2 Fy2 = 0
Assume F1 = 2F2 (F1>F2)
F1x = 2F2
04. Ans: (b)
R= F12 F22 4F22 cos
Sol: Y
260 = 4F F 4F cos
2
2
2
2
2
2 A
Fx
2
260 = 5F 4F cos ------ (1)
2
2
2
2 3m F
Fy
R1 = F12x F22 2F1x F2 cos
0 B x
180 = 4F22 F22 2.F2 .F2 cos180
6m
2
180 = 5F 4F cos ------ (2)
2
2
2
2
2
M 0F 180 N m
260 = 5F 4F cos
2
2
2
2
2
M FB 90 N m
180 = 5F 4F cos
2
2
2
2
M FA 0
260 180 10F
2 2 2
2
M 0F 180 Fx 3 Fy 0
F2 = 100N,
2602 = 5(100)2+4(100)2cos Fx = 60N . (1)
= 63.89 M FB Fx 3 Fy 6 90
Where angle between two forces. 6036Fy = -90

: 336 : ME GATE_Postal Coaching Solutions
270 w 16
Fy =
6 dw wdx
0 0
Fy = 45N 16
1 1
F= F F
2 2
= 60 45 = 75
2 2 16
x2
x y
w = 90 x dx = 90
1
0 1
2 0
05. Ans: (a)
Sol: M 0 0 = 90
3

2 3/ 2
x
16
0 = 60 (16)3/2
F5p4=0 w = 3840N
F 5 200 4 = 0 R d = dw x
800 16
F= = 160N
5 3840d = 90
0
x .dx.x
15
06. Ans: (c) = 90 x 1.5 dx
Sol: 3m 3m
0
A 16
H x 2.5
2m 3840d = 90
V 2.5 0
120 Nm
V
2m
d = 9.6 m
H
B
08. Ans: (c)
(i) H4 = 120 Sol: Moment about 0
H = 30N M0 = 100sin 603
(ii) V6 = 120
3
V = 20N = 300 = 150 3
2
= 259.8 260N.
07. Ans: (a)
Sol: 09. Ans: (a)
dw
Sol: 100N 150N 25N 200N
360 N/m
H x
dx
16m A B C D
0.9m 1.2m 0.75m

: 337 : Engineering Mechanics
Fy = 0
R+100+15025+200 = 0 (upward force
Chapter- 2
Positive downward force negative)
Equilibrium of Force System
R = 425N
For equibrium
MA = 0 (since R = negative, resultant is 01. Ans: (d)
downward) Sol: Y
X
Let R is acting at a distance of d P 300

downward. Wcos30
45o 30o
Wsin30 N
425d 1500.9+252.12002.85=0 W
30o
d = 1.535m (from A)
Resolve the forces along the inclined
surface
Fx = 0
Pcos45 Wsin30 = 0
300 sin 30
P= P = 212.13 N
cos 45
02. Ans: (a)
03. Ans: (c)

Sol: C
o
B 60
45o 45o
o
75
200 P
D
A

04. Ans : (d)

FAB Sol: T
120
60 B
B Rx
FBC 45
60
75
200 mg
125
Fig: Free body diagram at B tan = = 24.450
275
Tsin = mg.
FCD Tsin24.45 = (359.81)
T 829.5 N
105 FBC
75 Rx = Tcos24.45 = 755.4 N
75
60 Ry = 0
45
05. Ans: (c)

P
Fig: Free body diagram at C Sol: T 2T T
m
For Equilibrium of Point B
FAB FBC 200 T+2T+T = mg

sin(60 75) sin(60 45) sin(120) 4T = mg
FBC = 223.07 N m = 4T/g
From Sine rule at C.
FCD FBC P 06. Ans: (b)
Sol: a
sin(75 45) sin(60 75) sin 105
T T
223.07 sin 105
P=
sin 135
W
P = 304.71 N B A
N
L

For body, Fy = 0 07. Ans: (a)

NW+T=0 Sol: Free body diagram
N=WT
T
T WT 15
a
75
R
B A
RA
L
W= 100 N
Fy = 0 for entire system
Apply sine rule
RA + T (W T) = 0 W T R

RA = W 2T ------- (1) sin 75 sin 90 sin 165
For equilibrium 100 R
R = 26.79
sin 75 sin 195
MA = 0
T L = (W T) a
08. Ans: (c)
TL = Wa Ta
Sol:
TL +Ta = Wa P = 600 N RC = R
T (L+ a) = Wa
Wa
T=
La A C B
T substitute in equation (1)
3m D
Wa
RA = W 2 P = 600 N
La RD = R
W (L a ) 2Wa 5m
=
La
WL Wa 2Wa Fy = 0
= 600 RC + RD 600 = 0
La
WL Wa RC = RD = R
=
La M = 0
W (L a ) 600 5 = R 3
RA =
La R = 1000 N = RC = RD

09. Ans: (a) Now, Fx = 0,

Sol: N
RAH Tcos = 0
P P RAH = 125 N
Fy = 0;
45 45
45 45 RAV 200 100 +Tsin = 0
W E
RVA = 50 N
F 11. Ans: 400 N

S Sol:
Fy = 0 A
NA 2.5m
P sin45 +Psin45 F = 0
F = 2Psin45
1 2 3m 2.5m
= 2P
2 2
W=600N B
F= P 2 P
2m 2m
10. Ans: (a) NB
Sol: FBD
Fy = 0
T
NB W = 0
RAH A B NB = 600 N
C
MA = 0
RAV 200 N 100 N
P3+W2 NB 4= 0
4 N B 2W
MA = 0 P
3
8
Tan = 4 600 2 600
4 P 400 N
3
= 63.43
Tsin 4 ()200 2 () 100 6 () = 0
T = 279.5 N

Free body diagram for block (1)

Chapter- 3 N2 W1
Friction F2
P
01. Ans: (c)
Sol: The FBD of the above block shown F1
T N1
From FBD of block (2)

W Fx = 0
100 N
F
F2 = Tcos
FBD of the block 4
N F2 = T = 0.8T ------ (1)
5
Y = 0 N+TW = 0
Fy = 0
N = WT = 981 T
N2 + Tsin W2 = 0
F = N = 0.2 (981 T)
N2 = W2 Tsin
X = 0 100 F = 0.
N2 = 50 0.6 T
F = 100 = 0.2 (981 T)
But F2 = N 2
T = 481 N
F2 = 0.3(50 0.6T)
02. Ans: (c) F2 = 150.18 T ------ (2)
3 From (1) & (2)
Sol: Given Tan =
4 0.8T = 15 0.18 T
4
sin = 3/5 0.98T = 15
3
cos = 4/5 5 T= 15.31 N
N2 = 50 0.6T
Free body diagram for block (2)
= 50 0.6 (15.31) = 40.81 N
T W2 F2 = N2 = 0.340.81
F2 = 12.24 N
From FBD of block (1)
F2 Fy = 0
N1 N2 W1 = 0
N2
N1 = N2 + W1 = 40.81 + 200 = 240.81 N

F1 = N1 F1 = 0.3 240.81 WS =150 9.81=1471.5 N

F1 = 72.24 N Fy = 0
Fx = 0 N1 = N2 + WS = 981+1471.5= 2452.5N
P F1 F2 = 0 F1 = N1 = 0.4 2452.5= 981N
P = F1 +F2 Fx = 0 F F1 F2 = 0
= 72.24 + 12.24 F = F1 + F2 = 981 + 392.4
P = 84.48 N = 1373.4 N =1.3734 kN
04. Ans: (b)

03. Ans: (d)
Sol: Free Body Diagram
Sol:
10 cm 20 cm
NB
P Q FB
P
R
S F FA
35 cm 10 cm
NA
W = 100 N
FBD of block R : 1
FA = NA = NA
3
WR = 1009.81 = 981N 1
FB = NB = NB
3
T
F2
MB = 0
N2 10030()+ (NA20)()+(Fa 12)() = 0
Fy = 0 1
3000 + NA 20 + NA 12 = 0
N2 = WR =981N 3
F2 = N2 = 0.4 981= 392.4N NA = 125 N
Fy = 0
FBD of block S: NA NB 100 = 0
N2 NB = 25 N
F2 Fx = 0
WS F 1
P = FA +FB = N A N B
F1 3
1
N1 = (125 25) 50 N
3
05. Ans: (d)

B
Sol: H
m2 = 1 kg 10 m
m1 = 1 kg 4m
6m
W

A F2
W2 = 9.81 N N2
8m
F2
FBD of block 2 FBD for block (1)
N2 N2 W1
F2
N2 P
F1
F2 W1 = 9.81 N
N1
F
F1 FBD of block 1 Given W = 280 N , W1 = 400 N

N1 Now, MB = 0
From FBD of book 2, FY = 0 W 4 () + N2 8() F2 6 () = 0
N2 = W2 = 9.81 N 280 4 +N2 8 N2 6 = 0

F2 = N2 = 0.3 9.81 2.943N N2 = 200 N
From FBD of book 1, FY = 0 But, F2 = N2 = 0.4 200 = 80 N
N1 = N2+W1 From FBD of block (1)
= 9.81 + 9.81 = 19.62 N Fy = 0
F1 = N1 = 0.3 19.62 5.886 N N1 N2 W1 = 0
F = F1 + F2 = 8.83 N N1 = N2 + W1
= 200 +400
06. Ans: (d) N1 = 600 N
3 3 But, F1 = N1 = 0.4 600

Sol: Tan = sin =
4 5 5 F1 = 240 N
3

4 Fx =0
cos = 4
5 P = F1 +F2 = 240 + 80
FBD for bar AB (2) P = 320 N

07. Ans: (a) T = WAsin FA

Sol: Given, WA = 200 N , A = 0.2 T = 200 sin 40cos
WB = 300 N , B = 0.5 But from equation (1)
T = 150 cos 300 sin
FBD for block B.
X 150cos 300sin = 200sin 40cos
Y
FB 190 cos = 500 sin
B
190
tan =
500

NB
T = 20.8o
Fy = 0 WB
NB = WBcos
08. Ans: (d)
NB = 300 cos
Sol: FBD for the block
But, FB = NB = 0.5 300 cos
X
= 150 cos Y
F
Fx = 0
P
T + WBsin FB = 0
T = FB WB sin N
W = 500
T = 150 cos 300 sin ------ (1)
45o
FBD for block A
X
Fy = 0
Y T N Wsin45 Psin45 = 0
FA
500 P
A N=
2 2

500 P
WA NA But, F = N = 0.25
2 2
Fy = 0
Fx = 0
NA WAcos = 0
Pcos45 + F Wsin45 = 0
NA = 200 cos
500 P 1
FA = NA = 0.2 200 cos P cos 45 0.25 500 =0
2 2 2
But, FA = 40 cos
P = 300 N
Fx = 0
T + FA WAsin = 0
09. Ans: (a) 10. Ans: 64 N-m

Sol: FBD of block Sol: FBD of shoe bar :
W 800
1000N 480
A B HB
F2
100
C
N2 r FC
VC VB
F1 FBD of Drum Brake :

N1 VC
FC
F1 = N1
200
F2 = N2 MB = 0
Fx = 0 VC 480 + FC 1001000 800 = 0
N2 F1 = 0 N2 = F1 ( F1 = N1) FC = VC = 0.2 VC
480VC + 0.2VC 100 = 800000
N2 = N1
500VC = 800000
Fy = 0
VC = 1600 N
N1 + F2 W = 0
FC = 0.2 VC = 0.21600 = 320 N
N1 + N2 W = 0 M = 0.2FC = 0.2320 = 64 N-m
N1 +2N1 W = 0 ( N2 = N1)
11. Ans: (a)
2
N1 (1+ ) = W
Sol: = 2
W 6
N1 = cos =
1 2 12
W = 60
N2 =
1 2 = 360 2
Couple = (F1 + F2) r 4
= 240 =
3
= r (N1 + N2)
2 + 2 = 180
r W 1
( = f) 2 = 180 120
1 2

= 30 =
6
FBD 1

T1 = 1000 e 6
T1 = 1181.36 N

T2
6 6 e
T1
12 cm 1 4

T2 T1 T2 = 1181.36 e 3
= 4481.65 N
Pmax
T1 T2 e
T2
12 cm
6 6 1

Pmax = 4481.68 e 6
Pmax = 5300 N
W = 1000 P 12. Ans: (b)

3
For Pmin calculation, Sol: Given = 0.2, tan =
4
W > T1
4
W cos =
e 5
T1
3
1000 sin =
T1 = = 846.48 N 5
1

X
6 y
e T1
T1
e
T2
848.48
T2 = = 223.12 N N2
1 4 F2 X

3
W2sin W2 cos
e
T2 W2 = W T2
e y
Pmin Fig: FBD (1) N2 F2
223.12
Pmin = 1
F1

e 6
Pmin = 188.86 N 189 N N1
W1sin W1 cos
For Pmax calculation W1 = 1000
T1 Fig: FBD (2)
e
W
From FBD (1) 13. Ans: (d)

Fy = 0 Sol:
N2 W2 cos = 0 R R
N2 = W2 cos = W0.8
R R
N2 = 0.8 W
F2 = N2 = 0.2 0.8 W 2000 N
F2 = 0.16 W
Fx = 0 At equilibrium
T1 W2sin F2 = 0 2R = 2000
T1 = F2 + W2sin = 0.16 W +0.6W 2000
R= 10,000 N
T1 = 0.76 W 2 0.1
Taking moment about pin
From FBD (2) 10,000 150 F 300
Fy = 0
F = 5000 N
N2 +W1 cos = N1
N1 = N2 +W1 cos
14. Ans: (b)
4
N1 = 0.8W + 1000 Sol: 1 9.81 9.81N
5
N1 = 0.8 W + 800
F1 = N1 = 0.2 ( 0.8 W+800) 0.8N
= 0.16 W +160 F
T2
e N
T1
T2 = T1 e = 0.76 W e0.2 Y = 0
T2 = 1.42 W N = 9.81 N
Fx = 0
Fs = N = 0.1 9.81 = 0.98 N
T2 + F1 + F2 = W1 sin
The External force applied = 0.8 N < Fs
3
1.42W+0.16W+160+0.16W = 1000 Frictional force = External applied
5
1.74 W = 440 force = 0.8 N
W = 252.87 N

15. Ans: (b)

Sol:
T2 Chapter- 4
W Analysis of Trusses
T1 T1
P
F 01. Ans: (b)
N Sol: At joint
T2 FCD
Fig: FBD (1) 200
Fig: FBD (2) Fig: FBD (3)
From FBD (3) FAD 60o FBD

Fy = 0
T2 200 = 0
T2 = 200 Fy = 0
1000
From FBD (2) FCD sin60 = 1000
T1 1000
e FCD =
T2 sin 60

FCD = 1154 N
0.3

T1 = T2 e = 200 e 2
T1 = 320.39 N 02. Ans: (a)

Sol: At joint Q
From FBD (1)
T = FRQ
Fy = 0
45o
NW=0 Fy = 0 FPQ Q
N = 1000 N F Tsin45 = 0
F = N F = Tsin45 F
= 0.3 1000 T= F 2
F = 300 N Fx = 0
Fx = 0, T1 + F P = 0 FPQ +Tcos45 = 0
320.39 + 300 = P T
FPQ =
P = 620.39 2
P = 620.4 N FPQ = F ( negative indicate compression)

03. Ans: (c) 04. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: a
A A
B P B
4m a
C D C
4m E 4m D
2P
4t a
2t 2t
HE E
F
Reactions at C & D are 2t & 2t respectively RE RF
A FAB
Fx = 0
FEB
HE P 2P = 0
C E FED
HE = 3P
4t Fy = 0
2t
RE +RF = 0
MF = 0
ME = 0 P 2a + 2P a + RE a = 0
FAB 4 = 2t 4 RE = 4 P (downward)
FAB = 2t (compression) RF = 4P (upward)
(Positive indicate taken direction is true, i.e P
AB is in compression)
FAC
FCD
Note: Always all top members are in
Fx = 0 FDF
compression
P FCD = 0
P = FCD
(Positive indicate CD in tension)

05. Ans: (b)

Sol: At point B At joint P
FPR
B Fy = 0
10 kN 45
60
60 Rp = FPRsin45o FPT
FBC Rp
FAB FPR = RP
sin 45
50
=
From Lamis Theorem 1/ 2
FBC F 10 FPR = 50 2 (compression)
AB
sin 240 sin 60 sin 60
10 sin 240 Fx = 0
FBC =
sin 60 FPT = FPR cos45
FBC = 10 kN (Tension) 1
FPT = 50 2
2
06. Ans: (d) FPT = 50 kN (Tension)
Sol: FRS
Sectioned R
R S
FSU
h
h T h U
P
h T h U h Q
RP 60 30 kN
60 kN 30 kN
RP
RQ
Mu = 0
Taking moments about point P FRS h () + 60 h () RP 2h() = 0
RQ 3h 30 2h 60h= 0 FRS h + 60 h 100 h = 0
RQ 3h = 120 h FRS h = 40 h
RQ = 40 kN FRS = 40 kN (Compression)
Fy = 0
RP +RQ = 60 + 30
FSU + RP 60 = 0
RP = 90 40
FSU + 50 60 30 = 0
RP = 50 kN FSU = 40 kN (Tension)

07. Ans: (b)

Sol: F TAE
450
A
PQsin45 PRsin30 TAC
P
PQ 450 300 RA
PR
PQcos45 PRcos30
F y 0
Force in member PQ considering joint P
PL
TAE sin 45 R A
PQ cos45 = PR cos30 2
PQ = 1.224 PR PL
TA
PQ sin45 + PR sin30 = F 2
1.224PR 0.707 0.5PR F PL
F x 0 T AC T AE cos 45
2
PR = 0.732 F
Now, considering joint R
FBD at Point C:
PRcos30
PR
TEC
R
PRsin30 QR C
F y 0 TAC TCD
TEC = 0
QR = PR cos30 = 0.732F cos 30
PL
= 0.63F (Tensile) TAC TCD
2
08. Ans: (a)

09. Ans : 20 kN
Sol: Fy 0 R A R B P L Sol: 1m
3L B
M B 0 R A 3L PL 2 A B
PL PL 0.5m
RA , RB 10kN
2 2
FBD at Point A: C

Adopting method of sections section x-x

FAB
adopted and RHS taken
26.560
2.0
0 tan 1 53.13
0
10kN 63.44 FBC 1.5

Fy = 0 (W.r.t.RHS of the section x-x)
0.5 0.5 V1 + F2 V2Fy = 0
tan tan 1 26.56
0
1.0 1 Fsin 53.13 = 30+324

From the Lamis triangle F = 11.25 kN (Tension)
10 FBC FAB Force in member
0
0

sin 26.56 sin 90 sin 63.44 0 QS = 11.25 kN (Tension)
10
FAB sin 63.44 20 kN
sin 26.56 11. Ans: (c)
10 Sol:
FBC sin 90 22.36kN
sin 26.56 W E F
10. Ans: (a) h

A C P
Sol: F2 =3KN h h h B
F1 =9KN
3m 3m W W
x
Q R 2W 4W
RA = RB =
P 3
3
Fx
W FEF
F
Fy V2
2m
FCF
FCD
S T
1.5m 3m 1.5m
RA = 2W/3 W
x V1
MB = 0
Fy = 0
V1 +V2 9+3 =0 W h () Wh () W(2h)() +RA3h() = 0
MR = 0 Wh Wh 2Wh +3hRA = 0
V1 1.5 +3 3 9 6 = 0 3hRA = 2Wh
V1 = 30 kN () 2W
RA =
3
V2 = 30 +9 3 = 24 kN ()
RA +RB = 2W At joint B
2W FAB
RB = 2W
3 RHB B
4W FBD
RB =
3 Fx = 0
Fy = 0 ( at the joint C) FBD = 15 kN
FCF sin45 W + RA = 0 Fy = 0
2W FAB = 0
FCF sin45 W + =0
3
1 W 13. Ans: (a)
FCF =
2 3 Sol: FX = 0 F = FAC cos45 + FBC cos60
W 2 FY = 0 FAC sin45 = FBC sin60
FCF =
3 FBC sin 60
FAC = = 1.224 FBC
sin 45
12. Ans: (c)
= 1.224 0.732= 0.895 kN
Sol: 5 kN
RHA A 1 = 1.224 cos45 FBC + FBCcos60
C
RVA 3m 1 = 0.865 FBC + 0.5FBC,
E 1
RHB B 3m D 3m FBC = = 0.732 kN
5 kN 1.365
RVB = 0
Vertical force at B = FBCsin60
= 0.732sin60 = 0.634 kN
MA = 0
53 () +5 6 ( ) RHB 3 = 0 14. Ans: (b)
15 + 30 = RH 3 FAC F
Sol: FAC 0.8965F
45 sin 120 sin 105
RHB =
3 FAC = Maximum force
RHB = 15 kN
0.8965F 0.8965F
FX = 0 Stress 100
Area 100
RHA + RHB = 0 F = 11.15 kN
RHA = RHB
RHA = 15 kN
(Negative indicate RHA is left side)
03. Ans: (d)

Sol: x 2t 3 t 2 2t
Chapter- 5
Kinematics of Particle Rectilinear dx
V 6t 2 2t 2
and Curvilinear Motion dt
dv
a 12t 2
dt
01. Ans: (b) At t = 0 V = 2 and a = 2
ct 2
Sol: Given x 04. Ans: (a)
2
Sol: V = kx3 4x2 + 6x
c = 8 m/s3
Vat x = 2 if k = 1= 23 4(2)2 + 6(2) = 4
dx
x 4t 2 dV dx dx dx
dt a= k.3x 2 8x 6
dt dt dt dt
dx 4t
2
dt a = 3x2(V) 8x(V) + 6(V)
4t 3 = 3(2)24 (824)+6(4)
x= C1
3 = 8 m/s2
At, t = 0, x= 0
05. Ans: (d)
C1 = 0
Sol: Given, a= 6 V
3
4t dV
x= 6 V
3 dt
4(3) 3 dV
at t = 3 sec, x = V
x = 36 m 6 dt
3
2 V 6 t C1
02. Ans: (a)
Given, at t = 2 sec, V = 36
Sol: V = 10 m/s
2 36 = 6(2) + C1
S = 25 m
C1 = 0
u = 0, a=?
2 V = 6t
v2 u2 = 2as
V = 9t2
102 02 = 2(a) 25
ds
a = 2 m/sec2 But V = 9t 2
dt

ds 9t 2 3/ 2
2
dt s 4t C 2
3
S = 3t3 + C2
At t = 1, S = 4
At, t = 2sec, S = 30 m
2 3/ 2
30 = 3(2)3 + C2 (4) 4(1) C 2
3
C2 = 6
16 4
C2 = 4=
S = 3t + 6 3
3 3
At t = 3 sec 2
s 3 / 2 4t C 2
S = 3(3)3 + 6 3
S = 87 m 2 4
s 3 / 2 4t
3 3
06. Ans: (a) At t = 2 sec
Sol: Given A = 8S2 2 3/ 2 4
s 4(2)
3 3
dV d 2s
2 = 8s2 = a s = 5.808 m
dt dt
8 8
We know that, V dv a ds a= 2
= 2
= 0.237 m/sec2
s 5.808
V2
8s 2 ds
2 07. Ans: (c)
2
V 8 Sol: Given, a = 4t2 2
C1
2 S dv
4t 2 2
Given, at S = 4m , V = 2 m/sec dt
22 8 dv = (4t2 2) dt
C1
2 4 4t 3
v= 2t C1
C1 = 0 3
V2 8 dx 4t 3
2t C1
2 S dt 3
4 4t 3
V=
s 3
dx 2 t C1 dt

ds 4
4t 4 t2
dt s x= 2. C1t C2
3 4 2
s ds 4 dt

t4 4t2 40t 384 = 0

x= t 2 C1 t C 2
3 t = 16 sec or t = 6 sec
Given condition, t = 16 sec
At t = 0, x = 2 m
2 = C2 09. Ans: (b)
At t= 2, x = 20 m Sol: Take , y = x2 4x + 100
24 Initial velocity, V0 = 4i 16 j
20 = 2 2 4(2) (2)
3
If Vx is constant
29
C1 = Vy , ay at x = 16 m
3
dx
t4 29 Vx = V1x = 4
x= t2 t 2 dt
3 3
dy dx dx
Vy = 2x 4
at t = 4 sec dt dt dt
44 29 (Vy) = 2x (4) 4(4)
x= 4 2 (4) 2
3 3 Vy = 8x 16
= 28.67 m (Vy)at x = 16 = 8 (16) 16 = 112 m/sec
dV d
ay = (2xVx 4Vx )
08. Ans: (b) dt dt
Sol: ( Vx = constant)
uA = 20 m/sec uB = 60 m/sec dx
aA = 5 m/sec2 aB = 3 m/sec2 = 2Vx = 2Vx. Vx
dt
Pt A Pt B A&B ay = 2Vx2
SB (ay) x = 16 = 242 = 32 m/sec2
SA
10. Ans: (c)

Let SA be the distance traveled by A Sol: 1 u1 = 0
Let SB be the distance traveled by B
x1
SA= SB +384 h = 36
1 1
u A t a A t 2 u B t a B t 2 384 x2
2 2
1 1 u2 = 18 m/sec
20 t 5t 2 60t 3t 2 384 2
2 2
Let at distance of x1 ball (1) crossed ball (2) Velocity loss = 20% of V
x1 + x2 = 36 49.05 20
=
100
1 1
x1 = 0(t) + gt 2 (s = ut + at 2 ) = 9.81 m/sec
2 2
1 2
x1 = gt -------- (1)
2 Initial velocity for further movement in
1 glass = 49.05 9.81
x2 = 18( t ) gt 2
2 = 39.24 m/sec
(a = g moving upward) Distance traveled for 1 sec of time is given
x1 + x2 = 36 by
1 2 1 1
gt 18t gt 2 36 S = ut at 2
2 2 2
18 t = 36 1
S = 39.24(1) (9.81)(1) 2
2
t = 2 sec
S = 44.145 m
1
x1 = (9.81).2 2
2
12. Ans: (a)
= 19.62 m (from the top) Sol:
x2 = 36 19.62
Vy
= 16.38 m (from the bottom) V0 = 100 m/sec
30o
11. Ans: (b) Vx
60 m
Sol:
u=0 x=?
g
t = 5sec
ax = 4 m/sec2 , ay = 20 m/sec2
V = u +at 3
Vx = V0 cos30 = 100 = 86.6 m/sec
S 2
1
V = u + at Vy = V0 sin30 = 100 = 50 m/sec
2
V = 0 + 9.81 (5) 1
y = Voy t a y t 2
V = 49.05 m/sec 2
V = velocity with which stone strike the 1
60 50t (20) t 2
glass 2
10t2 50t 60 = 0 1 1 1
2
8.0 = 20 sin 9.81

t = 6 or 1 sec cos 2 cos
t = 6 sec 8 = 20 tan 4.9 sec2
1 8 = 20tan 4.9 (1+ tan2 )
x = V0 t a x t 2
2 4.9 tan2 20 tan +12.9 = 0
1 tan1 = 3.28, tan2 = 0.803
x = (86.6 6) + (4)6 2
2
1 = 73.04 , 2 = 38.76
x = 447.6 m 448 m
14. Ans: (b)
13. Ans: (a) V02 sin 2
Sol: Range =
Sol: Given, V = 20 m/sec g
x = 20 m, y = 8.0 m Range is maximum when sin2 = 1
2 = 90
y = 45o
Vy V
15. Ans: (d)

Vx Sol: Range = maximum height
V02 sin 2 V02 sin 2
x
g 2g
sin 2
Vx = Vcos , Vy = Vsin sin2 =
2
1
x = Vx t at 2 ( a = 0 along x direction ) sin 2
2 2sin cos =
2
x = Vcos t
tan = 4
20 = 20 cost
= tan1(4) = 76
1
t= ------- (1)
cos
1
y = Vy t gt 2
2
1
8.0 = V sin t gt 2
2

02. Ans: (a)

Chapter- 6 Sol:
ar ay = 4 m/sec2
Kinematics of Rigid Bodies Fixed Axis
Rotation and General Plane Motion

Vx = 2 m/sec
01. Ans: (a) r =10m
aN
Sol: V2y 3 V
4

V2x
V0
V1y 3
aN=ay tan =
4
= Tan-1 3/4 = 36.60
V1x
ay = aT cos aN sin
V1x = 100t3/2 Note: Velocity will always act in the

V2y = 0 100+10t2t2=0 tangential direction
(t10)(t+5) = 0 Vx = Vsin
t = 10sec 2
3/2 V=
V2x at t = 10 V2x = 10010 sin 36.6
= 68.37m/sec V = 3.33m/sec
V2 V 2 3.332
Radius of curvature r = aN =
aN r 10
dVy aN = 1.111 m/sec2
Where aN = ay =
dt at t 10 sec
ay = aT cosaN sin
= (104t)t=10
4 = aT cos36.6 1.111sin36.6
aN = 30m/sec2
aT = 5.83 m/sec2
2
V 2x
r=
aN aT = r
68.37 2 aT 5.83
= = 155.8 m = = = 0.583 rad/sec2
30 r 10

03. Ans: (c) 05. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given = 4 t Sol: V2y
= 2 radians at t = 1sec
V
= ? = ? at t = 3sec V2x
V1y V
d aN
= d dt g
dt 600
= 4 t dt V1x
8 3/ 2
= t c (1) Given , v = 100m/sec
3
v1x = vcos600
From given condition, at t = 1, = 2rad
= 1001/2
8 3/ 2 2
(1) 2 = 1 c1 c1 v1x = 50 m/sec
3 3
8 2 v1y = vsin60
= t 3/ 2
3 3 3
= 100
8 3/ 2 2 2
At t = 3sec , = (3)
3 3 v1y = 86.6 m/sec
t = 3 = 13.18rad v2y = v1y gt (use V = u+at)
d d(4 t ) 2 = 86.6 9.8(1)
=
dt dt t v2y = 76.8 m/sec
2 v2x = v1x = 50 m/sec
t = 3 = 1.15rad / sec 2
3 vat t=1 = v 22 x v 22 y
04. Ans: (b) = 50 2 76.8 2

Sol: r = 2cm, = 3rad/sec , a = 30cm/s2 = 91.6m/sec.
2 2
aN = r = 2(3) = 18cm/sec 2 vy 76.8

= tan-1 v = Tan-1 50
since total acceleration a = a T2 a 2N x
a2 = a T2 a 2N = 56.9
aN = gcos = 9.81cos56.9
30 2 a T2 18 2
2
= 5.35m/sec2
aT = 24cm/sec
aT = r = 24 V 2 91.6 2
r= = 1568.62 m
aN 5.35
24
= = 12rad/sec2
2
06. Ans: (d) 42 2t1 22

Sol: V2y
2t1 2 2
t1 = 2
V2x
V=50 m/sec
09. Ans: (c)
V1y aN = g
Sol: Given retardation
300 = 3t2
V1x d
3t 2
v1x =vcos30 = 43.3m/sec dt
d = 3t
2
aN = g = a dt
V12x 43.32 = t3+c1
r= =191.13m
aN 9.81 From given condition at t = 0,
= 27 rad/sec
07. Ans: (c)
27 = 03+c1
Sol: Angular distance
c1 = 27
= 2t33t2
= t3 + 27
d
Angular velocity () = 6t 2 6t Wheel stops at = 0, 0 = t3+27
dt
d t = 3sec
Angular acceleration () = 12 t 6
dt
at t = 1 = 12(1) 6 = 6 rad/sec2 10. Ans: (c)
Sol: angular speed, = 5 rev/sec
08. Ans: (d) = 52 rad/sec
= 10 rad/sec
Sol: Given angular acceleration, = rad/sec2
Radius, r = 0.1m
Angular displacement in time t1 and t2
If is constant, d = 0
= rad = 21
= 0 aT = 0 (since aT = r)
t2 = 2 rad/sec
t1 = ? Since aT = 0
2t1 02 21 a= a 2N a T2
2t 2 02 2 2 a = aN =
v2
=
r = r2 2
r r
2t 2 2t1 2 2 1 = 0.1 10 = 102 m/sec2
2

11. Ans: a = 40m/s2 = 73.84

Sol: P VB = rAB = 253 = 75 cm/sec
VB = rABAB = r0BBC
2m aT
a
From BC,
=12 rad/s2
aN BC r r
=4 rad/s2 0 B 0C
Q sin sin sin
r0B = 22.9cm
Tangential acceleration
VB = r0B. BC
aT = r = 2 12 = 24m/s2
VB 75
Normal acceleration, aN = r 2 BC = = 3.274 rad/sec
r0 B 22.9
= 2 42 = 32 m/s2
The resultant acceleration
13. Ans: (b)
a a T2 a 2N 24 2 32 2 40m / s 2 Sol:
Vb = ? B
12. Ans: (a) Ic
ro1B = 6 rad/sec
Sol: 180()(+)=
r0C
ro1A 1m
r0B = +

C
VB BC 3m A VA = 12 m/sec
VC 10cm
B
20cm 20cm
VA = ro1A
A D
20cm 12 = ro1A 6
15cm 22.5cm
ro1A = 2m
20 4 = 2+ ro1B
tan = = 53.13
15
ro1B = 2m
10
tan = = 26.56 VB = ro1B
20
30 = 26
tan = 53.13
22.5 VB = 12 m/sec
= 180 (53.1326.56) (53.13+26.56)
14. Ans: (a)

Sol:
I
A
45
1m/s I
VQ=1m/sec
1m
600 Q 45 65
20
O B
70
20
VP P
Va = 1 m/s
Va = along vertical I is the instantaneous centre.
Vb = along horizontal From sine rule
PQ IQ IP

So instantaneous center of Va and Vb will be sin 45 sin 70 sin 65
perpendicular to A and B respectively IP sin 65

IQ sin 70
1 VQ I Q 1
IA OB l cos 1 cos 60 0 m
2
VQ
3
IB OA l sin 1 sin 60 0 m IQ
2
IP sin 65
Va IA VP IP VQ 1
IQ sin 70
Va = 0.9645
2 rad / sec
IA
16. Ans: (a)

15. Ans: (d) Sol: Instantaneous centre will have zero velocity
Sol: Refer the figure shown below, by knowing because the instantaneous centre is the point
the velocity directions instantaneous centre of contact between the object and the floor.
can be located as shown. By knowing
velocity (magnitude) of Q we can get the
angular velocity of the link, from this we
can get the velocity of P using sine rule.

02. Ans: (b)

Chapter- 7 Sol: u = 0, v = 1.828 m/sec
Kinetics of Particle and Rigid Bodies S = 1.825m,
v2 u2 = 2as
01. Ans: (a) 1.8282 0 = 2a 1.828
Sol: 1.828
a=
2
a = 0.914 m/sec2
Direction of T WQ T
motion
g a T Directon

Q Directon of motion
Direction of Inertial force
W W motion W
W
a
g

W W a W+Q
g W
For the left cord, For equilibrium, Fy = 0

Fy = 0 W
T = W+ a
W g
T a W ..(1)
g 4448
= 4448+ 0.194
For the right cord 9.81
Fy = 0 T = 4862.42N
W Q
T a W Q (2) 03. Ans: (a)
g
Sol: Py
From (1) & (2) W
W W Q P
a W = W+Q a 3
g g 4
Px
W W Q
a W = W +Q a a
g g g F
N
Qa 2Wa 3
Q = tan =
g g 4
g a 2Wa 2Wa = tan1 3 / 4 36.86
Q Q =
g g ga Fnet x = ma
W From static equilibrium condition

PxF = a
g Fy = 0
W NW = 0
Pcos36.86F = a
g N = W = 44.48N
From dynamic equilibrium condition
2224
0.8P F = 0.2g Fx = 0
g
F = ma
0.8P F = 444.8
W
0.8P F = 444.8 + F N = a
g
P = 556+1.25F (1)
a
Fy = 0 =
g
N+PyW = 0
a = g .(1)
F
N = WPy (since = ) Since v2u2 = 2as
N
F = N 0(9.126)2 = 2(a) 13.689
a = 3.042 .(2)
F = (WPy)
From (1) & (2)
= 0.2(2224P sin 36.86)
F = 444.80.12P ..(2) 3.042 = (9.81)
= 0.31
From (1) & (2)
P = 556+1.25(444.8 0.12P)
05. Ans: (a)
1.15P = 1112
Sol: ma
P = 966.95
P
P = 967 N F
N Wcos Wsin
04. Ans: (d) W

Sol: Q Y
W
u = 9.126 m/s
ma N
V=0
ma
F mg.sin
s
N mg cos W

Fy = 0 (static equilibrium) TA = 2TB .(1)

N Wcos = 0 Work done by A & B equal
N = Wcos = mgcos TASA = TBSB
Since F = N = mgcos.(1) 2TBSA = TB SB
Fx = 0 (Dynamic equilibrium) 2SA = SB

2aA = aB.(2)
F+ma Wsin = 0
For B body
F = ma+mgsin
TB = mBaB+mBg.(3)
F = mgsinma(2)
For A body
From (1) & (2)
TA = mAgmAaA.(4)
mg cos = mgsin ma
(2), (3) & (4) sub in (1)
a = gsin gcos
mAgmAaA = 2(mB(2aA)+mBg)
a = gcos(tan ) mAgmAaA = 4mBaA+2mBg
Given PQ = s mAaA+4mBaA = mAg2mBg
1 m A g 2m B g
s = ut+ at2
2 aA =
m A 4m B
1 2s
s = 0(t)+ at2 t= 150 2(50)
2 a =
150 50
4
2s 10 10
=
g cos tan 50 50
= = = 1.42
15 20 35
06. Ans: (a)
Sol: 07. Ans: 4.905 m/s
Sol: S = 0.4; K = 0.2
x FBD of the block

TB TB
TB
B 50N a W = 200 N
mBaB mBg
TA
P = 10t
A 150N mAaA
F
mAg
N

W.r.t free body diagram of the block: 10

200
V
FS = SN;
(10t 40)dt
8
9.81 0
dv
FK = KN 5t 2

40t 8 20.387 V 180 80 20.387 V
10
Fy = 0 Velocity (V) = 4.905 m/s

NW = 0
N = W= 200 N 08. Ans: 1.198 m/s2
Sol:
Limiting friction or static friction
FBD of the crate
(FS) = 0.4200= 80 N N
Kinetic Friction P
(FK) = 0.2 200 = 40 N
WX
The block starts moving only when the 10 F
force, P exceeds static friction, FS 100

WY 100
W=1009.81=981N
Thus, under static equilibrium
Fx = 0 W.r.t. FBD of the crate:
WX = Wsin 100 = 981sin 100
PFS = 0 10t = 80
= 170.34N
80
t 8 sec
10 WY = W cos100 = 981 cos100 = 966.09 N
The block starts moving only FY = 0 N WY = 0
when t >8seconds N = WY = 966.09N;
F = N = 0.3 966.09 =289.828 N
During 8 seconds to 10 seconds of time: FX = 0 P+ WX F = 0
According to Newtons second law of P + 289.828 170.34 =0
motion P = 119.488 N
Force = mass acceleration P = ma = 119.488 N
P FK m dv (10t 40) 200 dv

a
119.488
1.198 m/s 2
dt 9.81 dt 100

09. Ans: 57.67 m 10. Ans: 2.053 rad/s2

Sol: N ma Sol:
F 1m 7m
3m
0
Wx=Wsin 45
W=39.81=29.43N
450
Wy = cos 450
W=mg = 98.1N M = I
450
M = 29.43 3 = 88.29N-m
m 2 3 82
I I 0 Ad 2
md
2
3 32
Wx = W sin 45= 98.1 sin 45 = 69.367 N 12 12
Wy = W cos 45 = 69.367 N 16 27 43kg m 2
FY = 0 M 88.29
2.053 rad / s 2
I 43
N WY = 0
N = WY = 69.367 N 11. Ans: (a)
F = KN = 0.5 69.367 = 34.683N Sol: L
Fx = 0 (Dynamic Equilibrium ma
D Alembert principle) b
W = mg
Wx F ma = 0 VA
69.367 34.683 10a = 0
Fy = 0
a 3.468m / s 2
VA+ma = mg
1 VA = m(ga)(1)
S = ut + at 2
2 Where a = aT = b
t is unknown we can not use this equation Since, M = I
So use V2u2 = 2as mL2
M = mb 2
V = 20m/s2; u = 0; a = 3.468m/s2 12
V 2 2as
M=
m 2
12

L 12b 2
V2 20 2
S 57.67m
2 a 2 3.468 mgb =
m 2
12

L 12b 2

12gb from (1) & (2)

=
L 12b 2
2
3 mg
VA = m g g =
12gb 2 4 4
m g 2 [m g b ]
L 12b 2 W
VA =
4
gL2 12gb 2 12gb 2
m
L2 12b 2 13. Ans: (d)
mgL2 Sol: I = 5kg.m2
2
L 12b 2 R = 0.25m
WL2 F = 8N
VA = 2
L 12b 2 mr 2
Mass moment of inertia, Ix = Iy =
4
12. Ans: (d) mr 2
Iz =
Sol: L
2
M = I
ma
80.25 = 5
W = 0.4
VA
L/2 2 02 = 2
Fy = 0 202 = 2(0.4) (since for half
VA+ma = W revolution = )
VA = m(ga)(1) = 1.58 rad/sec
L
Where, a = 14. Ans: 4.6 seconds
2
Sol: M = 60 N m
Since, M = I
L = 2m, 0 = 0,
L mL2 L
2
W = m 200 2
= 200 rpm =
2 12 2 60
rad
L 4mL2 2a = 20.94
mg = sec
2 12 L
Moment, M = I
3
a = g (2) mL2
4 60 =
12
40 2 2
60 =
12
= 4.5rad/sec2 Chapter- 8
= 0+t Work-Energy Principle and Impulse
Momentum Equation
20.94 = 4.5t
t = 4.65 sec
15. Ans: (a) 01. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol:
Reel 30o L
Lcos30o
L= 3.048m
r
LLcos30o
W2 =
262.132N
W1 = 4.448N,
u1 = ?
Moment (M) = W r = m g r
Applying D-Alemberts principle
The loss of KE of shell converted to do the
M I = 0
work in lifting the sand box and shell to a
mgr (I0 + mk2) = 0 height of L Lcos30o
mgr mgr gr 1
i.e., Wd = mV 2
I 0 mk 2
mr mk
2 2
mr k 2
2
2
Linear acceleration of the reel = tangential Where d = L Lcos30o
acceleration to the drum = 3.048 3.048cos30 = 0.41 m
rgr gr 2 1 266.58
V
2
a = aT = r 266.580.41=
r2 k2 r2 k2 2 9.81
V = 2.83 m/sec
Where V is the velocity of block & shell
By momentum equation
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2

Where v1 = v2 = V & u1 = ?, u2 = 0 03. Ans: (a)

4.448 4.448 262.132 Sol: Given, m = 2kg
u1 2.83
9.81 9.81 Position at any time is given as
u1 = 169.6 m/sec x = t + 5t2 + 2t3
u1 & u2 = Initial velocity of shell and block At t = 0, x = 0,
respectively At t = 3sec,
V1 & V2 = Final velocity of block & shell x = 3 + 5(32) + 2(33) = 102m
dx
Velocity, V = 1 10t 6t 2
02. Ans: (b) dt
Sol: Initial velocity i.e., t = 0, is vi = 1m/s
Final velocity i.e., at t = 3sec,
F
is vf = 1 + 10(3) + 6(3)2 = 85m/s
Work done = change in KE
1 1
= mv f2 mv i2
2 2
W
S S
=
1
2

2 85 2 12 = 7224 J
FS
F = KS
04. Ans: (a)
Strain energy in spring = Area under the Sol: Given force F = e-2x
x2
force displacement curve.
1 1 1
Work done = Fdx
x1
= F s = (ks) s = ks 2
2 2 2 1.5
1.5
e 2 x
e
2 x
1 2 = dx
ks Gain of KE 0.2 2 0.2
2
= 0.31J.
1 2 1
ks mv 2
2 2
05. Ans: (b)
ks 2
2 ks 2
v = = g Sol: F = 4x3x2
m w
Potential Energy at x = 1.7 = work required
kg w
v .s m to move object from 0 to 1.7m
w g
1.7
PE = Fdx
0

1.7
wb 2 1 wLv 2
4x 3x dx wLb
2
=
0
2 2 g
2
x2 x 3
1.7
b 1 Lv
b L
= 4 3 2 2 g
2 3 0
b

= 2x 2 x 3 1.7
0
v2 = 2gb 1
2L

= 2(1.7) (1.7)3
2
b
= 0.867 J v= gb 2
L
06. Ans: (c)

07. Ans: (d)
Sol: dW = wdx
x Sol:
b W1 = 10N W2 = 20N
V1 = 40m/s V2 = 10m/s
Lb
m1 = 1kg , m2 = 2kg ,(since g = 10m/sec2)
Velocities before impact
v1 = 40 m/sec, v2 = 10m/s
Where w = weight per unit meter
Velocities after impact
dw = a small work done in moving small
u1 = ? u 2 = ?
elemental dx of chain through a d/s x
Coefficient of restitution e = 0.6
Work done = change in KE
From momentum equation
b 1 wL 2
dw x w L b b v m1v1+m2 v2 = m1u1+m2u2

0

2 g
1(40) + 2(-10) = 1(u1) + 2(u2)
b 2
1 wLv u1 + 2u2 = 20..(1)
wdx.x w (L b)b 2 g
0 u 2 u 1 relative velocity of Seperation
e
wb 2 1 wLv 2 v1 v 2 relative velocity of approach
w L b b
2 2 g u 2 u1
0.6 =
wb 2 1 wLv 2 40 (10)
wLb wb 2
2 2 g u2 u1 = 30(2)

From 1 & 2 10. Ans: (c)

u1 = 13.33 m/sec Sol:
u2 = 16.66 m/sec

R
08. Ans: (b)
2R
Sol: Given , m1 = 3kg, m2 = 6kg
1 1
u1 = 4 m/s u2 = 1 m/s KE = mV2+ I2
2 2
Velocities after impact
V
v1 = 0m/s v2 =? Where, =
2R
From momentum equation
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
I=
1
2
5
m 2R R 2 = mR 2
2
2

3(4) + 6(1) = 3(0) + 6(v2) 2
1 15 V
KE = mV 2 mR 2
6 = 6v2 2 22 2R
v2 = 1m/s 2
1 15 V
v 2 v1 KE = mV 2 mR 2
Coefficient of restitution, e = 2 22 2R
u1 u 2
1 5 V2
= mV 2 mR 2
1 0 1 2 4 4R 2
e= =
4 (1) 5 1 5
= mV 2 mV 2
2 16
09. Ans: (a) 13mV 2
KE =
Sol: Given m1 = 4kg, m2 = 8kg 16
11. Ans: (b)
u1 = 12m/s u2 = 0
Sol:
Velocities after impact, v1 = v2 = v
mV
From momentum equation 3
m1V r I C m r2
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2 v2 2
4(12) + 8(0) = 4v + 8v 3 C
10 1 1
20 1
12v = 48 2
(neglecting mass of the clay)
v = 4m/sec 10 1
rad / s
30 3
12. Ans: (a) 13. Ans (a)

Sol: (m+M) g 1
Sol: Work done (W) = I(f2 i2 )
2
1
= I f2
2
(m+M) a
1
= I(2)
2
Fd N
W = I
m1 = m mass of bullet Where I, , are constant
m2 = M mass of block Hence, work done is same
u1 = V bullet initial velocity
u2 = 0 block initial velocity 14. Ans: (a)
Sol: K = 10.6kN/m
v1 = v2 = v velocity of bullet and block
after impact. A= 222.4N B =133.44N
Fd = N 0.3m
(M+m)a = (M+m)g
a = g uA = 0 , uB = 0
From momentum equation From momentum equation
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 mAuA+mBuB = mAvA+mBvB
mV + m(0) = (m + M)V 0 = 222.4VA+133.44VB..(1)
mV 1 2 1 2 1 2
v= ks m A v A m B v B
mM 2 2 2
Now from v2u2 = 2as 222.4 2 133.44 2
10.61030.152 = vA + vB
2 9.81 9.81
mV
0 2gs .(2)
mM
From 1 & 2
mM
V= 2gs vA = 1.98m/s
m
vB = 3.3m/s

15. Ans: (b)

Sol: Given, t = 20mm = 0.02m
R = 200mm = 0.2m Chapter- 9
Virtual Work
m = 20kg
N = 600rpm
1 2 01.
KE = I
2 Sol:
25kN 25kN
mR 2
20 0.2 2
Where I = = = 0.4
2 2
2N 2 600 A
= = = 20 2m C 2m D 3m
B
40 60
1 Let RA & RB be the reactions at support A
0.4 20
2
KE =
2 & B respectively.
= 789.56 790J.
Let y displacement be given to the beam at
B without giving displacement at A
y
4/7y
2/7y
A B
The corresponding displacement at C & D

2 4
are y and y
7 7
By virtual work principle,
2 4
RA025 y 25 y R B y 0
7 7
150
R B y 0
7
150
Since y 0, RB =0
7
150
RB = kN
7

Now let us give virtual displacement at A as

y,
y
Therefore corresponding displacement at C 6/8y
4/8y
5 3
& D are 'y & 'y A C B D
7 7
By virtual work principle,
4 6
5/7y RA025 y+RB y35y = 0
8 8
3/7y
A B 25 3R B
2m C 2m D 3m y y 35 y 0
RA RB 2 4
3 25
R B 35 (since y0)
By virtual work principle, 4 2
5 3 190
RA y 25 y 25 y + RB0 = 0 RB =
7 7 3
125 75 ' Now, Let the virgual displacement at A as

RA y 0
7 7 y
200
y 0 , RA 0
7
y
2
200 y
RA = kN 6
7 2m
A 4m 2m D
C B 2
y
6
02.
25kN 35kN
Ans: The corresponding displacement at C & D
2 2
are y and y
4m 2m 2m 6 6
A
C B D Now by virtual work principle,
RA 2 2
RB
R A y 25 y R B 0 35 y 0
6 6
Let the virtual displacement at D as y, then Since y 0,
corresponding displacement at different 25 35
RA =0
point as shown below (Assume no 3 3
displacement at A). 10
RA = kN
3
Strength of Materials
Chapter- 1
Simple Stresses and Strains
1.1 Fundamental, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Stress Strain Diagram
01. Ans: (b) 04. Ans: (b)

Sol: Ductility: A material which undergoes Sol: 4

considerable deformation without rupture 1 3
(large plastic zone) 2
Brittleness: Failure without warning (No
plastic zone) i.e. no plastic deformation
Tenacity: High tensile strength A B C D

Creep: Material continues to deform with
time under sustain loading 05. Ans: (b)
Plasticity: Material continues to deform
without any further increase in stress. 06. Ans: (a)
Endurance limit: Material has high Sol: Strain hardening: - increase in strength
probability of not failing under Reversal of after plastic zone by rearrangement of
stress of magnitude below this level. molecules in material Visco-elastic material
Fatigue: Decreased Resistance of material to exhibits a mixture of creep + elastic after
repeated reversal of stresses effects at room temperature. Thus their
behavior is time dependant
02. Ans: (a)
Sol: For rigid plastic material 07. Ans: (a)

08. Ans: (a)
09. Ans: (a)

Sol: Addition of carbon will increase strength,
thereby ductility will decrease.
03. Ans: (a)
1.2 Elastic Constants and Their Relationships
01. Ans (c)

D 02. Ans: (c)
lateral strain D
Sol: Poissons ratio P
linear strain L Sol: Bulk modulus =
L V
V
D P
8 200 20
PL B 2.5105 =
V
AE 1 A,L,E
L C V = 0.016 m3
D AE
P
8 P
2
(8) 10 6
D 4
0.25
8 50000
D = 1.98 103 = 0.00198 0.002 cm
1.3 Linear and Volumetric Charges of Bodies
01. Ans: (d)

0
P P Px
Pz
Sol: Py
E E E
. Px
P
Px Px
1
02. Ans: (a)

Py Pz Sol: c = 4 ---- (given)
Let Py = Pz = P Punching force = shear resistance of plate
y = 0 , c / s area ( surface Area)
z = 0 . D 2
4 ( . D . t )
y z 4
y . x D = t = 10 mm
E E E

: 381 : Strength of Materials
03. Ans: (d) 04. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol:
3P 3P
Steel
2K K
a a a
Ps
s = 140 MPa A B C D
As
B
140 500 A
PS = 23,300 N W
3
P P
Aluminium
From similar triangle
3a 2a

PA A B
Al = 90 MPa
A A
3B = 2A . (1)
PAl = 90 400 = 36,000 N W
Stiffness K

2P 2P WA W
Bronze KA A A
A 2K
WB
Similarly B
PB K
B = 100 MPa
AB WB W
From equation (1) 3 2 A
100 200 K 2K
PB = = 10,000 N
2 WA
3
Ps = 22,300 N , PAL = 36,000 N WB
PB = 10,000 N
Take minimum value
P = 10,000 N

04. Ans: (b)

1.4 Thermal Stresses Ps 8 103
Sol: Stress in steel 80 MPa
As 100
Common Data for Question Nos. 01 & 02 Pgm
Stress in Gunmetal =
A gm
01. Ans: (b)
8 103
Sol: Free expansion = Expansion prevented 40MPa
200
t s t Al P P

AE s AE AL
05. Ans: (a)
6 6
1110 20 24 10 20 Sol:
P P

100 10 200 200 103 70
3
P = 5.76 kN
02. Ans: (b)

P 5.76 10 3
Sol: s s 57.65 MPa
As 100
Strain in X-direction due to temperature,
P 5.76 10 3
Al 28.82 MPa t T
A al 200
Strain in X-direction due to volumetric stress
Common Data for Question Nos.03 & 04 x y
x z
E E E

03. Ans: (d) x 1 2
Sol: s gm s t L gm tL E
PL PL
x E

1 2
100 200 10 200 100 10 3
3
T E
6 10 6 200 L 10 10 6 200 L
1 2
2 P
8 10 4 ET
200 100 10 3

1 2
P = 8 kN

Common Data for Question Nos. 04 & 05
Chapter- 2
04. Ans: (a)
Complex Stresses and Strains
2
x y y
Sol: 1 x 2xy
2 2
65 13
2
01. Ans: (b) 65 13
20
2
=
Sol: Maximum principal stress 1 = 18 2 2
Minimum principal stress 2 = 8 1 70 MPa , 2 18 MPa
1 2
Maximum shear stress = = 13
2 05. Ans: (a)
Normal stress on Maximum shear stress plane 1
Sol: 1 = 2 ;
1 2 18 (8) E E
= 5
2 2 Change in diameter
1 =
Original diameter
02. Ans: (b) 70 0.3 18
1 = = 3.77 10 4
2 2 10 5
Sol: Radius of Mohrs circle max = 1
2
Change in diameter = 3.77 10 4 300
1 10
20 = 0.1131 mm
2
1 = 50 N/mm2 Length of major axes of ellipse
= 300 + change in diameter
03. Ans: (b) = 300.113 mm
Sol: Long dam plane strain member Similarly length of minor axes
z x y 2 1
z 0 2
E E E E E
x 150 MPa , y 300 MPa , 0.3 D 18 0.3 70

2 1.95 10 4
300 2 10 5
0 z 0.3 150 0.3 300
D 1.95 10 4 300 0.0585 mm
z 45 MPa
Minor axis length, = 300 0.0585
= 299.94 mm

Common Data for Question Nos. 06 & 07

Chapter- 3
06. Ans: (b) Shear Force and Bending Moment
Sol:
01. Ans: (b)

Sol: Contra flexure is the point where BM is
becoming zero.
1 = 2 = 175
X
20 kN
17.5 kN/m B
A x
C D
07. Ans: (d) 4m 4m 2m
RA
RB
X
08. Ans: (c)
Sol: 2 0(Given) 50
2
P.O.C
x y x y
2 2 xy D
2 2 A C B

x y
2 3.78
y
x 2 xy
2 2 MA = 0
x y
2
y
2 4
x 2 xy 17.54 20 10 R B 8 0
2 2 2

2 2
RB = 42.5 kN
x y x y
2 xy Mx = 20x + RB(x 2)
2 2
2 xy x . y xy x . y
For bending moment be zero Mx = 0
20x + 42.5(x 2) = 0
x = 3.78m From right ie. D

Common Data for Question Nos. 02 & 03 05 Ans: (a)

Sol: 4
02. Ans: (b) 4kN
25 kN/m A B
Sol: 2m 2m
100 kN
2 kN 2 kN
S
P 2m 2m Q 1.5m 06. Ans: (c)
41.41 kN 25 kN/m 77.34 kN Sol: P
Take M P 0
1. 5
4 R Q 4 100 2 25 0
1 l
25 1.5 l P
2 3 P 2 RB=
RA= 2 2
R Q 77.34 kN 2
Pl
V = 0 4
1
R P R Q 100 25 1.5 118.75 kN
2 BMD Diagram
R p 41.41 kN
l Pl
(BM) at from left is
S. F. at P = 41.41 kN 2 4
The given beam is statically determinate
03. Ans: (c) structure. Therefore equilibrium equations
Sol: MS = RP (3)+25 1001 = 49.2 kN-m are sufficient to analyze the problem.
04. Ans: (c) In statically determinate structure the BMD,

Sol: SFD and Axial force are not affected by
3 kN A B C
section (I), material (E), thermal changes.
1m 1m 1m
VA 3 kN-m VB
07. Ans: (a)
VB 3 + 3 = 0 Sol: As the given support is hinge, for different
VC = 1kN set of loads in different direction beam will
experience only axial load.
Bending moment at B
VC 1 = 1 kNm

2b3d
3
9
M.I about CG = ICG = = bd 3
12 2
Chapter- 4
Centre of Gravity & Moment of M.I about X X | at d dis tan ce
= IG + Ay2
4
Inertia
2
9 3 5
= bd 6bd d 2
2 4
01. Ans: (a) 111 3
= bd = 13.875bd3
E 1 y1 E 2 y 2 8
Sol: y
E1 E 2
h h 04. Ans: 4.38106 mm4
2E 2 h E 2
2 2
y E1 2E 2 Sol:
2E 2 E 2
60 120 3 30 45 3
y 1.167h from base Ix = 2 30 45 37.5 2
12 12
02. Ans: (b) = 4.38106 mm4
Sol: y A1E1Y1 A 2E 2 Y2
A1E1 A 2 E 2 05. Ans: Ix = 152146 mm4, Iy = 45801.34 mm4
1.5a 3a 2 E1 1.5a 6a 2 2E1 Sol:

3a 2 E1 6a 2 (2E1 ) 30 403 20 4
Ix 152146 mm 4
22.5a 3 E 1 12 64
1.5a
15a 2 E 1 40 30 3 20 4 4 10
2
Iy 2 10 2 15
12 64 2 3

03. Ans: 13.875 bd3 = 45801.34 mm4
Sol: 2b
5
y= d
4
CG 3d
X X
d/4

MA = 0
Chapter- 5 P 100 + 2P 200 + 3P300 = RB 400
Theory of Simple Bending RB = 3.5P, RA = 2.5P
Take moments about F and moment at F
MF = RB 150 3P50 = 375P
01. Ans: (b) M F b

Sol: I yF
b/2
375P 1.5 10 6 200 10 3
b
b/2
A 2176 6
B b P = 0.29 N
M
03. Ans: (b)
Z
E 2 105 b
1 Sol: b
M is same R y max 250 0.5 / 2
Z
b = 200 MPa
b 2
b
2
A ZB 6 04. Ans: (b)
=2
B ZA b
2
Sol: (max)steel = m ()timber = 20 7 = 140 MPa
b
2
6
05. Ans: (a)
Sol: 10 kN
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: 1m 1m
4mm 10mm
f = 1.510
-6
NA
BMD Diagram
P 2P 3P
B M = 10 kN-m
A 100 100 50 F 50 100
M 10 10 3
RA RB
f= 60 MPa
Z 10 10 2
6

06. Ans: (c) 09. Ans: 80 MPa

Sol: Sol: 10 mm 10 mm
100 mm
75
25 100 mm
50
200 mm
Force on the hatched area

= Avg. Stress hatched Area Maximum stress in timber = 8 MPa
M f Modular ratio, m = 20

I y Stress in timber in steel level,
16 10 6 f 100 8
f = 14.22 MPa
100 150 3
25 50 fw
12 fw = 4MPa
Force on hatched area Maximum stress developed in steel is = mfw
= Average stress hatched area = 204 = 80 MPa

Convert whole structure as a steel structure by
0 14.22
= (25 50) = 8.9 kN using modular ratio.
2
10. Ans: 8 kN-m

07. Ans: (c)
Sol: Moment of inertia,
f M
Sol: Tensile 2 10 100 3 5 200 3
y top I I= = 5 106 mm4
12 12
0.3 3 10 6 fs = 820 = 160 MPa
5 mm
f Tensile = 70 10 mm 10 mm
3 10 6 Bending equation
(maximum bending stress will be at top fibre M fs
so y1=70mm) 200 mm
I y
fTensile = 21 kN/m2 5 10 6 160
M=
200
2
08. Ans: (c)
5 10 6 160 2
= = 8 kN-m
200
Common Data for Question Nos. 09 & 10 11. Refer GATE - 16 book

03. Ans: 48.7

Chapter- 6 max =
FAy
Shear Stress Distribution in Beams Ib
= 200 10 3
140 15 70 160 20 150
171.65 10 6 15
01. Ans: (a)
= 48.70 MPa
3 3 f
Sol: max = avg =
2 2 b.d
04. Ans: 3.5
3 50 10 3
3= in flange just above web
2 100 d
d = 250 mm = 25 cm 200 103
= 160 20 150
171.65 106 160
= 3.5 MPa
Common Data for Q. 02, 03 and 04:
Sol: B=160
05. Ans: 61.43 MPa
Sol:
20 2.7963 37.28 120
D=320 d=280
max =48.70 (2) 20
15 CG 33
160
20 (1) 107
20
All dimensions are in mm All dimensions are in mm
02. Ans: 37.3 INA = 13 106 mm4

Bending moment (M) = 100 kN-m, yCG = 107 mm from base
Shear Force (SF) = f = 200 kN FAy
max =
160 320 3 145 280 3 Ib
I=
12 12 A y = (120 2043) + (33 2016.5)
6 4
= 171.65 10 mm = 114090 mm3
FAy 140 10 3 114090
at interface of flange & web = max = = 61.43 MPa
Ib 13 10 6 20
200 10 3
= 160 20 150
171.65 10 6 15
= 37.28 MPa
04. Ans: (c)

Chapter- 7 Sol: Series
Torsion T.L T.L
max = AB + BC =
CJ AB CJ BC
01. Ans: (a)

1.43 10 4000
6

2.14 10 2000
6
Sol: Twisting moment = 1 0.5 8.5 10 32 50

4 4
8.5 10 32 75
4 4

= 0.5 kN-m
= 0.128 radian
02. Ans: (d) 180
0.128 = 7.21 7.14
strength solid 1
Sol:
strength hollow 1 K4
05. Ans: (d)
1 16
= T l1 l 2
2
1 1
4
15 Sol: =
C J 1 J 2
5000 10 3 100 10 100 10

Common Data for Question Nos. 03 & 04 =
10 5 25 10 4 10 10 4

03. Ans: (a) 5000 10 6 1 1
=
25 10 10 10 4
5 4
Sol: (P)AB = 30 kW 10
(P)BC = 45 kW = 0.7 radians
2NTAB
PAB = TAB = 1.43 kN-m 06. Ans: 43.27 MPa & 37.5 MPa
60
Sol: Given Do = 30 mm , t = 2 mm
2NTBC
PBC = TBC = 2.14 kN-m Di = 30 4 = 26 mm
60
q
T We know that
J R
J R
100 10 3 q
T 1.43 106 max
AB = AB
ZP
= 58.26 MPa
30 26
4 4

30

50
3
16 32 2
qmax = 43.279 N/mm2
TBC 2.14 106
BC = =
ZP 100 10 3 q
753 min
16
30 26
4 4
26

BC = 25.83 MPa 32 2
Take maximum value of i.e, 58.26 MPa qmin = 37.5 N/mm2

03. Ans: (c)

Sol:
Chapter- 8
Deflections and Slopes ymax = 18mm
wl 3
max = 0.02
01. Ans: (c) 6 EI
Sol: wL4
d ymax = 0.018
8EI
d A B b
WL3 L 6
=
b 6EI 8
0.02 L 6
1 0.018
ymax 8
I
L = 1.2 m
y I
A B
yB IA
04. Ans: (a)
2
y A bd / 12
3
d Sol:
yB = 3
yB = yA W
db / 12 b y

y
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: Total load W= wl (L-l/2) l (L-l/2)
L
3
W Conditions given
y max
8EI wl 3
y=
W 3 48EI
y max
3EI wl 2
=
16EI
ynet = yudl yw y
tan =
3
WL WL 3 L l / 2
Total Net deflection =
8E1 3EI is small tan =
5WL3 y
=
24EI L l / 2
( indicates upward)

Ll 07. Ans : 0.05

y =
2 Sol:
A 5m C 5m B
Ll
y=
2
Thus y = y 10 m
w 3 w 2 L l
d2y
48EI 16EI 2 Curvature, 0.004
dx 2
l 5
Integrating w.r.t. x,
L 3
dy
We get, 0.004 x
05. Ans: (c) dx
Sol: By using Maxwells law of reciprocals 0.004 x 2
y
theorem W 2
y = 0.002x2
C
A B @ mid span, x = 5 m
y = 0.002 x2
CB = BC
y = 0.05 m
Deflection at C due to unit load at B
= deflection @ B due to unit load at C
As the load becomes half deflection becomes
half
06. Ans: (c)

W=1kN W=1kN
Sol:
20 mm 15 mm
A B 30 mm
40 mm
wL3 wL3
yA = yB
3EI A 48 EI B
LB = 400mm

V
v 1.86 10 4
Chapter- 9 V
Thin Cylinders PD P 800
h 50P
4t 4 4
h
h h R
Common Data for Question Nos. 1 & 2 E E E
50P 50P
0.3 (R = 0)
01. Ans: (b) 2 10 5
2 10 5
h 0 PD 1.75 10 4 P
Sol: max = l = =
2 4t
V 3 h 5.25 10 4 P
1.6 900
max = 30 MPa P = 0.355 MPa
4 12
04. Ans: (c)

02. Ans: (b)
Sol: Maximum stress h = 50P
V
Sol: v = 2 h l = 50 0.355 = 17.77 MPa
V
. h
= 2 h Common Data for Question Nos. 05 & 06
E E E E
= 2 60 0.3 30 30 0.3 60
5
05. Ans:1.25 MPa & 2.5 MPa
2 10
5
2 10 2 10 5
2 10 5
Sol: R = 0.5 m, D = 1m, t = 1mm
= 5.7 104
P = gh
900
2
V = 5.7104 2000 At 0.5 m depth P = h (10103)0.5
4
3
= 5000 N/m2
V = 725.23 cm
= (5103) MPa
PD
Common Data for Question Nos. 03 & 04 Hoop stress, h 1
2t
03. Ans: (b) 5 10 3 1000
2.5MPa
Sol: D = 800mm, t = 4mm 2 1
V= 50cm3 = 50000mm3 Longitudinal stress, 2
PD
= 0.3 4t
4 4 5 10 3 1000
V R 3 400 3 = 268 106 mm3 1.25MPa
3 3 4 1

06. Ans: (2.125105 & 5 106)

Sol: E = 100 GPa , = 0.3 Chapter- 10
Columns and Struts

h h
E E
01. Ans: (c)
2 .5 1.25
0.3 3
2.125 10 5 2 EI
100 10 3
100 10 Sol: Pe =
l e2
l
l . h l
E E For a given system , le =
2
1
l h 4 2 EI
E Pe =
l2
1
1.25 0.3 2.5 = 5106
100 10 3
02. Ans: (b)
P1 l 22e
Sol:
P2 l12e
P1 l2

P2 (2l ) 2
P1 : P2 = 1 : 4
03. Ans: 4
2
Sol: P = EI
l2
PI
b2t 3

P I bonded 12
4
Po I loose bt 3
2
12
04. Ans: (b)

Sol: Eulers theory is applicable for axially loaded
columns
2
Fcos 45 = EI
l2
2 2 EI
There fore, F =
l2
P2 P2 A2 L2
2 A 1 L1
Chapter- 11 = A1 A 22
Strain Energy Resilience P 2 A1 L1 P 2 A 2 L 2

A 12 A 22 A
01. Ans: (a) L1 L 2

U B A1 A 2 B 7.165 3
Sol: 1000 kg
U A L1 L 2 4.77 2
44 22 1000 kg
A1 A 2 A
5cm
10cm
03. Ans: (c)
U = U1 +U2
Sol: A1 = modulus of resilience
2
2
A1 + A2 = mod of toughness
= 1
V1 V2 2
2E 2E 1 4
A1 = 0.004 70 10 6 = 14 10
=
1000 4 4 4 10
2 2
2
2 4.1 10 6
A2 = 0.008 50 106 0.008 70 106
1

1000 2 2
2
[ 225]
2
= 76 104
2 4.1 10 6
A1 + A2 = (14 + 76) 104 = 90 104

U = 0.228 0.23 kg-cm
04. Ans: (d)

02. Ans: (a)
2cm P2
Sol: 2cm Sol: U = .V
2A 2 E
10cm 1
20cm U P2
1
Due to the application of P1 & P2 one after
20cm 2
2 the other
10cm
40cm 4cm (U1 + U2) P12 + P22 .. (1)
A B Due to the application of P1 and P2 together
at the same time.
U B V1 V2 B
U (P1 + P2)2 ...........(2)
U A V1 V2 A
12 22 It is obvious that
V1 V2 (P12 + P22) < (P1 + P2)2
U B 2E 2E B
(U1 + U2 ) < U
U A 12 22
V1 V2
2E 2E A
05.
2 2
Sol: U U1 U 2 T L T L
2GJ 1 2GJ 2 Chapter- 12
Propped and Fixed Beams

J1 50 ; J 2 26
4 4
32 32
L 100 mm 01. Ans: (d)
G 80 10 3 N mm 2 on substitution, Sol: w/unit run
A B
U = 1.5 N-mm K
RB = ?
Load
K Stiffness
deflection
RB
K

Compatibility condition
Deflection @ B =
RB R
K B
K
A B y2
y1 RB
(+)
w 4 R 3
y1 , y2 B ()
8EI 3EI
y1 = y2 =
w 4 R B 3

8EI 3EI
w 4 R B 3 R B

8EI 3EI K
w 4 R B R B 3

8EI K 3EI

w 4 1 1 By conjugate beam method

R B3 3
8EI K 3EI 2Pa
w 4 3EI K 3 3 2Pa
RB 3
EI
C
8EI 3EI K
A
L L
w R B 3EI K 3 y c deflection @ C

8EI 3EI K 3
= B.M.D. @ C by conjugate beam
3w 3EI K 3
RB
2Pa L
8 3 yc L L
K EI 2
3w 3EI 2Pa 3L 3PaL2
R B 1 L
K
8 3 =
EI 2 EI
3w Compatibility Condition (yB) = 0
RB 8
3EI y1 = yc
1
K 3 8R B L3 3PaL2

3EI EI
9pa 9Pa
02. Ans: RB ()
8L 8L
Sol: P
a
L L B 03. Ans: 12.51 kN
A a
C P Sol: 40 kN
M=2Pa 2m 2m
L L B
A C
RB = ? E = 200 GPa (RB)
+6 4
I = 2 10 mm
Applying, superposition principle
As per compatablity
y2 3 3 3 3 2
(R B )(4000) (40 10 )(2000) 40 10 (2000)
2L 2000 1mm
RB 3EI 3 EI 2EI
3 3
Where EI = 41011 N/mm2
R B ( 2L) 8R B L
y1 (RB )(4000)3 40103 (2000)3 40103 (2000)3
3EI 3EI 1
341011 341011 241011
M=2Pa
L L B RB = 12.51 kN
A C

03. Ans: (b)
Chapter- 13 Sol: 1 = 1.5 (T) , 2 = (T), 3 = /2 (c)

2
Theories of Failure fy = 2000 kg/cm , = 0.3
In which theory of failure = 1000 kg/cm2
01. Ans: (d) Check

Sol: f = fy = 2500 kg/cm2 (a) Max principal stress theory
1 = 2000 kg/cm2 1= fy
3 = ? 1.51 = 2000
Maximum shear stress theory 1 = 1333 kg/cm2
1 3 fy (b) Max shear stress theory

max
2 2 1 3 f y

2000 3 2500 2 2

2 2
1.5 2000
3 = 500 (comp) 2
2 2

02. Ans: (b)
4
Sol: Diameter of plate, D = 100 cm 2000
2
Internal pressure, P = 10 kg/cm2
2
= 1000 kg/cm2
f = fy = 2000 kg/cm
FOS = 4 ,
04. Ans: (c)
t=?
Sol: 1 = 800 kg/cm2
Maximum, Principal stress theory
2 = 400 kg/cm2
PD
1 h fy 1 = fy/E
2t
1 fy
10 100 2 3
2000 E E E E
2 t
t = 2.5 mm 800
0.25
400 f y
Safe thickness of plate = 2.5 FOS E E E
fy = 800 100 = 700 kg/cm2
= 2.5 4
= 10 mm

05. Ans: (a)

Chapter - 14 Sol: For springs in series: effective stiffness is
Springs 1 1 1

K e K1 K 2
01. Ans: (a)
K 1K 2
Therefore, K e
K1 K 2
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: Stiffness of Spring (S)
06. Ans: (d)
Gd 4 G ( 2r ) 4
S Sol: Deflection of closely coiled spring
64nR 3 64nR 3
Gr 4 64 R 3 wn
S
4nR 3 G d4
n
03. Ans: (d)
G d4 07. Ans: (d)
Sol: k
64 R 3 n
Sol: For springs connected in series
4
kd
1 1 1 2S
Let d1= d Ke
K e S 2S 3
If d is doubles i.e d2= 2d
k 1 d 14 k d4 For springs connected in parallel
4 1
k2 d2 k 2 (2d) 4 (Ke) = K1 + K2 = S + 2S = 3S
k2 = 16k1
(K e ) series 2S / 3 2

04. Ans: (a) (K e ) parallel 3S 9
64WR 3 n
Sol:
Gd 4 08. Ans: (d)
R 3
Sol: When one spring placed in other then those
1 R 13 R 13 two springs will be in parallel. Hence

8 combined stiffness is given by
2 R 32 R 1 3
Ke = KA+ KB
2

09. Ans: (a)

Sol: 12. Ans: (d)
Sol:
1 1 1

k e 10 40 20kN/m 8kN/m 30kN/m
Ke = 8 n = 10 2K 2K
K
n = 20
Ke = 20+8+30
= 58 kN/m 1000N
2
10. Ans: (a) W = 1000N 1=10 mm System - 2

Sol: K1 = K
K2 = 2K + 2K System - 1
= 4K
From system (1)
K 2 4K
=4 1000
K1 K 1
K
1000
11. Ans: (a) K 100 N/m
10
Sol: Equivalent Load Diagram: From system (2)
Keq = 2K + 2K
= 4K
K1 K2 Keq = 4 100 = 400
1000
2 = 2.5m
400
F
Keq = K1 + K2
= 300 + 100
Keq = 400 MN/m
F 400kN

K eq 400 10 3 kN
m
1
m = 1mm
1000

Mech GATE V1 Solutions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mech GATE V1 Solutions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACE

(Solutions for Volume : I Classroom Practice Questions)

GATE Postal Study Course

Consistently Top Ranks In ESE

Common Data for 04 & 05

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

06. Ans: (c) As A

10. Ans: (a) & 11. Ans: (a)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

6.5 105 15. Ans: (d)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

solidification time of casting 1

Minor axis = 14.14mm

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

Common data for 02 & 03

Energy losses = 20% , = 80%

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

Arc on time x = 200mm (given)

30o 30o 0.6

Lt = 450 mm; LS = 50mm r=7

Total volume of weld bead O1

09. Common Data Q. No 12 and 13

V0 18. Ans: (b)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

21. Ans: (a)

22. (i) Ans: (a), (ii) Ans: (b)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

0.59 cos 35 17.

1 0.402 sin 10 130 0.12

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

Major cutting for, b = pz = Fc FT

25. Because the power consumption is taking

Common Data for Q. 26 & 27

27. Ans: (b)

28. Ans: 298

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

06. Ans: (c) L

09. ii) Total time/hole

14. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (d)

16. Ans: (c) P = pitch

17. Ans: (d) 20. Ans: (d)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

21. Ans: (b)

22. Ans: (b) Total time/machining

23. Ans: (c)

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

02. Ans: (a)

c) 5 stages, with 80, 80, 40, 40, 20 etc

d3 = 0.6. d2 = 0.36 = 260 + (130260) e 2.6

d4 = 0.6. d3 = 0.0216 total = 260 81.94 = 178.05 MPa

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

B = cot; B = 1.9 Common data for Q 09, 10

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

Common data for Q 12 & 13 16. Ans: (b)

T Favg a , 22. Ans : (b)

Minimum possible thickness sheet, means

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

01. Ans: (b)

= 25.4 2(0.04) 2mm

Punch size = 25.32 mm 15

ACE Engineering Academy Hyderabad|Delhi|Bhopal|Pune|Bhubaneswar| Lucknow|Patna|Bengaluru|Chennai|Vijayawada|Vizag |Tirupati | Kukatpally

08. Ans: (b) 11.